100 Days of Stardew Valley Mega Movie Series – 10+ hours of 100 Days Videos
All right let me talk to you in this video you will be able to watch the entirety of four different playthroughs I’ve done on this channel all of these playthroughs were done in the 100 days format which means you will be able to see what I did each day these four
Playthroughs are the vanilla playthrough which is the base game with no mods the stardy valley expanded playthrough the stardy valley butt with loot boxes play through and the sty Valley on easy mode playthrough the playthroughs will be shown in that order and I will have a quick segment before each one explaining
Some things about them like the goals and the mods that are used in them feel free to use this video as background noise while you’re working or studying or doing whatever you please or if you haven’t seen one of them or any of them I hope you enjoy them as these
Playthroughs were recorded at different times over the last year or so there will be differences in the audio and video quality but hopefully that won’t take away from the experience so with that out of the way let us get started with the first play through the vanilla stardy Valley playthrough this is stardy
Valley at its most bare no mods no enhancements nothing that could possibly give us an advantage of any kind I’ll keep this short and sweet I set four goals for the first year another four goals for the second year and one final goal for the remainder of the
Playthrough the goals for the first year are the following earn a total of 1 million gold complete the community center become roommates with kobus and collect 100 golden walnuts the goals for the second year are to complete the fishing collection complete the shipping collection complete the monster eradication goals and collect all 130
Golden walnuts finally the goal for the remainder of the playthrough will be to achieve Perfection so let’s not waste any more time let’s see how this play through went we are breaking the mold on day one as we do what pretty much everybody else does on this day clear out space on our
Farm make a chest collect any forage items we find which actually happens to be quite a few become acquainted with the local trash can population Harvest fiber in the hopes of getting mixed seeds collect spring onions do some Dilly ding at the beach donate an artifact we dug up to the museum and
Receive 250 gold for it plant their 15 parsnip seeds and spend the rest of the night harvesting some more fiber on the farm it’s straight the business on day two as we plant the mixed seeds we collected yesterday and water all of our crops we chop down some trees then we
Visit Willie or William where we receive stard Valley’s official meta item the fishing rod I make a chest then I spend the rest of the day fishing at the beach that’s right it’s going to be a fishing playthrough for the next couple of days we’re really going to be following the
Meta for this playthrough at least during spring anyway opening up Treasure Chest provides me with a small dopam boost every time so that’s something good at least on day three we return to our natural habitat the beach we do some foraging then some fishing while we wait
For Willie shop to open up we sell the fish in our inventory then sell the fish that I kept in the chest I put her yesterday and buy the fiberglass rod and as much bait as I can afford then I committed an act that only a certified Tom foer would commit I
Tried to pick up my chest but it fell in the water I was bit miffed about that one I can’t lie to you once again the rest of the day spent fishing this time we have maneuvered ourselves to the river outside Leah’s cabin our goal here
Is to catch as many shad and catfish as we can before the day ends I was hoping to get the Neptune’s glaive a really powerful weapon in a treasure chest but Fortune did not favor us today we did reach level four and fishing though so
That was nice you know the drill on day four we water all of our crops it was at this point that I realized I am in for a really long spring I plan on buying at least 80 strawberry seeds so if we don’t get a bunch of sprinklers
Pretty soon I’m going to be watering my crops for the majority of every day I head to the mountain lake and do some fishing I promise we won’t be fishing for the entirety of spring this is just something we need to do right now I take
A quick break to deliver a daff to Haley then it’s back to the lake for the rest of the day for the sake of being completely transparent I want to show you all how badly I fumbled at 1:00 a.m. this should have been an easy guaranteed
Catch with a treasure chest but my brain cells went on vacation and I emerged from the battle empty-handed if there is one thing that became abundantly clear throughout this playthrough it’s that I am a professional fumbler we reached level five in fishing though so we’re making good progress in that
Area Marie visits us on day five and presents us with an interesting proposition we can adopt a cat I immediately say yes and welcome Lou the cat into the family with open arms I toss some fish and other items into our shipping bin and harvest the parsnips
That have grown armed with a pickaxe and some chubs I meet Marilyn in the mines who gives us a rusty sword the entire day is spent in here we reached new levels of bad luck as floor 18 ends up being a monster only floor things were looking Grim for a
Moment but lady Lux smiled at us on this beautiful night one of the s dropped a wood Club this is an absolute GameChanger armed with this wood club and complete sheer willpower I defeat the rest of the monsters and eventually make my way to floor 20 I end up passing
Out on floor 22 how would I describe today in the words of Street poet and philosopher Ice Cube it was a good day some of her mixed seeds have transformed into fully grown parsnips on day six so I harvest those with the quickness I clear out some more space on my farm
To prepare for the shenanigans we will be participating in later this month then I had to Clin to sell some items and ask him to upgrade my pickaxe I buy 141 potato seeds in p hold on wait wait wait wait wait 141 all right this might
Just be the most progress I’ve ever made during the first week of spring unfortunately though that is the end of the good news for today as we now have to plant and water each and every single one of those potato seeds you’ll noticed the seeds have been planted in a 3X3
Formation that is because I have done something I normally never do I have planned ahead we’re going to make as many quality sprinklers as we can this month to make sure we don’t end up watering like 300 melon seeds every day during summer Lady Luck has once again decided
To shine a light on my life as I walk up to the beautiful side of rain on day seven I harvest a potato that has sprouted from a mixed seed then it’s time for some more fishing lady ladies and gentlemen boys and girls and everybody in between there are multiple
Things that have happened during the last few weeks both in real life and in stardo Valley that have made me realize my luck is not as bad as I once believed it to be but this this is the cudra I opened a treasure chest while I was
Fishing and I was blessed with the Neptune’s glaive when it comes to the mines and the enemies that can be found within this weapon is a GameChanger in fact it’s not Game Changer it’s game over I continue fishing for the rest of the day opening treasure chests catching
Catfish and overall just having a jolly good time on day eight I am Suffering From Success every single neuron in my brain is engaged as I painstakingly water every single seed I’ve planted so far low on energy but high on life I make my way to Pier shop to purchase 200 parsnip
Seeds you know that phrase go big or go home now ordinarily I would go home because I’m very lazy but I am a complete completely different Beast now that I have acquired the Neptune’s glaive I head to the mines and prepare for a day of adventuring when I realize
I have made the rookie mistake of forgetting to collect my pickaxe from Clint I return a short while later where I am quickly met with a monster only floor at this point the oxygen in my body has been replaced entirely by unrivaled levels of motivation so this
Was light work I continue through the mines making sure to return to the surface every once in a while to keep my furnaces smelting I decid to return to my farm around 9:00 p.m. to plant as many of the parsnip seeds I bought today
As I can in total I planted around 70 of them mother sends us 500 gold in the mail on Day N which is simply delightful what is not simply delightful is the fact that between the parsnip and potato seeds we have over 210 crops planted on our
Farm a weaker person would simply water a good few of them but mainly hope for a rainy day a smarter person would have made as many basic sprinklers as possible before this point I am neither what I am however is stubborn to a disgusting extent I water all of the
Seeds completely exhausting myself multiple times then I head to the saloon and purchased six salads before spending the rest of the day gallivanting around the mines unfortunately I met my mortal enemy very soon into this adventure floors 30 through 39 of the mines aka the dark floors aka the
I can’t see what I’m doing I have no idea where I’m going I’m just going to keep breaking rocks in the hope that I somehow stumble across a ladder floors the good news is we made it to floor 47 before passing out Louie provides me with some
Emotional support on day 10 as I water all of my seeds this emotional support worked until I passed out from exhaustion that’s right I passed out at 11:30 in the morning because I watered my crops too hard thanks to that little Kur fuffle we awaken on day 11 with an energy bar that
Is half full in a rare turn of events I decide to utilize 10% of my brain power instead of the usual 7.5% and go foraging back on my farm I Feast upon the delicious items I collected while watering all of my seeds you know that Meme of the farmer saying it ain’t much
But it’s honest work yeah yeah no that’s a lie it is much work in fact I would go a step further and say it is an astronomical amount of work it’s off to the mines for the rest of the day where we very slowly make it down one level
Then pass out on day 12 I am happy to announced that all of our hard work during the last few days was absolutely worth it as all of our parsnips and potatoes are ready for Harvest I sell most of them to perer earning around 15,000 gold with our energy bar full and
Our Spirits High we spend the rest of the day in the mines before returning home at around 1:00 in the morning we reached level five in farming which is good but we unlocked quality sprinklers at level six so this might become an issue very soon Demetrius pays us a visit on the
Luckiest of days day 13 as always we go with the fruit bats over the mushrooms I spent some time in the mines collecting iron ore and making sure our furnaces are constantly smelting then I enter the Town Square for the egg Festival I spent all of my gold on
Strawberries buying a total of 151 of them now in previous playthroughs I sometimes made the choice to purposely lose the EG hunt not this time baby not this time I’m still riding the adrenaline wave that began when we harvested our parsnips and potatoes there is adrenaline in my soul something something Cody
Wres uh yeah my my uh my point is I dominated the egg hunt the other competitors were a complete non-factor the only things that existed were myself and the eggs my victory culminated in me receiving the straw hat neat back on the farm I plant all of the
Strawberry seeds before the day ends we are making so much more progress than I thought we would honestly I’m not that good at this game I don’t know how we’ve made it to this point but like a surfer in Australia when something unexpected happens you just have to ride the
Wave It’s Back to Basics on day 14 as we start the morning by watering all of our strawberry seeds I head to the traveling cart to see what’s on sale and looking back on this I wish I hadn’t done that there were quite a few things in here
That I wanted to purchase but I only had two gold so all I accomplished was teasing myself we visit the wizard who teaches us how to read and speak junimo we can now donate items to the community center yes I realized that we should have done this on day 15 rather than day
14 but hey sometimes my priorities get discombobulated another round of foraging is on the agenda as I accidentally on purpose continuously ate all of the forage items I had during those days where we had hundreds of crops to water I sell some of this forage to Pier
Collect a horseradish and a leak from the chest in the mines give Robin the axe she lost in the forest and complete the spring forage bundle in the community center we received 30 spring seeds for this which I sell to Pier then it’s back to the traveling cart yeah I
Couldn’t resist I needed to buy the fruit salad so I could give it to Haley for her birthday I give Leah a jade that she requested as part of a quest then I give Haley a present that cost me over 2,000 gold never let it be said that I don’t care
About the villagers in this town because I do a lot I also give Pier a gift to complete one of the introduction quests that requires you to give a gift to a villager after speaking to all of the villagers the rest of the day spent in
The mines where we pass out on floor 69 we have a bit of a problemo on day 15 our energy bar is currently on the floor as a result of us passing out in the mines last night the good news is it’s salmonberry season so we have easy access to energy
For the next 4 days Haley and Emily are having a quarl over who should clean the couch guy like me I would simply purchase a brand new couch to avoid having to clean the old one but that’s just me I collect a good few salmon berries around town and in
The forest then I inhale them to get enough energy to be able to water all of my strawberry seeds I buy two green beans and a cauliflower seed and peers then surprise surprise it’s off to the mines for the rest of the day we make it
Down to floor 73 before we pass out I really need to stop passing out I finally make two scarecrows on day 16 I do not know why I didn’t do this sooner but it is what it is we continue our brand new tradition of collecting salmon berries then returning to the
Farm to water our strawberries before heading to the mines for the rest of the day we’ve got plenty of refined quartz and iron bars at this point so we really need to get the floor 80 so we can start collecting gold oree thankfully we do manage to get to level 80 just before
The day ends so things are looking really good we reached level five in mining so I choose the miner perk which gives us one extra ore per vein can you guess what we do on day 17 if you said collect salmon berries water the strawberry seeds and spend the rest
Of the day in the mines you would be absolutely correct I feel like now is a good time to mention that things will get more interesting soon I promise I I just I just bid off more than I can chew with all of the strawberry seeds I bought so
I need to get at least 20 quality sprinklers as soon as possible we make it down to floor 90 where we obtained the obsidian edge sword it is with a heavy heart that I cast the Neptune’s glaive to the side you served me well thank you something peculiar happened though
The game straight up wouldn’t let me throw the Neptune’s glaive in the trash like I literally couldn’t do it perhaps that is stardy Valley’s way of telling us to treasure the things that we hold dear to us that the emergence of new things in our lives doesn’t mean we need
To forget about the old things that are still beautiful for example I Used to Love Pepsi absolutely love it I would guzzle a liter of it every day which probably wasn’t the best choice now that I think about it but anyway one day I found a can of Cherry Pepsi and it was
Sensational Exquisite Immaculate other adjectives though my fondness for Cherry Pepsi grew stronger I still retain an appreciation for the normal Pepsi I don’t know where I’m going with this thank you for coming to my TED Talk I suppose right day 18 you know how it is
Water as many crops as we can collect salmon berries finish watering our crops go fishing and catch a smallmouth bass which I give to Penny to complete the quest she gave us give a par snip to Pam for her birthday and continue our escapades in the mines we make it down
To floor 988 but I don’t want to push push my luck too far so I leave and head back home I did not make it home however I passed out by Linus’s tent it’s raining on day 19 which I am very thankful for because salmon berries have stopped growing so that source of
Energy is gone I spent some time in the mines but I became exhausted on floor 98 so I left I decided to spend the rest of the day fishing in order to collect the fish we need for the community center first we head to Leah’s cabin
Then we move to the beach I have to say this was a very nice change of pace compared to the last few days I feel peaceful our strawberries still haven’t fully grown on day 20 so that was a bit of a mild denance I grabed some diamonds
From my chest and the mines and sell them to Clint then I buy four spaghetties and a beer in the saloon I give the beer to Shane as a birthday present who thanks me by saying why are you bothering me I want to be alone bit rude we make it down down to
Floor 100 of the mines where we receive a star drop it reminds me of my favorite thing water I’m just going to leave that there for a moment stay hydrated and also hug the people you care about as I am watering my crops on day 21 I can feel it that special feeling
Deep down in my soul that feeling that lets me know we won’t have to water these crops manually for much longer somehow some way we will make a ton of sprinklers within the next 2 days what can I say I’ve got that sprinkler sensation today wasn’t a very
Interesting day though we just went to the mines again we did have a very close call on floor 108 though where we just barely managed to escape the mines without being knocked out by the bats aka the fart goblins our strawberries are finally ready for Harvest on day 22 I cannot
Even begin to describe how happy this made me it felt like the good old days where you wake up early on a Saturday morning everybody else is in bed so you go downstairs and sit in front of the TV you watch cartoons while eating the biggest bowl of cereal you’ve ever made
In your life all is well I sell most of my strawberries to pier and buy some spring crops I return to my farm to plant these seeds then it’s time up to this point I’ve been going through the mines with a copper pickaxe and no backpack upgrades I think we’ve used up
All of our good luck we need to wait until we upgrade our pickaxe and buy at least one backpack upgrade before we go any further in the mines that is something that I will never ever say we have come way too far to back down now I steamroll through the
Mindes every ounce of vile and Venom passion and willpower that runs through my veins has levitated upwards attaching itself to my skin pushing me further and further towards my goal every time that little voice in the back of my head tells me to give up I push it to the
Side for that voice does not matter to me what matters is that I make the most of the situation I have found myself in with a level of dedication flowing through my body that I have not felt in years I keep repeating one single phrase
To myself I can I will I must I can I will I must the monsters n the minor inconveniences could do nothing to stop me as I delved deeper and deeper into the mindes for the last 22 days I have been working on one single story that
Story has one ending I must reach the final floor I can I will and I must finish the story and that is exactly what I do I make it the floor 120 I obtain the skull key I am proud I am happy but more than anything else I am
Exhausted this segment lasted maybe a minute at the most I’ll have you know I spent around 8 minutes sweating and shaking while making my way to the final floor to end the day I bask in the Silence of Victory as I watch my furnaces smelting the gold ore I have placed within
Them on day 23 we keep the momentum going and make 20 quality sprinklers hot diggity dog life is good right now which normally means things are about to go very wrong for me I make another four Sprinklers and in planting the rest of the parsnip seeds we
Purchased a few days ago I pretty much went all in on this and ended up realizing that I need another 10 quality sprinklers I head to the mines and spend most of the day collecting the ores I need then I return to the farm make the
10 Sprinklers and place them down I say good night to Louie and head to Sleepy Town hey that rhymed on day 24 I realized that I made a slight mistake when I was planting the strawberry seeds this has resulted in there being a single vertical line of
Crops that aren’t being watered by our sprinklers but it’s not really a big deal I head to the flower dance where I purchased the tub of flowers recipe and a rare curl from Pier then I asked Haley to dance I won’t lie I wasn’t paying attention at all this day because I was
Too busy staring at my phone I was watching Drew McIntyre versus Sheamus versus Gunther from WrestleMania 39 on day 25 I realized that I have grown to love our little strawberry farm in fact I don’t want to leave I feel like a school boy on Sunday it’s nearly
Tomorrow and I don’t want to go but alas we have work to do I collect some gems and geod for my chest in the mines purchase the first backpack upgrade and an apple tree sapling appears and plant it on the farm I donate my gems to the
Museum ask Clint to crack open some geod donate more items to the museum and ask Clint to crack open a few more geod I then ask Clint to upgrade my axe before donating the final couple of items I have to the museum we’ve been very busy
During the last week or two so I decide to take a chill pill and spend the rest of the day fishing at the mountain lake I visit the traveling cart on Day 26 where I purchase a lobster a coconut a cactus fruit and a rare seed I spend some time collecting iron
Ore in the mines then I give a daffle to Pier for his birthday again I decide to take it easy for the rest of the day and fish at the beach I also want to catch the legend fish before spring ends so we need to get to
At least level eight or nine in fishing really soon we’ve got another strawberry Harvest on day 27 which is absolutely Sensational I donate a green bean a cauliflower and a potato to the community center then I realized I forgot to bring a par snip even when I’m
Making decent progress I still have that skallywag mentality I sell most of our strawberries to Pier then I return to the community center with the pars s we need completing the spring crops bundle and unlocking access to the other bundles I complete the crap poot bundle and donate some fish to the other
Fishing bundles and I complete the entirety of the Boiler Room this means the mine cart system will be repaired which should make things a bit more convenient for us the majority of the day spent giving Emily a birthday present and going back and forth to the community center with the items we have
That can be donated we reached level eight in farming so we can start making kegs as soon as we get some Oak resin day 28 the final day of spring our parsnips are ready for Harvest so that’s a really nice way to start today I donate five gold star parsnips to the
Community center buy a puff for fish a coffee bean and a fish stew from the traveling cart and sell our parsnips to Pier just to be on the safe side I buy five of each spring seed I buy some bait from Willie and I almost bought the
Iridium Rod but it cost 7,500 gold so I figured I’d be fine without it I could just use the fiberglass Rod without the lead bobber or any attachment like that I was wrong in fact I wasn’t just wrong I was very wrong that was the single worst decision
I have ever made while playing stard Valley this reality set in very quickly when I attempted to catch the legend fish and I failed horribly but that’s okay right I mean we’ve got our fish too bumping us up to level 10 in fishing and we’ve basically
Got the whole day to catch it yeah yeah no no I I tried I really really tried to catch that Beast of a fish but I just couldn’t do it it embarrassed me at every turn at one point I began to wonder if I should ever be allowed to
Touch a fishing rod again after my absolutely flabbergasting attempts at catching the legend I just wasn’t strong enough to catch it I’m a I’m a I’m a weak man in its Doo of masculinity I definitely stole that line there’s no way I made that one up now
That I think about it I’m pretty sure moist critical or penguin zero said it in the video he did with voice over Pete where they eat chicken wings anyway yeah I failed to catch the legend this has been a very humbling experience I must say it’s not exactly how I want the
Spring to end but I mean you know like what can you do let’s just let’s just move on to Summer I’m I’m sorry for how that went All right we had a decent start with spring but it’s a brand new season there shall be no LLY gagging no daily dallying no Tom Foolery and absolutely no form of shenanigans during summer we need to be serious I collect my axe from Clint and buy a few summer seeds from
Pier I didn’t notice my inventory was almost full so I couldn’t buy all of them but I did get 249 melon seeds and everything we need for the community center I head back to the farm and start planting these seeds it takes a while but we do get everything planted we’re
Still on track to complete the community center around the start of winter too so things are looking good for us I spend the rest of the day chopping down trees taking advantage of our upgraded axe day 30 begins with a trip to the mines to collect a red and purple
Mushroom from a chest I probably should have moved this chest to my farm but it it keeps the day interesting you know it keeps me on my toes we we need something like this I’m going to leave it there for another few days maybe I donate several items to the crafts room
Finishing off the summer foraging exotic foraging and construction bundles I also donate a couple of mushrooms to the bounty board bundles the rest of the day spent collecting copper ore and iron ore in the mines I passed out at 2: a.m. in the mines I need to stop doing
That I start day 31 by chopping down trees we’re going to be doing a lot of of tree chopping this month I need a ton of wood for a coupe a barn and at least one upgrade for both of them I also finally move my chest and furnaces in
The mines to the farm I make five tappers and stick them on a few trees so we can get Oak resin and maple syrup we need both of these items for the community center and we also need Oak resin to make kegs in the future now
That I think about it I should have done this during spring but oh well chopping down trees is next on the agenda followed by the construction of a preserve jar which I toss a spiceberry into I fully intended on spending the rest of the day fishing but uh yeah I
Got bored so I went to sleep that that’s it for today day 32 begins with a quest clinty Pooh would like to inspect 35 copper ores we will collect those for him at some point I caught a sunfish for the community center as well as a tilapia a
Chuna and a sturgeon all of the these get donated to the community center I decide to sell some fish and fishing related items to William then I buy the summer seeds I didn’t get on the first day of summer I make six quality Sprinklers and get everything planted and watered I
Catch a bream which also gets donated to the community center I spend the rest of the day in the mines collecting copper ore and quartz I have some horrible news on day 33 I passed out in the mines last night again so so I I woke up with almost no
Energy I accidentally swung my pickaxe on my farm so I was exhausted straight away this this is not our day already I checked the traveling cart and the duck feather and large egg look very tantalizing and by that I mean we need them for the community center I do a bit
Of foraging to find some scrum didly umptious items that we will sorry I do a bit of foraging to find some scrum didly umptious items that will increase my energy then I do a tiny bit of fish and sell the fish I catch to Willie with
2,000 gold in my pocket I head to the traveling cart and buy the duck feather and the large egg oh wait no I didn’t because I accidentally bought an octopus look I’m going to be completely honest here summer did not end up being a good season for me I didn’t realize but this
Was the beginning of The Darkest Timeline I had to Clint and show him the 35 copper ores I collected last night to complete this Quest luckily the gold I received as a reward for this was just enough for me to be able to afford the
Egg I decided to spend the rest of the day chopping down trees until my energy ran out which didn’t take very long at all but tomorrow is a new day I’m feeling hopeful our spice Berry Jam is ready on day 34 I guarantee that it tastes amazing like like there’s no way it
Isn’t one of the best jams that has ever been made I really want to try it now I collect some fruit from our bat cave and chop down even more trees I want to say that I won’t mention me chopping down trees anymore but I’m fairly certain I
Spent a good portion of Summer chopping down trees so I’ll I’ll play it by air if the only thing I did on any given day was chop down trees then I’ll mention it but otherwise my lips are sealed I donate a couple of items to the museum sell a few minerals to clinty
Winty and finally repair the broken bridge at the beach again this is something I should have done during spring but this is a learning experience for me all right I am legitimately surprised I’ve even made it this far speaking of learning experiences I tried to catch the Crimson fish this is one of
The legendary fish I thought I would be more than capable of catching this fish I’ve done it many many times in the past I was wrong I could not catch it also spoiler alert I completely forgot to come back here at any point during the rest of summer so we never caught the
Crimson fish I’m going to have to do a 200 days video in the future this is this is just embarrassing at this point any H I donate a few items to the community center then I spend the rest of the day chopping down okay no
Not saying that uh let’s just move on to the next day I have an announcement to make on day 35 if there’s one thing you need to know about me it’s that I do not get nervous okay no I’m I’m lying I do quite often actually my point is my nerves are
Slowly starting to go through the roof every time I go to the traveling cart and the red cabbage seeds aren’t being sold we need that for the community center if we don’t get them then this whole thing falls apart and I’m guaranteed to fail at least two of my
Goals I become a Good Samaritan and donate a couple of items to the museum to calm my nerves I also collect the melon and starfruit seeds we received as rewards for a donation so far I sell a few items to Clint and we don’t have enough to ask him to upgrade our axe
That is unfortunate I sell a few of those melan sees to Pier to reach exactly 5,000 gold then I returned to Clint and ask him to upgrade our axe I spend the rest of the day collecting iron ore and I actually went to sleep instead of passing out in
The mines this time on Day 36 I head to the mines to do some fishing I catch an ice pip which is good because we can throw this into the soup at the laau later this month I also catch a ghost fish for the community center I spent
Some time fishing at the mountain lake then I head back to the farm and throw most of the fish I caught today into the shipping bin some radishes and peppers are ready for Harvest on day 37 which is you know nice I make a few generous donations to the community center even
More generous donations to the museum collect my axe from Clint and ask him to crack open some geodes the items we received from these geod get donated immediately then it’s back to the farm to throw pretty much our entire inventory into the shipping bin next i cho down the log that’s
Blocking the entrance to the secret Woods this is an absolute game Cher actually no no it’s not I I I don’t know why I said that but we can get hardwood here we can collect fiddlehead ferns and we can catch the wood skip also I probably should have mentioned this sooner but
I’ve been smelting copper iron and gold ores and quartz in her furnaces the whole time continuing my quest to become Santa Clause I deliver more items to the community center we’re actually making decent progress on the whole community Center thing I’m surprised like I’m I’m happy but I’m really surprised I haven’t
Missed anything so far I catch a rainbow trout then I grow tired of the town river I simply do not Vibe with its aesthetic so I head to the mountain lake instead something Whimsical happened here near the end of the day I became absolutely mesmerized by the scenery
Here I decided to pause for a while and simply take in this moment then I started walking back to the farm this is is the first time in a long time I haven’t been in a rush to get home at night so I was finally able to appreciate the nighttime energy of
Pelicant town I want to move here in like in real life I mean I want to be here give me a little cabin with a fireplace and a little garden where I can grow some vegetables look it’s the little things in life that matter two Oak resins are ready to
Collect on day 38 I donate one of these to the community center and then I make a troubling Discovery I missed gs’s birthday day this was rough it completely ruined my day Gus is an absolute gentleman I cannot believe I forgot about him today is maru’s birthday though so I give her a
Strawberry so that kind of cancels out my little Kur fuffle with course’s birthday right I asked Robin to build a coupon her Farm catch a couple of fish and empty my inventory into the bin of shipping some puppies and radishes are fully grown on day 39 I don’t care care
About the radishes the poppies though these are huge and by huge I mean we need one for the community center I collect the ice pip from my chest and head to the luau the fish was enough to get the best reaction from the governor earning a tasty 120 friendship points
With the Villagers I know I didn’t do much today but it was nice sometimes you need a lazy day actually I’ve had a few of those so far uh but uh our melons still aren’t ready on day 40 but some of our other crops are so I I’ll take that I collect
Two Maple syrups at the bus stop make a bee house and donate a few items to the community center at this point I’m still feeling good about how our community center progress is going but if there’s one thing you need to know about me it’s that I am a certified
Jinxer like it is baffling how often I Jinx things it’s at the point where I think very carefully about whether I want to vocalize something or not but I’m going to vocalize this we will complete the community center before the end of winter uh okay I I shouldn’t have said that
That’s that’s going to backfire oh boy anyway I sell my crops and forage items to pier and buy 25 wheat seeds I head to the traveling cart and as always red cabbage seeds are not being sold that’s okay we have like 20 more opportunities between now and the end of winter it’ll
Be okay I I hope it’ll be okay I make a keg and throw a cherry into it then I plant our wheat seeds day 41 is an absolutely marvelous day first of all it’s raining which means we can go fishing and catch the red snapper which we need for the
Community center as well as this our melons are ready for Harvest I do some foraging at the beach sell this forage to Willie and catch the aforementioned red snapper I donate this and some melons sell my melons to PE year and buy 500 melon seeds I ask clinty bear to
Upgrade my pickaxe then I spend the rest of the day planting our melon seeds even after making some more sprinklers we still don’t have enough to cover all 500 melon seeds but I did manage to get 370 of them planted we reach level 9 in farming and unlock the
Ability to craft idum sprinklers so that’ll be handy in the future we also reached level 10 in farming so I picked the perk that causes crops to grow 10% faster mother sends us a lovely pink cake on day 42 thank you I harvest some blueberries and visit the traveling cart
And surprisingly the one thing I need still isn’t being sold I did buy two complete breakfasts though to give a plus two to farming so I Le those during fall when we’re about to harvest a ton of pumpkins I also bought a walleye which I donate to the community center along
With a blueberry I head to robins and buy some wood and stone and ask her to build a barn on her Farm it’s of Marin next where I buy some hay and welcome four chickens into the family Joyce T Buu and Sully will make fine additions to our
Farm I say hello to our new chicken family spend some time clearing out more space on the farm and buy three bean hot pots 10 coffees and 10 spaghettis in the saloon I donate 10 hay to the community center just before the day ends our hops are ready for Harvest on
Day 43 so we hop right on that do uh I was too I I was too early to enter Clint sorry I was too early to enter Clint shop so I just stood there doing nothing then the shop opened up so I went in and collected my pickaxe I decided to spend
Some time collecting gold ore also I hate when this happens you go down a ladder in the mines and you literally cannot move because another ladder is blocking your way I see gold or and Fire Quartz which made this even worse because I couldn’t get to them I was a
Bit miffed about this I won’t lie to you eventually I ran into into a monster only floor so I left and went to the ice floors instead so I could get iron ore and coal the crop fairy paid us a visit during the night though so maybe our good luck is coming
Back day 44 is a big collection day I collect gold bars honey melons Hops and wheat I sell most of our melons to pier and donate the honey and wheat to the community center it’s back to the mines once again for even more iron ore and coal once again I am putting the
Knowledge I have acquired thus far to use and by that I mean I don’t pass out in the mines anymore I decide to take a bit of a risk on day 45 I plant some melon seeds and one starfruit seed and cover them in the speed grow we received as a reward for
Completing the spring crops bundle in the community center truth be told I do not know if this will work out I’m hoping they’ll be ready around the last day of summer but there is a very real possibility I just wasted those melon seeds and the star fruit seed I head to
Mares and buy two cows please welcome Butters and Cody to the family I make a mayonnaise machine and I realize that my farm looks like a complete mess right now I know I won’t lie to you it’s probably going to stay this way for a while I think it’ll be
During winter when I finally work on making my farm look aesthetically pleasing peers is still closed on Wednesdays I should know that by now I ask Robin to upgrade our Coupe and that’s it for today I start day 46 by taking a look at our fin Cal situation
It’s not looking good we haven’t even reached a total of 200,000 gold so we really need to step up our game during fall I’m not talking 100% effort I’m talking 101% effort I pay a visit to my animals to make sure their Vibes are good throw some items into my shipping
Bin donate a corn to the community center and buy 31 radish seeds from Pier I know radish seeds are a bit of an odd choice right now but we need gold and this is the only crop we can get that is guaranteed to grow before the end of
Summer a bottle of wine is ready on day 47 so we collect that moment of truth time will The Traveling cart be selling red cabbage seeds if you said yes then I appreciate that but no no they’re not being sold I did buy a common mushroom for the community center though and I
Bought a duck I decide to call it clay I donate the wine and common mushroom then I spend the rest of the day in the mines collecting minerals and copper ore day 48 is another mini sale day the Small Things add up all right it’s the little things that count I’ve said that
Before I’ll say it again I’ll keep saying it to justify me having mini sale days we will reach 1 million gold all right that’s my point it it needs to happen I can’t fail that goal somehow someway I will do it probably I donate two dwarf Scrolls to
The museum crack open some geod ask Clint to upgrade our watering can and donate more items to the museum then I went to to sleep on day 49 the traveling cart isn’t selling what we need okay I’m I’m I’m starting to get a bit anxious now I
Decide to cool my nerves by heading to the mines I’ve got a plan this time and it’s a good one I go down to floor 70 then immediately go down to floor 71 and collect the iron or there then I return to the surface then back down to floor
70 and 71 over and over again I used the iron ore we got from this to make bombs then I head down to floor 115 I make my way to floor 118 before returning to the surface all the while using bombs to blow up clusters of rocks along the way
The whole point of this was to get as many geod as we can after a few minutes of doing this I emerged with one Omni jeld One Frozen jeld and one magma jeld I was I was disappointed with this result maybe it wasn’t a good plan after
All now that I look back on it we did get a good bit of gold ore though so that kind of made up for it I collect my watering can from Clint on day 50 crack open the geod we have and ask him to upgrade our watering can
Again slowly but surely our museum is starting to fill up very slowly admittedly but we’re getting there we did get nine pumpkin seeds as a reward though so that was a nice bonus I finally asked Robin to build a silo on our farm then I spend the rest of the day doing some
Landscaping we reached level six in foraging so we can finally start making lightning rods our radishes are already on day 51 the entire day is spent in the mines collecting iron ore I’m beginning to realize how much I’ve said that during this video sorry it’s going to happen
Again but sorry I passed out right beside my bed on day 52 I almost made a mistake I have made multiple times so far I was on my way to peers when I realized it’s Wednesday I throw my inventory into the shipping bin instead and donate a dog egg to the community
Center I also gave Willie a diamond for his birthday I have fallen behind on her friendships but I will never forget about him I collected my watering can from Clint and then I went to sleep I I was very lazy during summer I don’t know what I was thinking honestly I blame
Easter I ate two cream eggs on Easter Sunday and I felt like a trash bag full of soggy Corn Flakes I I I I don’t know why I’m telling you this let’s just move let’s let let’s move on very quickly it’s finally time to harvest our melons
On day 53 each and every melon I picked up provided me with a slight dopamine boost by the end of it I felt like someone who is really happy I’m not I’m not good with metaphors um let me think let me think I felt like Harold and Kumar when they
Finally get their burgers in White Castle that that might be a bad reference actually I don’t know how many people have seen Harold and Kumar Go to White Castle look my point is I was very happy my happiness reached New Heights when I sold those melons to pier and
Ended up at 120,000 gold I asked Robin to upgrade our barn purchase 75 corn seeds buy 50 coal and asked Clint to upgrade our pickaxe I also finally purchased everything in the vault room that’s two of the rooms in the community center completed and the bus will be unlocked
Tomorrow so we’re doing very nicely for ourselves which is you know nice I went to sleep because I was afraid I would spend all of my gold if I stayed awake for the rest of the day the rest of her melons are ready on day 54 I plant her corn seeds and use
The quality fertilizer we received from the community center to increase the chance of getting gold star corn I head to Calico desert for the first time for one reason and one reason only to catch a sandfish I sell some items to Pierre but I keep some gold star melons for energy
Then I donate the sandfish which means we only have one fish left to donate eight the tiger trout but we have to wait until fall before we can catch it I also buy some hay a milk pale and shears from Marney day 55 the penultimate day of
Summer I decide to ship some of the items I’ve been keeping so far that I don’t really need with that being said I guarantee I’ll end up regretting this choice in the future when it turns out I did actually need some of those items but we’ll deal with that should it happen I
Collect my gold pickaxe from Clint and head to the desert where I entered the skull Cavern I did all right here I I suppose floor 9 was a monster only floor and it was full of those pepper Rex monsters so that was not enjoyable at all we didn’t even get a dinosaur egg
From them I eventually made it down to the next floor but things only got worse as floor 13 was another monster only floor and we got knocked out and we lost our obsidian edge sword uh okay that that was actually worst case scenario I I don’t know what to do
Now um we’re either going to have to use the item recovery service and the adventurers Guild to get it back or we’re going to have to buy a new sword and I really don’t want to spend any gold how did we go from a decent spring to a disgustingly bad
Summer on day 56 Mr uhoh Mr Mr key Mr Chi look I’m going to go with Mr key please correct me if I’m wrong but as far as I know there’s no definitive way of saying his name so Mr key challenges us to make it to at least
Level 25 of the skull Caverns yeah don’t talk to me I I I don’t want anything to do with the skull Caverns after yesterday something good did happen today though our one star fruit grew so that was nice I sell most of our melon
Seeds to Pier just so we can buy as many pumpkin seeds as possible tomorrow I head to the traveling cart and surprise surprise no red cabbage seeds at this point I was completely over summer so I did something I have never ever done before I skipped the dance of the
Moonlight jellies festival and I went straight to sleep so that was a weird season ups and downs but listen tomorrow is the dawn of a new season I can feel it in my soul fall will be our best season so far day 57 it’s time for a new era in
Our adventure this is the single most important season during this video so far we need to be on our aame zero mistakes always operating at 13.8% brain power a little shopping spree takes place appears as I buy a few of each seed along with 100 cranberry seeds and
300 pumpkin seeds I donate a large egg to the community center then it’s time for some fishing we’re going for a legendary fish here the angular fish now if there’s one thing you need to know about this fish it’s that it is arguably the easiest legendary fish to catch so I
Was very very relieved when I actually did catch it if I failed to catch the angler fish then I would have just ended the video right here I do a bit of fishing at the river and catch a tiger trout then I head to Willies to sell the
Fish we have I donate the tiger trout to the community center completing the final fishing bundle back on the farm I get to work on planting all of the seeds we bought I was able to to get all of the cranberry seeds and half of the pumpkin seeds planted before the day
Ends the morning of day 58 is spent planting the rest of her seeds I throw some of the items we have been keeping for no reason to our shipping bin and I finally plant the last of our pumpkin seeds the special orders board has been built in town we can either collect 100
Bones for gther or we can collect 80 hardwood for Robin I decided to go with gther special order but spoiler alert I completely forgot about it I donate some born artifacts to the museum ask Clint to crack open some geodes and donate the resulting items to the
Museum day 59 begins with a visit to our Bat Cave to collect some fruit that we don’t really need but our apple tree has produced three apples so I collect those I milk my cows and receive a large milk this is good we need that for the community
Center I head to mares and buy a goat I decide to name this goat after my favorite Grand offt Auto character foredi looking back on the I wish I had called the goat Leota instead as in Ray Leota he was genuinely such a fantastic actor willly gives us a copper pan which
Means we can do some panning I don’t know if we’ll do that at any point before the end of winter to be honest it’s always too much hassle trying to find a panning spot actually never mind I found a panning spot and we received six gold ore and an omni geld okay maybe
We will do some panning during this video I buy some salads in the saloon donate three apples and a large milk to the community center and head to the adventurers Guild the lava Katana cost 25,000 gold right okay I I wanted to buy it but I don’t have the capacity for
That so instead I use the item recovery service to get my obsidian edge sword back I also collect a skeleton mask as a reward for defeating a certain number of skeletons I don’t know how many it was I’m going to say 177,000 I feel like that’s a good number to to say we’re
Also not doing too bad when it comes to the monster eradication goals I thought we’d be in a much worse position with those I collect a Hazel not at the bus stop and immediately donate to the community center completing the fall forging bundle Marilyn sends us our obsidian
Edge sword on day 60 I water the single vertical line of crops that aren’t being watered by her sprinklers still and collect a pomegranate in her Batcave this pomegranate is then donated I take the BS to the desert and spend the rest of the day in the skull
Cavern our goal in the skull Cavern is primarily to collect as many Omni geod as we can it’s time for us to donate a total of 60 items to the museum so we can unlock the sewers and meet kobus we make it down to floor 21 before the day
Ends I’ll get better at going through the skull Caverns at at some point during this month we’re going to get to at least floor 50 I had to Clint on day 61 and ask him to crack open our geodes and the items we receive are of course donated to the
Museum we’re going to be doing this quite a bit during fall the traveling cart is still working against us at this point I’m starting to believe that the traveling cart is an undercover operative who has been given the mission of making sure we can’t complete the community center that’s
Just the vibe I’m getting here it’s back to the skull Cavern for the rest of the day where we do slightly better than we did yesterday we received some Cactus seeds from a chest on floor 18 these aren’t the seeds we’re looking for things were going very well we made made
It down to floor 34 then we got knocked out I was legitimately horrified when this happened I was even more horrified when I saw that we lost our Omni gelds I make a beine for the adventures Guild and ask Marlin to retrieve those Omni gelds and he did it for free okay maybe
This wasn’t such a bad day after all we need money and our crops won’t be ready for another few days so I tossed some items into the shipping bin at the end of the day Mr Keys sends us 10,000 gold for reaching floor 25 in the skull Cavern
And Marilyn sends us her Omni geodes on day 62 what a delightful start to the day I sell some Goods to Pierre buy some wood and stone and robins and ask her to upgrade her Coupe but we can’t afford it so I asked Clint to open up her geodes
And make some donations to the museum we’re getting really close to that 60 item Mark some items get thrown into the shipping bin other items get sold to Clint and we return to Robins I have decided that I want to upgrade my barn instead so I buy the wood and stone I
Need then I realize I don’t have enough gold for the barn upgrade I I I don’t know what’s happening to me my brain cells have gone on vacation I decide to go to sleep not a good day our cranberries are ready for Harvest on day
63 finally some good news I head to the traveling cart and buy a garlic seed this will come in handy when we get the ginger island or if we get to Ginger Island like I said I believe the traveling cart is a malicious entity their left hand gives you what you want
Their right hand stabs you in the back that kind of thing I made a seed maker and threw a piece of wheat into it to get wheat seeds again we’ll use this when we get to Ginger Island after that round of Dilly dallying we head to peers
And sell our cranberries then we finally asked Robin to upgrade our barn I donate an eggplant to the community center purchase 25 coffees and salads in the saloon and head to the skull Cavern for the rest of the day again again Omni geodes are our main focus here but I’ll
Be very happy if we can get some aridum ore and maybe a prismatic Shard too if we’re lucky things go pretty well as I make bombs as often as I can to blow up big clusters of rocks not only does this help us find ladders but we often get
One or two Omni gelds from doing this too we get a dinosaur egg on floor 33 not just once but twice and it was very nice we get a rabbit’s foot on floor 48 which we need for the community center we pass out on floor 5 six you know what
I’m kind of proud of myself for that I toss a dinosaur egg into the incubator in our Coupe on the morning of day 64 then it’s off the Clans to crack open her GE this was a mistake see I only need to donate four or five items to the museum
At the most to unlock the sewers so we would have been better off trading those JS for artifact troves in the desert I donate the dinosaur egg and the one item we received from our Omni jods to the museum we only need three more items at this
Point because we’ve donated a total of 57 Gus wants two dozen eggs we can actually do that one pretty easily so we’ll accept that I head to the mines and spend the rest of the day collecting coal and iron ore I want to make some more bombs which we’ll use in the skull
Caverns at some point in the future on day 65 I donate the rabbit’s foot we picked up in the skull Cavern I asked Clint to crack open some frozen gelds and receive one item which we can donate to the museum it’s off to the skull Caverns for the rest of the day once
Again we get a prismatic Shard on floor 37 so today is already a successful day things were looking a bit dodgy a short while later though so I used a warp totem to get back to the farm I’m not taking any chances we’ve got a prismatic
Shard in our inventory so if we get knocked out I guarantee we would have lost that I would not have been happy about that dare I even say I would have been unhappy about that or our corn is ready on day 66 so we Harvest them I had
To Clint and ask them to open up one geod that is because I didn’t realize my inventory was already full now you may have noticed that it is Wednesday can you guess which shop I was heading towards yeah it happened again I donate five gold star corn to the community
Center completing the quality crops bundle I tossed the eggs in my inventory into the fridge in the saloon and go back to cleans to open up the rest of my shelds like I said I really should have traded those for artifact troves because we got nothing we could donate to the
Museum from them when I head back to my farm I realized something important I have been diversifying my interests for far too long I have been taking on too many responsibilities and I have been trying to do too many things at once so here’s the plan all right here’s what
We’re going to be focusing on for the next few weeks the mines for coal and iron ore the skull Cav for Omni gelds and the secret Woods for hardwood if we have any free time we’ll spend a clearing out space on our farm we also need to purchase a pig and hopefully get
Red cabbage seeds from the traveling cart during the next week or two all right let’s continue on day 67 I head to the mines to collect iron ore and coal so we can make bombs I then head to the saloon and buy some coffee and salads I sell a
Couple of diamonds to Clint then I venture to the desert and exchange my Prismatic Shard for the Galaxy sword the rest of the day is spent in the skull Cavern see we’re sticking with our plan fall is going to be a good season for us
I mean it has to be because if it isn’t then we’re going to fail all of our goals which isn’t good at all we find a prismatic Shard on floor 50 so I believe we are back in our good luck era yeah we got another Prismatic Shard on floor 65
So we are officially back in the good graces of Lady Luck and father Fortune I leave the skull Cavern at around 1:00 a.m. and trade my Omni geot for two artifact troves and one desert warp totem day 68 begins with a cranberry Harvest session I also collect nine irum bars
That I finished smelting I sell her crops to Pier then I head to the traveling cart her look is good but not good enough no red cabbage seeds but I do buy a battery pack I collect some hardwood in the secret Woods then I crack open my artifact troves and clints
I donate four items to the museum including a prismatic Shard which means we have donated 60 items in total all right we actually did it cool of course we still have to get kobas up to 10 Hearts before the end of winter but let’s just enjoy this moment while we
Can I was very tempted to sell a prismatic Shard to Clint so we could get closer to being able to afford the Iridium upgrade for a pickaxe but I kept it not for any reason in particular no I’m just selfish I do however return to Clint a
Short time later and ask him to upgrade our watering can to Gold quality I was so excited about finally meeting kobus tomorrow that I went straight to bed day 69 begins with a visit from Gunther who gives us the key to the sewers thank you gther I’m going to be completely honest
I can’t see gother in stard Valley without thinking of Gunther from WWE like for some reason my brain sees them as the same person even though they look nothing alike or maybe they are the same person I’ve never seen both of them in the same room there’s something for
You to think about versetti has no milk right now I complete the fall crops bundle in the community center and sell my crappie wippies to Pier our bank account is looking pretty tasty right now I buy 200 pumpkin seeds then I use the key Gunther gave us earlier to
Unlock the sewer I meet kobas for the first time I’m happy I buy a void egg and 10 void Essence and I give kobus a pumpkin which he loves in Mar’s Ranch I buy a sheep and call it Bailey I also buy a pig and call it Champa it’s off to
The secret Woods to collect hardwood and I think I’m going to stop mentioning us collecting hardwood from now on I plant our pumpkin seeds and that’s it for today Day 70 is a corn and pumpkin harvest day you know I’m actually glad I didn’t get all of our pumpkin seeds
Planted on the first day of fall because having two pumpkin harvest days in a row makes me feel tremendously happy I say hello to our animals and collect some eggs from our Coupe then it’s time for our daily visit the kobas again we gave him a pumpkin and purchased 10 void
Essence some of you may be wondering why I keep buying these in order for kobas to move in with us we need to give him the void ghost pendant you can get this from the desert Trader in exchange for 200 void Essence monsters in the skull Cavern can also
Drop the pendant but I don’t want to take any chances so I’m trying to get 200 void Essence as soon as I can the traveling cart isn’t selling the Red Cap okay look I’m sure you get the point by now I sell some items to Pierre making
Sure to hold on to 20 gold star pumpkins for kobis I purchased another 150 pumpkin seeds then I asked Robin to upgrade her house I plant her pumpkin seeds then I Tred to go to sleep but Lou has taken over the bed so I just sit in the chair and wait
For him to move on day 71 I pay a visit to kobus I know it’s only been like 3 days since I met him for the first time but I feel like we’re good friends now so I think it’s time to give him a nickname for the
Rest of this video I will be referring to him as Mr K I know that sounds formal but it comes from a place of familiar affection I throw my eggs into the fridge in the saloon buy some coffee collect my water and can from Clint and ask him to upgrade my
Pickaxe we finally get a large goat milk on Day 72 I wanted to donate this but we can’t go into town because the stardy Valley Fair is being set up I did not know this at the time but going to that fair would end up being the single worst
Choice I have ever made in my entire life I scavenged my chest to find nine items to use in our Grange display then I head to the fair honestly our Grange display isn’t that bad at all you see that item in the top right it’s called
Neptunite and it’s worth the same as a diamond in terms of its score during this little competition I watch with baited bread as lwis takes a gander at the Stalls thankfully we came in first place so we received 1,000 star tokens I bet all 1,000 of these tokens on green and I
Lose all of my tokens okay I I I can see where this is going I played the slingshot game and received 144 tokens I bet these tokens on green and I actually win this time all right let’s keep the momentum going I bet 288 tokens this time on green again and I
Lose them all again I very seriously considered leaving the festival at this point but I stayed strong I played the fishing game and received a delicious 492 tokens feeling on top of the world I played the game again receiving another 2 88 tokens at this point I was feeling
Pretty good so I bet all of my tokens on green and won now we’ve got 1560 tokens I only bet 440 tokens this time which was a good choice because I lost them I played the slingshot game again then I decid to go all in 1,274 tokens on green the wheel lands on
Orange all right listen I’m done I like I I can’t deal with this right now day 7 3 begins with a cranberry Harvest I really really needed that after the Kur fuffle that occurred yesterday I almost tried to walk into peers but I realized it’s Wednesday at the very last second so I’m
Learning in fact let’s be honest this whole thing has been a learning experience for me I’ve definitely said that before during this video but hey that just shows how committed I am to learning I I I don’t know what I’m talking about let’s just let’s just move
On I donate the large goat milk to the community center unlocking the greenhouse the wizard would like us to defeat a prismatic slime and bring him the Prismatic jelly it drops I collect my aridium pickaxe from Clint and to be honest I am very surprised I actually
Managed to fully upgrade my pickaxe I make a macki roll and a fried egg in our kitchen toss our crops into the shipping bin complete gos of special order purchase some food items in the saloon and donate the macki roll and fried egg to the community center it’s off to the
Mines to track down the Prismatic slime the plan is simple go down to floor five look for the Prismatic slime return to the surface go back down to level 5 rinse and repeat until the Prismatic slime appears at approximately 1:30 in the morning I am proud to announce that
We have caught and compromised to a permanent end the Prismatic slime in slightly more embarrassing news I passed out beside my bed Gus sends us a mini fridge on day 74 thank you Gustavo I make my way to the desert and purchase 20 beet seeds 75 starfruit seeds and 75 Deluxe speed grow
I delivered the Prismatic jelly to rasmodius then it’s time to set up our Greenhouse I made two idium sprinklers but I’m waiting for some gold bars to finish smelting smelting to finish smelting so I can make four more in the meantime I get the ground prepared for
Our star fruit and beet seeds I also used the deluxe speed grow we bought earlier I collect the gold bars make four more iridium Sprinklers and place them in the greenhouse some of you may be wondering why I planted beet seeds that will be revealed in approximately 6
Days Ras morius sends us the crafting recipe for Monster musk on day 75 this is a big deal if we make a monster musk and consume it it will increase the amount of monsters that appear in the mines and the skull Cavern we have enough slime and bat wings to make three monster
Musks so if we drink one and head to the skull Cavern more monsters will appear purple slimes serpents and mummies have a chance to drop red cabbage seeds so I think we could get those seeds by doing this right never mind the traveling car has red cabbage seeds for sale so we’re
Good I pay a visit to Mr K and buy 10 void Essence again I think I’m going to stop mentioning the whole void Essence thing but rest assured I will put everything I have into collecting 200 of them I ask Clint to upgrade her hoe then
I head to the mines I consume a monster musk and spend the rest of the day going through the mines defeating the copious number of dust Sprites that spawn on almost every floor monster only floors are also beneficial right now because of how many slimes show up this will help
Us with the monster eradication goals I plant the red cabbage seed just before the day ends a baby lizard has appeared on day 76 I decide to call it peep I took it easy today I just cleared out some space on the farm our bat cave is filled to
The brim on day 77 so I collect the fruit and sell it to Pier also just in case anyone is wondering I have been collecting hardwood every day for the last couple of weeks we need 200 hardwood to repair Wily’s boat once we finish the community center and we need
Another 150 hardwood to upgrade our house I give a pumpkin to Mr K and throw some more items into her shipping bin again today was a pretty laid-back day as I just cleared out the farm some more I decided to use bombs to take down some trees later that night and it actually
Worked pretty well that might be the best way for us to clear out the farm from now on Evelyn pays us a visit on day 78 and gives us the garden pot that reminds me hug your grandparents spend time with them have a cup of tea and a
Biscuit with them uh anyway I uh I harvest the cranberries and corn that have grown toss a void egg into the incubator and continue our quest to bankrupt Pier I collect my hole from Clint then I ask him to upgrade it again I do something that is long overdue
Quite frankly I ask Rob to build us a shed I really hope we can get Mr K to 10 Hearts before winter ends like like I’m genuinely going to be so upset if we can’t do it I also buy some coffee in the saloon Shane sends us a plate of pepper
Poppers on day 79 thank you I guess I I haven’t spoken to you since spring but yeah thank you we really need our pig to produce a truffle for us or find the Truffle I know pigs don’t actually make the truffles themselves they just dig it
Up out of the ground all right well our Pig literally just found a truffle so we’re good our beats are ready for Harvest which means today just got a lot more exciting I collect certain items from my chest throw a battery pack into the power box in the tunnel pick up Linus’s
Basket give Linus’s basket toss a rainbow shell into a box at the railroad put 10 beats into the fridge in Louis’s house okay that sentence was way too long I’m out of breath let me just give me one second Willie wants 100 pieces of bug
Meat so we’ll do that for him I sell some items to Pierre donate a truffle to the bounty board bundle and check my fortune the spirits are very displeased this means we have the worst luck possible today all right that kind of ruins some plans I had I don’t feel safe
Going to the skull Cavern today after seeing that I harvest a sweet gem bury and give it to the old Master canoli statue in the secret Woods I receive a star drop in return after visiting Mr K I teleport to the desert and put a solar Essence into the dragon skeleton’s
Day 80 is what I believe to be the final pumpkin harvest day hopefully it isn’t but we’re harvesting a lot of pumpkins today so I won’t be too upset if it is the final one yeah it it happened again I only have myself to blame honestly I need to
Start paying attention to what day it is I head to the desert because I want to go into the casino in Sandy shop but I forgot to collect the casino membership card so I have to go all the way back to my farm I pick up the card pay another
500 gold to go to the desert again and finally finally enter the casino I spend my gold on 200 key coins and start spinning I’m not going to waste your time here long story short I lost all of my coins it’s back to the mines for the
Rest of the day to collect iron ore and defeat dust Sprites I blow up some more trees at the end of the day day 81 is another pumpkin harvest day sweet we’re doing really well in terms of our finances after selling our crops to Pier I asked Robin to upgrade
Our shed and make some tree fertilizer the hardwood we get from the secret Woods is enough for what we need but I want to speed up our hardwood collecting process I plant some mahogany tree seeds and sprinkle some tree fertilizer on them allow me to bestow some knowledge
On you all for a moment a tree sapling has five growth stages every tree sapling will advance by one stage of growth each night if you put tree fertilizer on it it then takes 2 more days for it to reach the final stage however when it comes to Mahogany
Seeds tree fertilizer results in a 60% chance of the mahogany seed advancing to the next stage each night so I reckon these seeds will be fully grown within 6 to 10 days our starf fruit is ready on day 82 I forgot about this seed after we
Harvested the beats a few days ago so this was a nice surprise I buy a garlic at the traveling cart Harvest our corn and spend the day going through the lower levels of the mines because we need bug meet for willly special order yeah I’m surprised I remember that special order to be
Honest our final cranberry Harvest session takes place on day 83 as well as this our red cabbage has grown I wanted to go to the community center but the spirits eeve Festival is being set up so I pay a visit to Mr K and buy a star drop from him I’m getting
Slightly nervous when it comes to getting him to 10 Hearts he’s really close to three hearts now and his birthday is the first first of winter so that’ll bump him up to six hearts he might even be close to seven hearts at that point actually so what I need to do
Is make sure I talk to him every day during winter and give him two pumpkins every week I could probably unlock the cinema and watch a movie with him too if I really need to we’ll see what happens I spent some time Lolly gagging in the mines collecting bug meat for Willie at
Night time I head to the spirits e festival and buy the rare Crow and the Jacko Lantern recipe I also make my way through the May and collect the golden pumpkin at the end I drop off the 100 bug meat Willie asked for just before the day
Ends versetti or goat gave birth during the night see now I find this hard to believe because I only have one goat so unless some sort of Immaculate Conception has occurred I fail to see how this is possible regardless I decide to call the baby goat AJ Styles please
Come back to WWE I’m not I’m I’m not joking I’m serious I miss him so much I just want him to come back back another animal has shown up on our farm on day 84 a void chicken has appeared I call this chicken ATM I give a pumpkin to Mr K as is
Tradition then I take a look at our gold I think we can make it to a total of 1 million gold the main things we’re going to be focusing on during winter are collecting the gold and walnuts on Ginger Island and getting kobas to move
In with us so we should have plenty of time to plant star food and make money from that so we’re good all goes well we should be able to complete all of our goals I finally buy the last backpack upgrade I completely forgot about this I got so used to
Having two rows of inventory that it didn’t even cross my mind to buy this upgrade until now I purchased the catalog and 200 cranberry seeds and I donate the red cabbage to the community center the only items we need now are a naus shell a snow yam and a
Crocus and they’re all exclusive to Winter so it’s pretty much guaranteed that we’re going to finish the community center really soon I hope I didn’t just jinx it like I said before I am a professional jinxer so I may have just ruined everything by saying that I head
To robins and buy some crafting recipes for different flooring I plant more mahogany seeds and sprinkle tree fertilizer on them then I spent the rest of the day turning our shed into a storage area it was going pretty well but then I ran out of wood so I went to Robins
About 2 and A2 stacks of wood it takes a lot of time and a lot of going back and forth between our shed and our chest but we made some decent progress on it this was a nice way to spend the last day of fall I feel optimistic going into
Winter day 85 aka the first day of winter begins with a quick trip to her storage shed to drop off some eggs I bump into the shadow figure at the bus stop then I pay a visit to Mr K but this visit isn’t like the others no today is
A very special occasion it’s his birthday I give him a pumpkin which pushes him up to six hearts nice lonus and Demetrius have special orders for us I decide to accept the special order from lonus which requires us to fish trash out of the water next it’s
Donation time I hand in an ancient seed and receive an ancient seed and the crafting recipe for ancient seeds as reward S I collect my hole from Clint then I visit the beach to do some foraging we get a snow yam St away which is perfect we need that for the
Community center unfortunately I didn’t find a nautilus shell but hey at least we got one item I returned to the farm and turn another ancient seed I had into an ancient seed like a plantable ancient seed basically I turned an artifact into a seed I asked Pam to bring me to coka
Desert where I head into the casino I I wanted to buy some Qi coins but I accidentally used my beach warp totem that was embarrassing after that little Kur fuffle I decided to ask Robin to build a new Pond Dunner Farm I pick up a crocus outside the community center before
Heading inside and donating said crocus and the snow yam we acquired at the beach the only item we need now is the naess shell I once again head to the desert and Venture inside the casino where I actually successfully purchased Qi coins this time key coins sorry I
Said it wrong my bad this day is already way too long so I’m going to keep this part as short as I can I wanted to get three star drop symbols so we’d receive 250,000 coins long story short I didn’t get three star drop symbols just for the
Sake of clarity I spent 14 minutes trying to do this that is 14 minutes of my life I will never get back I filled the greenhouse with cranberry seeds to make sure we still have a steady income this month I haven’t forgotten about our goal to earn a total of 1 million gold
Don’t you worry about that I spent some time working on her storage shed then I wared to the beach for some reason like I I genuinely don’t know why I did that any H the junos repaired a bridge to the Quarry during the night bro the first day is almost 3 minutes
Long the morning of day 86 is spent working on our storage area I am fully aware that I still have yet to achieve any of our goals but having a tidy storage area makes my soul feel at peace completing our goals would also make my soul feel at peace now that I think
About it I’m tremendously confused I break some rocks in the Quarry area then I make my way through the Quarry mine and collect the golden Scythe at the end I was about to walk all the way back to the entrance when I remembered you can interact with the statue at the end to
Teleport back to the entrance I’m actually surprised I remember that bit of bad news there is still a distinct lack of ndless shells at the beach I throw a sturgeon into her pond on day 87 then I chop down our mahogan trees and end up with 41 hardwood not
Too shabby I know I said I wasn’t going to talk about me going to the secret Woods to collect hardwood anymore but I wanted to mention it this one time just in case anyone is wondering where the extra hardwood came from in the words of Professor Farnsworth from Futurama good
News everyone I found a nautilus shell at the beach I buy some coal from Clint before donating the shell to the community center we have finally completed every bundle more important ly we have completed our first goal this rejuvenated my spirits all I need to do
Is keep the momentum going and we should complete all of our goals before the end of winter things are looking good which is normally a bad sign for me but I’m going to be optimistic I make 30 something bombs and use them to take down a good portion of
The trees that are still on our farm I spend the rest of the day chopping down the remaining trees and getting rid of any stone and fiber on the farm this is what our farm looks like right now it looks pretty empty I know but I’ll try
To make it look at least a bit aesthetically pleasing before the end of winter Lewis sends us a letter on day 88 Thanking us for completing the bounty board bundles reading that letter really warmed my heart but what made me feel even better was realizing that this
Earned us two full hearts with every villager who we cannot datee which means kobus is now at eight hearts sweet the community center has officially been restored which is also sweet I sell some eggs to Pier then something peculiar happens Shane walks into the abandoned Georgia Mark I I
Don’t think that’s supposed to happen I don’t know how that happened I sell some gems and two iridium bars to clinty winty then I ask Robin to upgrade our house it cost 50,000 gold and 150 hardwood but it is worth it we need that upgrade in order for crus to move in
With us at least I think we need that upgrade even if we didn’t need it it’s all good I wanted to upgrade her house anyway I plopped the stardy valley hero trophy at the top of her storage shed just in case anybody doesn’t know you get this trophy for completing the
Community center before the day ends I pick up all of the sprinklers on our farm half of The Cranberries in our Greenhouse are ready for Harvest on day 89 I sell them to Pierre donate some artifacts to the museum then I donate 200 hardwood five aridium bars and five
Battery packs to Willie so he can repair the boat I buy some coffee and salads in the saloon then I do some fishing off floor 100 of the mines to complete Linus’s special order at the bath house area I meet the wizard and begin his quest I completely forgot this was a
Thing I throw the garbage I got from fishing into the dumpster to complete Linus’s order then I talk to kobis and ask him to open the entrance to the mutant bugler I make my way through the area collecting the dark Talisman at the end Robin and Willie repair the boat during the night
On day 90 lonus is relaxing in the lake during winter like I said in a previous video lonus is an interesting Critter I head to the witches swamp and do some fishing to collect two void salmon and a void mayonnaise I give the Mayo to the goblin henchmen collect the Wizard’s ink
And return to the Wizard’s Tower to give it to him we have now unlocked the shop in his Tower we can purchase junimo Huts the gold clock and the obelisks I still don’t feel comfortable saying that word I feel like I’m going to mispronounce it a lot so I’m just
Going to magical Towers all right that’s what we’re going to refer to those as from now on we are nowhere close to being able to afford any of them right now though so that is not very chill what is very chill however is I went to
Wily shop and used his boat to get to Ginger Island I immediately head to the forest and collect two golden walnuts I give one to the parrot then I spend the rest of the day in the volcano dungeon I struggled a bit with this but we had
Pretty easy access to mag magma caps this is a forage item which gives a ton of energy and health when eaten my goal here was to make it to the end of the volcano dungeon AKA floor 10 I made it to floor 9 then I passed out right in
Front of the entrance to floor 10 I was absolutely heartbroken when this happened more cranberries are already on day 91 at the risk of sounding like a broken record I won’t mention harvesting these cranberries anymore unless it’s for an important reason what could that important reason possibly be keep watching to find
Out M actually no I don’t I don’t like doing that all right spoiler alert and I legitimately mean spoiler alert here this is big skip forward by about 30 seconds if you don’t want to have a pretty big event in this playthrough spoil for you all right if you’re still listening
I’m going to assume you want to hear it we end up collecting 100 gold and walnuts and unlocking Mr Key’s Walnut Room he gives us a quest near the end of winter that requires us to bring him a 100 different items of different colors so 100 red items 100 blue items 100
Yellow items yada yada yada the red item we bring him is the Cranberries that we harvested in our Greenhouse so there you go after giving kobis slmr k/m my best friend a pumpkin we reached nine hearts with him Sensational next it is time for me to redeem myself for yesterday’s Hollow
Belo in the volcano dungeon this time will be different I’m not just ready I’m prepared I don’t know what I was doing wrong yesterday but this actually ended up being really easy which I am very grateful for because if I failed again today I would have cried I collect the
Two golden walnuts and the Prismatic Shard at the end of the volcano next it is time to collect some more golden walnuts at around 7:00 p.m. I spend some walnuts to open up the farm area of the island I immediately get to work on planting our crops the important thing
To note here is we planted melon garlic and wheat seeds there is a frog in the cave beside our Farmhouse here that will give us a total of 15 golden walnuts for growing these tree crops so I really want to get that done as you can
Imagine Robin has a special order for us on day 92 she would like us to collect 1,000 pieces of wood we do need wood so this is a win-win willly shop is locked today which means we can’t go to Ginger Island that is unfortunate the reason why it’s closed
Is because the Festival of ice takes place today I take a gander at the traveling cart I don’t know if I already bought the rare Crow it has for sale but I buy it anyway just to be safe the fishing competition begins and I take a
Walk listen I’m going to say this as clearly as I possibly can I will never ever allow myself to win this competition Willie should win this competition every single time I will not hear anybody out on this Willie is a gentleman and deserves his moment in the
Spotlight think about it he gives you a fishing rod for free free he gives you a copper pan for free which allows you to go panning and he brings you to Ginger Island admittedly that last one isn’t free you have to give him 1,000 gold every time but my point still stands
Willie does so much for the farmer so the least I can do is make sure he wins this competition a void chicken has been welcomed into the family on day 93 I decide to call this chicken scallywag yeah I’m running out of ideas for names I collect an amethyst a ruby
An emerald a topaz and an Aqua Marine out of a chest and head to Ginger Island I head to the forest where a bird drops a topaz this is really good timing I’m going to try to explain this next part as clearly as I can so please bear with
Me for a moment that topaz we picked up is part of a puzzle because we found it in the forest which is on the right side of the island it gets placed on the podium on the right as for the remaining three podiums normally you would come
Back to the island on a rainy day find another bird in a different part of the island and place the Gemma drops on the corresponding Podium but I am under a significant time constraint here I cannot afford to be Dilly dallying like that so instead I plac the gems I
Brought with me on the podiums in the hopes that I can guess the correct layout it takes around a minute but I actually managed to do it I spend 20 golden W lots to unlock The Farmhouse before the day ends I begin Day 94 by planting some
More seeds on our Island Farm in a perfect world I would be planting starfruit seeds here right now but Perfection is a cruel mistress and I am lazy so A random assortment of seeds will do for now I head back to Pelican town and ask Clint to crack open a
Golden coconut which provides us with a golden Walnut I purchase enough coal and iron ore to make a single bomb then it’s back to Ginger Island to open up the dig site I break all of the Rocks here because they can drop artifacts that we can donate to the island office when we
Free Professor snail from the cave trapped inside of speaking of I used the bomb we made to do exactly that I returned to the island farm and plant some towero rots then I returned to Pelican town and finally find the shadow figure that we saw on the first day of
Winter I forgot about them I really hope they didn’t stay in that bush for the last 9 days just waiting for me to show up if they did then that might just be the longest game of hideand-seek I’ve ever played in my life there were quite
A few artifact spots at the bus stop so I dug them all up and found like four books that was kind of a waste of time on day 95 I spent a significant amount of time in the forest chopping down trees for Robin special order the good
News is I collected over 1,000 pieces of wood completing that special order the bad news is there are now like four trees remaining in the forest which probably isn’t a good thing I’ll replant all of them at some point I promise I toss a sturgeon row Into The Preserve
Jar I have so that it will turn into caviar in a few days time we have finally reached 10 hearts with kobas on day 96 that is fantastic news but we haven’t finished our goal yet we still need to get him to move in with us
I head to the desert and I walk around for a while I don’t know what I was doing here that’s happened a few times actually now that I think about it wait nope it turns out I just forgot to bring the 200 FOID Essence with me so I went
Back to her Farm collected those and then went to Robins to add the two extra rooms to her house I also asked her to upgrade our Coupe then I went to the desert and exchanged my void Essence for the void ghost pendant I give this pendant to kobus who accepts the
Invitation to move into our house and they were roommates on day 97 these Spirits are somewhat mly perturbed which means we have bad luck for the day yeah I’m not dealing with that I’m going straight to sleep day 98 is a hardwood collection day I chop down all of her mahogany
Trees and receive at least two pieces of hardwood okay no that’s not funny I don’t know why I said that we actually got around 160 pieces of hardwood from this I make a ton of wood fences and start the process of beautifying our farm and by
That I mean I just Place fences down to Mark different areas it worked out pretty well though I’ve got Des Des uh I can’t give me one second designated I’ve got designated areas for our coup and barn or ponds or crops we’ll be planting next year or
Greenhouse and tree farm section and her shed and tree farm section and that was all I did today I head to Robins on day 99 and asked her to build a stable except I couldn’t do that because I forgot to take away the four fences beside her
House I returned to Robins a short while later and move her Coupe barn and shed to their designated areas and ask her to build that stable when I talked to kobus he said you’re a strange one to want to live with a creature like me you’re a strange one
I’ve heard that multiple times during the last month alone why does everybody say that to me what’s going on Caroline would like us to grow and ship 100 tarot roots for a special order which I accept after a bit of a Hiatus from Ginger Island I finally return I dig up an
Artifact spot and receed two golden coconuts cool the wheat and garlic are fully grown but the melon isn’t so I still need to wait for that before I can get the 15 golden walnuts we do get several walnuts for harvesting the other crops though I also get two walnuts by
Breaking muscle nodes that puts us at a total of 53 golden walnuts collected that’s actually not too bad in my opinion all of the crops we harvested here get thrown into a shipping bin I plant even more seeds before the day ends day 100 begins with a trip to the
Dig site it’s business as usual here I break the rocks in the hopes of finding artifacts we can donate I also do some panning to get the fossilized tail I return to pelicant down and ask Clint to crack open our golden coconuts never mind he’s not there I head to the saloon
To buy never mind Gus isn’t there what is going on today I head to the desert and buy 200 beet seeds I plant these on Ginger Island I head to the island office and donate three artifacts then I make my way to the night market and spend the
Rest of the day fishing in the submarine on day 101 I crack open our golden coconuts and receive a banana tree sapling and some pineapple seeds I do a bit of fishing at the ginger Island docks then I plant her pineapple seeds and her banana tree sapling I spend the
Rest of the day fishing I receive a golden Walnut for harvesting a cauliflower on day this this wait wait wait wait this is like 500 words for one day how did I manage to all right let’s just let’s just get through this all right here we go I
Receive a golden Walnut for harvesting a cauliflower on day 102 which is nice our melon has also fully grown which is even nicer between this the wheat and the garlic we receive a total of 15 golden walnuts I got another golden Walnut when I harvested the melons so I believe we
Have just witnessed what is referred to as a double whammy I decided to have the resort built which means the villagers can now visit the island I head to the island office and answer two survey questions so I can get another two walnuts I answered the first question correctly I accidentally picked the
Wrong answer for the second question so we have to come back tomorrow to answer it again I know the answer though I don’t understand why I can’t just answer it now and get my golden W lot why do I have to wait why do I have to come back
Tomorrow this anyway I buy 150 coal and 100 iron ore from Clint make 10 seed makers and 25 bombs and check my mail for the first time in a couple of days miror Lewis tells us about the Feast of the winter star Festival the person we
Can give a gift to is Maru we can give her a gold bear so it’ll be grand I buy some coffee from Gus then I head to Ginger Island and set up my seed makers you may have noticed that I have 11 seed makers and not 10 that is because I made
10 and brought the one we received from the community center with me too you see that I’m utilizing all of the resources available to me at least I think I am I don’t know anymore look I’ll be honest I didn’t think I’d make it this far I
Don’t know what I’m doing I made a plan for spring and that went well but I’ve just been winging it ever since like I’m I’m legitimately surprised things have gone as well as they have but I’m not complaining all right we’re doing well so let’s just keep going in rather
Unfortunate news it was also at this point that I realized there is no way I’m going to be able to complete Caroline’s special order like there is genuinely a 0% probability that I’ll be able to grow and ship 100 Tower routs within the next 10 days or so it’s just
Not happening but you have to take the good with the bad and all that I spend the rest of the day in the volcano dungeon collecting golden walnuts you may notice that coffee and triple chot espressos will appear in my inventory from time to time that is because I
Found the hot Java ring in a chest in the volcano dungeon when you have this equipped every monster you defeat has a 25% chance of dropping a coffee if they don’t drop a coffee they have a 10% chance of dropping a triple shot espresso on day 103 I find out I have
Collected a total of 82 golden walnuts I donate a mummified bat to the field office and answer the second question correctly this time to earn two more walnuts I spend most of the day going through the volcano dungeon again then I go back to check our progress once more
We are now at 90 golden walnuts I find a mummified frog in the forest on day 104 I also found a few Journal scraps that show the locations of walnuts so I make good use of those to collect a pearl and two golden walnuts I donate the Frog to the office
Receiving another Walnut I have said the word Walnut way too many times already I apologize day 105 is a big Harvest day on our Island Farm I throw everything into a shipping bin then I head to the southeast side of the island to collect a golden Walnut and another golden
Walnut and a third golden Walnut I play the Simon say game to get another three golden walnuts then I unlock the Island’s fast travel system looking back on this I now realized I did not use it a single time between now and the end of winter I head back to her Farm in
Pelicant town and throw some items I was keeping on Ginger Island into my storage shed I then use a to him to get back to Ginger Island collect more items from my chest and warp back to the farm on day 106 a notification lets us know that we have officially earned a
Total of 1 million gold that’s three of our four goals completed all we have to do now is unlock Mr Key’s Walnut Room I head to robins and ask her to build a second pond on her Farm then it’s time for another special order I decide to choose Emily’s order she wants an
Amethyst an emerald a jade a ruby and a topaz I have a good few of all of those in my storage shed so this will be an easy one it’s off the ginger Island where I spent about 20 seconds in the volcano dungeon then I got scared and
Left I make my way to Leo’s Treehouse and ask the par for a hint as to where a golden Walnut is hidden buried near bones I know exactly where that is because I’ve gotten that exact same hint before to be honest I’m surprised I missed this one but at least we got it
Now I had to Mr Walnut Room to check my progress but something else happens instead of telling me how many walnuts I’ve collected the door opens and I head inside we did it we actually did it we made it into the Walnut Room I take a
Look at the special orders board in this room I decid to go with the Prismatic range order I also check how much progress we’ve made so far 25% uh okay that’s that’s a bit lower than I was expecting look I think the important thing here is that we made it
Into the Walnut Room right we did good we achieved all of our goals let’s just ignore that 25% it doesn’t exist it’s not canon anymore all right we’re ignoring it on the morning of day 107 I start smelting copper ore I want to get
An oak resin Farm set up so we need as many tappers as we can get our hands on while our furnaces are working away I start planting Oak Maple and pine tree saplings beside our Greenhouse I also exclusively plant oak tree saplings down by our shed I spent some time placing
Stone flooring on our farm I’m basically decorating this Farm the same way I decorate the farm every single time but if it ain’t broke don’t fix it I also end up making a total of 25 tappers Mir Lewis sends us a letter on day 108 reminding us about the Feast of
The winter star Festival that takes place tomorrow I forgot about that thank you for the reminder I decide to call my horse hairy styles get it like how Styles but hairy because Hors is like hey um I’m sorry I plac my seed makers in the greenhouse and put the two
Ancient fruit I harvested into them we get two ancient seeds from this so I plant them I head to Willies where I decide to buy the Iridium Rod then I fish until we’ve got a total of five seaweed because I want to buy another Pond back on our farm I toss a midnight
Squid into the second Pond I only did this so we can get our hands on some Squid Ink once we’ve got a couple of those I’ll replace it with a different fish the witch drops by her farm and adds a void chicken to her cop but
That’s not all on the screen that shows how much gold we earned from the items we shipped Santa Claus shows up isn’t that pretty rare like aren’t both of those things pretty rare how do we get two of them in one night that’s pretty neat in my
Opinion I throw some gold ore into a furnace on day 109 I collect the gold bar when it’s ready then I head to the Feast of the winter star I give the gold bar to Maru which he accepts gracefully gr grateful gra graciously I’ve made that mistake before actually then Lea
Gives us a present 10 Deluxe speed grow that’s actually a fairly decent present thank you I ask Robin to build the third pond on our farm on day 110 I was on my way to Clint when I bumped into him on the bridge that’s fine I’ll just cry myself to sleep
Tonight I suppose I scavenge my storage shed for items I can use for Mr special order I buy 100 Georgia colas in the saloon which covers the 100 blue items I head to the community center and give Emily all of the gems she requested as part of her special order except I
Messed up Clint gave us a quest to give Emily an amethyst Emily also requested an amethyst as part of her special order when I gave Emily said amethyst it completed Clin Quest instead of her special order I quickly run back to my farm pick up another amethyst and give it
I head to the mines drink a coffee consume a monster musk and spend the rest of the day collecting bug meat and copper ore this will cover the purple and orange items needed for Mr Key’s special order it goes very well and I leave the mines with everything I
Need Emily sends us a sewing machine on day 111 as I thank you for completing her special order I head to Ginger Island where a very special cranberry Harvest takes place you remember I said I wouldn’t mention harvesting cranberries unless it’s for an important reason well there is a very important
Reason for this one we had everything we needed for Mr key special order except 100 red items so these cranberries are going to be donated to Mr key I also harvest the tower roots that have grown and yeah there was no way I was going to be able to complete Caroline special
Order to grow and shape 100 of these that’s kind of disappointing because the reward for completing that special order is the crafting recipe for the solar panel solar panels produce battery packs during sunny weather that would have been incredibly useful I complete Mr Key’s special order and receive 35 key
Gems I spend these gems on the key to the town and 60 magic bait the key to the town lets us enter all of the buildings in Pelican town at any time magic bait allows us to catch any fish from a specific water source regardless of the weather season or time for
Example if we use magic bait while we’re fishing at the beach during winter we can catch a puffer fish whereas normally you can only catch a puffer fish at the beach during summer I spent some time fishing at the mountain lake of course using the magic bait some bubbles popped
Up while I was here so that made things even easier after a while I move down to the river by Penny’s trailer then I finally go down to the beach to finish our fishing adventure for the day we have a bit of a carfuffle I have caught
So many different types of fish that I have no more space in my inventory I eat two chubs catch two more fish and throw all of the fish I caught today in my shipping bin between our crops and our fish we made around 15,000 gold I was
Hoping for a bit more than that but it all adds up I begin day 112 by placing tappers on all of our oak trees and throwing a blue discus into her Pond I also Place three tappers on three of the trees by the greenhouse that’s almost a tongue
Twister I decided to treat my animals to some hay two heaters and some ornamental hay bals I should have done this at the beginning of winter but I forgot sorry I also pick up miror lewis’ shorts I want to wear these and I will as soon as I
Can figure out how to operate the sewing machine I must be doing something wrong because I can’t turn these shorts into shorts that I can actually wear I’m I’m going to I’m going to go check the stard valley Wiki and find out what I have to
Do right so it turns out I need a gold bar I say hi to l L and wait for the gold ore to be smelted while I’m waiting for that I pay a visit to Ginger Island and head into the Cove where I catch a stingray that’s all I wanted to do here
So I head back to the farm and wait for the gold bar to be ready I collect it and combine it with louis’ shorts to make the trimmed lucky purple shorts I take my pants off and replace them with my new shorts that shouldn’t be funny but it is I now Feel
Complete I spend the rest of the day changing the wallpaper in the house just to spice things up a bit with that done I sit down for a moment to acknowledge that this is the end of our first year in stardew Valley it was pretty
Stressful I won’t lie but it was a lot of fun too I had to sleep feeling very happy with how things went I begin day 113 by taking a moment to gather my surroundings it has been quite a while since I played on this Farm since the previous day so I
Was a bit discombobulated for a moment I wish I could say I immediately jumped right back into being a professional stardy Valley athlete but that simply isn’t true you will see as we get further into spring that I had no idea what I was doing at times any HST Kent
Has arrived back in pelicant town which is always nice to see the first thing on the agenda is to clear our farm of any debris that has appeared I head into my storage shed and collect 18 spring spr lers I’ll be honest I thought I had a
Lot more sprinklers than that the good news is the Cranberries in our Greenhouse are ready for Harvest so I was very happy to see that next up is a trip to peers to sell the cranberries and purchase 400 potato seeds along with five of every other spring seed the rest
Of the day is spent planting the seeds I bought I also throw some idium ore and gold ore in the furnaces and throw a diamond into a crystarium on day 114 I make a grand total of two idium Sprinklers and plant some more potato seeds then it’s off to
The skull Cavern for the rest of the day this was probably a terrible idea considering I was still getting back into the swing of things in fact they should have gone really really and I cannot stress this enough really poorly thankfully though I actually managed to avoid being knocked out also I collected
Quite a bit of aridium ore also also I made it the floor 78 before passing out also also also I reached level 10 in combat I’m not going to lie to you I am very happy with how today went it might not seem like a big deal but then again
It’s the small things in life that matter I decid to do some foraging on the morning of day 115 I don’t actually need any of these forage items I just like walking through the forest I decided it was time to replace the straw hat I won during the
Egg hunt last year I purchased a Daisy from the Hat Mouse and place it in my hair I feel absolutely sensational right now I asked Clint to crack open my Omni geod and purchase 200 copper ore I used these copper ore to make more furnaces looking back on this this was definitely
A waste of money but if there is one thing you need to know about me it’s that I am the opposite of smart dare I even say I am unsmart I collect some magic bait from a chest and accept a special order from The Wizard he wants us to bring him
Ectoplasm I purchased two crab pots from Willie officially bankrupting myself and set the crap pots up at the beach now it is time for me to conquer an old rival of mine the Crimson fish under normal circumstances you can only catch this fish during summer but I have magic bait
Which means we can catch at any time full transparency I faed miserably for quite some time but I didn’t give up I kept pushing forward each and every time I failed to catch it every time a different fish popped up I just felt more and more motivated to catch this
Beast of a fish and that is exactly what I ended up doing I am feeling very ooy right now I might have to stop saying that phrase actually considering I feel a deep sense of genuine sadness every time I think about what happened with Roman Reigns and The
Usos I’ve i’ I I’ve actually just hurt my own feelings with that one our next stop is the mines where we can catch the stone fish it took me quite a while but I did end up catching this fish this will not be the last time might say that
Sentence some good news on day 116 our gold and aridium Empire is thriving also two ancient fruit are ready for Harvest in the greenhouse my plan here is to keep throwing them at the seed makers to hopefully get hundreds of ancient fruit seeds over time I go through my chest to
Find items that are needed for the shipping collection I do need to pay more attention to that whole shipping thing because I’ve got maybe half of it done at this point I head into the sewers with the intent of catching another legendary fish the mutant carp thankfully this one was nowhere near as
Bad as the Crimson fish I managed to catch this one without too much hassle I keep the fishing train going and head into the mutant bug L where I catch the Slime Jack finally to end the day I head to the mines where I go ghost hunting in an attempt to get
Ectoplasm just in case anyone has forgotten we need to give ectoplasm to the wizard to complete a special order this plan did not go the way I wanted it to as in I passed out without getting any ectoplasm but that’s okay we still have time to get it
Done I purchased a rare seed from the traveling cart on the morning of day 117 it’s off the ginger Island where I immediately make two discoveries number one our cranberries cactus fruit pineapples and blueberries are ready for Harvest number two there is a ton of sprinklers here that are not being used
I completely forgot these were here this would have been really nice to know back on day 113 I could have planted all of the potato seeds I bought on that day if I knew these sprinklers were here I pick up the sprinklers that aren’t being used and I
Accept a special order from Mr key to give him four Prismatic shards this shouldn’t be too difficult I am almost certain I saw three Prismatic shards in her shed and in a chest in The Farmhouse so this was a good quest for us to get I
Check out the fortune teller TV show and we have the worst possible look for today that’s not good that’s not good at all rather than go to the skull Cavern I plant the rest of the potato seeds I have instead our potatoes are ready to harvest on day
118 as an Irish man I can tell you that nothing makes me happier than staring up at the ceiling at midnight and listening to Harry Styles that wasn’t what you expected me to say was it no no you thought I was going to talk about potatoes and how they make me happy huh
Anyway I gave a pumpkin to kobis and receive a strange bun and a star drop in return sweet what is not sweet is we have bad luck again today I sell my crappie whoes to pier and harvest The Cranberries in our Greenhouse I must say I am so incredibly
Grateful that I planted cranberry seeds no joke right I know I’ve said this before but I actually mean this un ironically harvesting these cranberries gives me a serotonin boost every single time I head to my good pal Clint and ask him to upgrade my axe I buy cooking
Recipes in the saloon along with as many pizzas as I can afford then it’s back to the mind in pursuit of the Wizard’s ectoplasm I spend a few minutes in here trying to get ectoplasm then I make a discovery I already have the crafting recipe for Monster musk literally the
Only reason why I wanted to complete the wizard special order was because I thought I would be receiving that crafting recipe as a reward I haven’t just wasted my time I have wasted your time I apologize it will probably happen again but I do apologize we have good luck on day 119
Which already already puts me in a good mood Oak resin is ready to collect two which is always nice to see I purchase a rare seed and a battery pack from the traveling cart then I trade my jade for staircases in the desert I use the staircases to
Immediately get down to floor 17 then I begin making my way through the skull Caverns I find a dark cowboy hat on floor 51 then I pass out on floor 55 you know what I think I’m getting better at going through the skull Cavern I’m feeling pretty chuffed right now
It is back to the skull Cavern on day 120 it was going well very well in fact dare I even say I was absolutely flourishing that is until I got distracted by my phone and was knocked out the good news is I didn’t really lose anything important I think I’m most
Upset about losing my salads so that could have gone a lot worse with Vengeance on my mind I had to Clin on day 121 collect my gold Axe and ask clinty winty to upgrade my hoe I wanted to go to the skull Cavern but Pam didn’t show up so that was very
Disappointing very disappointing indeed I spent the rest of the day chopping down trees because I need wood and I also felt very lazy so it was a win-win I continue my quest to bankrupt Pier on day 122 then to the surprise of absolutely nobody I’m sure it’s off to
The skull Cavern again it was going very well until I got knocked out this time however it was entirely my fault I simply was not good enough today I only lost bug meat though so it looks like the game felt bad for me and
Decided to take it easy on me which I am extremely grateful for concerned ape if you’re watching thank you for taking pity on me sir day 123 is a big potato Harvest day that is absolutely Sterling I take a look at the progress I’ve made on the monster eradication goals I’m really
Close to completing the first page in even more good news The Cranberries are ready for Harvest again I make a monster mus then I head to the mines I really want to get that first page of monster eradication gos complete so the rest of day 123 as well as days 124 through 129
Are spent in the minds completing that first page I begin day30 by tending to our crab pots we need to get things like shrimp muscles and crabs from them for the fishing collection so I bought more during the previous few days I deliver four Prismatic shards to Mr key and use
All but 10 of my key gems to buy Magic bait I want to catch a dorado fish with the magic bait because it’s one of the 10ish fish I still need to catch I probably have less than 10 fish left to get for the fishing collection but I
Feel like that’s a solid estimate it took so much time for a Dorado to finally appear but thankfully it eventually did so we can cross that one off the list after that it’s off to the beach for some more fishing I caught a puffer fish then I realized my inventory
Was full so I decided to head home and get some sleep I reached level 10 in fishing too which is really good news day 131 begins and ends at the beach my goal here was to catch an octopus and a squid I literally spent the entire day
Here unfortunately a squid did not show up but I did manage to catch an octopus before passing out it’s off the floor 100 of the mines to catch the lava eel on day 132 it takes a while because I keep getting trash but I do eventually hook a
Lava eel this was a slightly tricky one to C but I am literally the greatest fisherman who has ever lived so it was always guaranteed that I would be able to catch it that was a lie next up is a trip to the desert to catch the Scorpion
Carp this fish has always been the bane of my existence like I literally cannot describe how much misery this fish has caused me in the past but I am a whole different person now so catching the Scorpion carp was actually fairly easy this time which I am eternally grateful
For because if I struggled with this one I probably would not have made this video you know the phrase big brain Moment Like if someone does something clever or says something smart you might call them big brain yeah I did the opposite of that I wanted to buy more
Magic bait but I accidentally bought 10 key seasoning instead not my proudest moment I accept the danger in the Deep Quest we only have 2 days to complete it so I definitely won’t get it done but it does give me a chance to collect radioactive ore I had straight to the
Mines where I spend the rest of the day I collect two radioactive ore and make it to floor 19 before passing out I head straight to the mines on day 133 all I’m focused on here is collecting as much radioactive ore as I can I do this until around 1:00 p.m.
Then I leave and head to the saloon I buy 10 pizzas eat three of them and sit down for a while it is during this little moment of peace and quiet that I realize pretty much all I’ve done so far during spring is go fishing and go the
Skull Cavern in the mines these aren’t exactly the most exciting things but it did help us make some good progress on our goals so I think it was worth it hopefully summer will have a larger variety of activities every day I head to Clint and ask him to upgrade my axe
Then I decide it is time to catch the legend fish I’m not even going to waste your time here I failed and that’s an understatement I got absolutely annihilated by this absolute Behemoth of a fish I legitimately did not stand a chance against it but I do have a game
Plan I will return tomorrow with food that boosts my fishing skill I am going to catch this fish tomorrow I have to on day 134 we have another cranberry Harvest normally by now I would have said something like I won’t mention harvesting these cranberries anymore but I very much enjoy harvesting them and
Would like to continue sharing this lovely experience with you all Pam has a quest for us she would like like to receive 12 bottles of potato juice we can do that for her we just need to make a few CS first I head to the mountains and attempt to catch the legend fish
Again I’m not going to waste your time I didn’t end up catching it I am so ashamed of myself I needed a pickme up after that little carfuffle so I head to the adventur guild and take a look at the monster eradication gos again we’re pretty close to completing the second
Page of goals so that provided me with a nice serotonin boost I have already said that that provided me with a nice dopamine boost there you go actually I I I’ve definitely said that one before too multiple times in fact you know it it made me happy all right that’s what I’m
Trying to get across here I hit the Clint on the morning of day 135 and collect my axe purchase 400 pieces of wood from Robin and 25 potato seeds from Pierre I also buy 25 speed grow and 25 Deluxe speed grow yeah I I messed up I
Bought the wrong speed grow at first ignore that don’t worry about it it’s a non-factor it was redcon that never happened blim blam out the window I don’t know what I’m I’m look I didn’t mean to buy the original speed grow is what I’m trying to say here let’s move
On I plant 12 potato seeds in the greenhouse make 28 kegs and place these kegs in the greenhouse hopefully the potatoes and the resulting potato juice will be ready before the time limit for Pam special order ends the rest of the day as well as days
136 through 139 are spent in the skull Caverns completing all but one of the remaining monster eradication goals all we have to do now is complete the magma Sprite goal so we’ll go to the volcano dungeon at some point and get that done also we had a cauliflower Harvest during
That time so that provided a very tasty boost to our bank account on day 140 I have an announcement I am not afraid to admit when I have done something foolish and that is exactly what has occurred I was convinced I lost my axe during the
Last 3 days because I couldn’t find it in any chest on my farm like I got to the point where I genuinely thought I would have to go through the rest of this playthrough without an axe it turns out it was in the chest in the greenhouse the entire
Time I was on my way to the mountains because the legend fish appears on the 28th day of spring so I wouldn’t need magic bait to catch it today the problem is it’s not raining and it has to be raining for the legend to show up today
That threw me for a loop I was planning on spending the whole day trying to catch the Legend So I had no idea what to do with myself at this point in the end I decided to go fishing in the fountain outside the community center so
I could get the trash can then I collected the junimo plushy from the bush at the playground then I just sat down on a bench beside my two prize possessions and that’s it for spring like I said earlier in the season I spent almost the
Entirety of my time in the mines in the skull Cavern or fishing but I still had a good time it was a nice way to get back into the swing of things however I I will be sure to diversify my interests and spice things up a bit in summer speaking of
Summer the first day of summer AKA day 141 begins with us accepting a special order from Demetrius all we have to do for this one is catch 20 ocean fish which isn’t too bad at all and we will receive the crafting recipe for the computer as a reward so it’s worth it I
Head to the desert and buy as many starfruit seeds as I can we really need to start making a lot more money this season I spend the rest of the day planting all of these seeds also Bailey gave birth to a sheep I call this sheep
Buttercup on day 142 I place bait into the crab pots at the river we are very very close to completing the fishing collection at this point but it is going to take a lot of effort to catch the remaining fish as you will see as this season goes on the entirety of today
Spent fishing at the beach to complete demetrius’s special order Demetrius sends us the crafting recipe for the computer on day 143 I head to robins and ask her to build a second shed on the farm I’m not entirely sure what I will put in the shed yet but I’m leaning towards
Kegs I head to Willie shop because I want to go to Ginger Island but I can’t afford a ticket things are bad I I need to look over my accounts and see what I can do to improve my financial situation I de de to sell a couple of cooked
Dishes to Pierre which gives me just enough gold to be able to afford a ticket in the Walnut Room I accept a special order to find 100 each of red orange yellow green blue and purple items this is probably my favorite key Quest it’s a really handy one to get
Done after going through my chest on day 144 all I need is 87 copper and 91 Georgia colas for Mr key special order I head straight to the mines to collect the copper ore I need which thankfully doesn’t take long at all then it’s off to the saloon to purchase the Georgia
Colas I need finally I deliver all of the items to Mr key bringing us up to a total of 37 key gems I use these to purchase 140 magic bait the potato juice is ready to collect in the greenhouse so I pick them up and bring them to Pam right after
This I collect the items that have appeared in the crab pots now all we need to do is catch three more fish day 145 begins with our quest to catch the first of those three fish the glacier fish I will be completely honest here I was absolutely dreading catching
This fish this fish has always been the biggest thorn in my side it’s the reason why I get nervous any time I set the goal of completing the fishing collection I took a break for fishing and did a quick jog around the area to
Hype myself up I can do this I will do this I must do this the glacier fish will not defeat me again I cast my rod into the water and hook the fish game on I put every ounce of passion and dedication I had in my body into
Catching this fish failure was no longer an option nay failure was no longer a word of my vocabulary and so it is with a sense of Pride and accomplishment that I announce I was indeed able to catch the glacier fish I feel so happy right now but there
Ain’t no rest for the wicked with one fish down it’s off to the mountain to catch the second fish the legend as you have all seen in this video I have already failed to catch this fish many many times so far but this time this time things are
Different this time there is a voice telling me that I can do this that voice is motivating me and keeping my spirits up and it is thanks to this voice that I managed to finally catch the legend thank you to that voice two down one
More to go next up the beach our final Target is the squid catching the fish is actually the easy part the hard part is actually hooking the fish in the first place for whatever reason the squid has completely avoided me any and every time I’ve gone fishing at the
Beach I was convinced that I would have to come back here tomorrow to catch the squid until a miracle happened I caught a fish and it ended up being the squid and with that the fishing collection is complete today has been an absolutely sensational day I’m on a roll right now
So I decide to go to Ginger Island and enter the volcano dungeon I want to keep the ball rolling and defeat some magma Sprites in order to complete the final monster eradication goal I realized pretty soon into this adventure that I forgotten to bring my water and can with
Me I need that so I head back to Pelican town and pass out beside the bus stop Willie sends us a star drop on day 146 as a reward for completing the fishing collection nice it’s off to Robins to ask her to build a third shed on our
Farm then we return to the volcano dungeon to continue defeating magma Sprites the rest of the day as well as days 147 through 150 are spent at the volcano dungeon to complete the final monster eradication goal I don’t really like skipping through days like this but sometimes it’s
Unavoidable I wish I could say it won’t happen again but realistically it’s going to happen another two or three times before the end of this video I reckon the luau takes place on day 151 I throw an iridium quality super cucumber into the soup which gets the best reaction from the
Governor our star fruit is ready for Harvest on day 152 this is absolutely marvelous news I’ve been waiting so long for this moment as I collect each and every piece of star fruit I finally discover what the term inner peace truly means also the good thing about buying
The key to the town is you can buy seeds from Pier as early as 8:30 a.m. we have a total of 330,000 gold after selling our starfruit to piers so I warped to the desert and purchased 400 more starfruit seeds the rest of the day has spent planting these
Seeds I had to Clint on day 153 and ask him to upgrade my hoe then it’s off to the skull Caverns I really want to make some more progress on the museum collection so as much as I don’t like doing this it’s time for another little
Time skip the rest of today as well as days 154 through 157 are spent going through the skull Caverns collecting as many Omni geodes as I possibly can every Omni geod I have at the end of this little skull Cavern Adventure will be traded for artifact
Troves on day 158 I head to clinty winty and ask him to break open all of my artifact troves geodes and Frozen geodes I get a good few artifacts and a mineral from these that can be donated to the museum so that is exactly what I do we’re not finished with the museum
Collection quite yet but we are pretty close I would say I returned to clinty poo I don’t know why I call him these things I returned to clinty poo and ask him to upgrade my watering can I spend the rest of the day clearing out debris
On the farm trying to win Key coins in the casino purchasing hardwood fences and placing these fences around the farm I have some good news on day 159 I have placed almost all of the fences I needed to place on the farm we just need around 100 more for the bottom section
Of the farm and we will be thriving I pay a visit to the Walnut Room and take a look at the special orders Mr key has for us they are absolutely vile I cannot stress this enough there is no way I will ever voluntarily attempt to do
Either of these special orders I’m not strong enough to complete them I’m also very lazy so it would just be a bad time all around I need to pick me up after seeing that absolutely diabolical display of Tom Foolery from Mr key so I spent the rest of the day taking
Everything out of the random chest on the farm and bringing them into the storage shed this continues on day 160 as I finished clearing out the chest in The Farmhouse I also pick up the furnaces beside the house and place them along with some new ones I made into the
Second shed next on the agenda is to fill up the third shed with as many kegs as I have this is something I wanted to do earlier like the beginning of year 2 earlier but it completely slipped my mind until now I asked Robin to build
Yet another shed on day 161 I will more than likely put mayonnaise machines and cheese presses into this shed I spend the rest of the day in the casino winning key coins so I can buy more hardwood fences in the future I head to the Quarry on day 162
Where I chop down every tree and break every Rock then I plant tree saplings while also using tree fertilizer we’re going to need a lot of wood in the future so I’ll come back every five or 6 days to chop down the trees and replant them we have a starfruit Harvest on day
163 I throw some of the starf fruit into the kegs in her shed collect my idium watering can from Clint and ask him to upgrade my trash can I buy 339 starfruit seeds from Sandy then I finally pick up all of the eggs that have been accumulating in the CPE Robin has a
Special order for us she would like 80 pieces of hardwood so we will take care of that over the next few days it’s off to Ginger Island for the rest of the day to place all of the idium sprinklers I have and hold the ground to prepare it
For tomorrow speaking of tomorrow on day 164 I plant all of the starf fruit seeds I have this should make us around 200 maybe 300,000 gold when it’s time to harvest them all it’s off the Sandy shop to purchase another 250 starfruit seeds 100 or so of which I plant on Ginger
Island I head into the Walnut Room and accept the danger in the Deep special order completing this special order has just become my number one priority I don’t actually need to complete it to achieve any of my goals I just want to prove to myself that I can do it it will
Probably be difficult but I’m going to to prepare for it as much as I can I head to the saloon and buy 50 pizzas and that’s it for the preparation it’s off to the mines for the rest of the day where I make it down to floor 17 before
I pass out it’s right back to the mines on day 165 you should probably get used to hearing me say that for the next couple of days by the way I put everything I had into the special order the bad news is I got knocked out in the
Mines and lost 39 pizzas which really ruined the vibe so it’s off to the Saloon to buy another 50 pizzas on day 166 I head back to the mines as you may have guessed after making it down to floor 55 I head home and use a large portion of the stone I
Have to make 21 staircases also Bailey gave birth to a baby sheep so I call it sunshine I purchased a full stack of Stone from Robin on day 167 and use it to make 10 staircases giving us a total of 31 then once again it is off off to the
Mines to continue our adventure I use the staircases to make it down to floor 88 almost immediately so we are well on our way to reaching floor 120 and completing the special order on time I decide to put absolutely everything I have into this blazing through floor after floor after
Floor a monster only floor threatened to slow down my progress but I had enough Stone to make a staircase so I was able to skip that one it was Off to the Races after that as I reached floor 110 at around 10 : p.m. then floor 115 at
Midnight finally a well-placed mega bomb on floor 119 revealed the ladder and I arrived at my destination floor 120 Mr Key’s special order has been completed we can come back here in the future and activate the shrine on this floor to swap between the normal mines and these mines I place mayonnaise
Machines cheese presses preserve jars and oil makers into a shed on day 168 there are a couple of Artisan Goods I still need to throw into my shipping bin like truffle oil and we’ll make good money from selling cheese mayonnaise Etc so you know not to to my own horn here
But I think this was a fairly decent Choice maybe now that I think about it I could have just made more cegs and put them in this shed so I don’t actually know how decent of a choice this really was but a sure look it I’ll take all the
Gold I can get at this point just to be safe I buy 25 of each summer seed we’ll need these crops for cooking recipes later in the future future like much later in the future I should have done this at the end of spring too like buying the seeds but I could purchase
Peers missing stock list in the Walnut Room during fall or winter and that let me buy all of the seeds at any time so everything will be okay I asked Robin to upgrade one of her sheds then it’s time for the dance of the Moonlight jelly
Festival I said this before I will say it again this is without a doubt my favorite Festival in the entire game I love the atmosphere the lighting the beach the music it’s all perfect and I will forever hold this festival near and dear to my heart and with that our
Second summer has come to an end day 169 the first day of fall I start the season by purchasing as many cranberry seeds as I can Clint wants us to defeat 50 dust Sprites in the mines we’ll take care of that as soon as we
Can and by that I mean right now I make my way through the mines demolishing every dust Sprite I see just before midnight I complete the special order and receive 6,000 gold Clint sends us the crafting recipe for the geod crusher on day 170 this is very good the sooner
We unlock all of the crafting recipes the better I head to the Walnut Room and purchase Pier’s missing stock list I give Pier’s missing stock list to Pierre of course now we we can purchase all of the seeds during any season the rest of the day I spent planting all of the
Cranberry seeds I have on day 171 I want to show you all something I have been doing for a few weeks now digging up the ground in the mountain area I also do it in other areas but anyway the reason why I do this is because you can get
Artifacts by doing it speaking of we are really close to finishing the museum collection like really really close I had to cleanse and collect my copper trash can and ask him to crack open the geod I have with me then it’s off to the skull Caverns because we need Omni geod
Which means another time skape is on the agenda so it is with a slightly heavy heart I wait I’m surprised that is the first time I’ve said the word slightly like that in a video I do it so often in real life it is with a slightly heavy
Heart I announc that the rest of the day as well as days 172 through 177 are spent in the skull Cavern the goal here of course being to collect as many the Omni geodes as I can hopefully this will be the last time I have to do this I’ll
Only be going back to the skull Cavern in the future to get iridium or on day 178 things are looking really good for us we have 17 artifact troves and we only have five artifacts left to donate I head into Clint and ask him to crack the artifact troves open almost
Immediately we get the bone flute that is a really good start then we get the Elvis jewelry followed by the dried starfish the fourth one we need is the ancient sword which we also pick up unfortunately we didn’t get the fifth and final artifact we need so I make my
Way back to the skull Cavern n just kidding the final artifact we need can be acquired by digging up the ground in the desert I do this and receive a strange doll this strange doll gets donated to the museum which means we have fully completed the museum
Collection it has been a long journey but we made it we actually made it it we have donated every artifact in Mineral I am so happy right now I can’t even describe it I receive a star drop for doing this I asked Robin to upgrade another one of her sheds now it is
Finally time to show one of the many many cut scenes in this game I do not know why I haven’t shown a cut scene in such a long time but you know you know there you go any HS we have the option of either inviting lonus to live on the
Farm with us or saying we’re just happy lonus is doing well telling lonus we’re happy he’s doing well rewards us with a full Fringe apart so it’s always worth picking that one my voice is going this is bad day 179 is cranberry Harvest day I make sure to fully appreciate this
Harvest as what I’m about to do next is more than likely going to lead to me becoming very upset for a while it is time to collect the remaining golden walnuts the first step in this journey is to complete the field office donations we we only need two more
Artifacts for this so it shouldn’t take too long right wrong I head to the dig site and do some panning to try to get the first artifact I do not receive this artifact with a heavy heart I make my way to the ginger Island farm with the intention of acquiring the second
Artifact to get this we simply need to dig up artifact Spots I’m not even going to pretend that I’m optimistic here I can tell you for a fact that the second artifact is going to take such a long time to find I use a rain totem before I
Head to bed on day 180 I break a muscle node and receive a golden Walnut that’s actually a pretty good start to the day I’m already feeling a lot better okay no I’m I’m lying I don’t feel better in fact I I actually feel worse because
That means I have just used up all of my luck which means it’s going to take even longer to find the two artifacts I place five flute blocks down near the mermaid to complete a puzzle and receive five more golden walnuts I head to the dick site where I can’t do
Any panning then I head back to the farm and just go to sleep this is incredibly upsetting I I I was not mentally prepared for this to happen I head straight to the digite on day 181 where I thankfully get the fossilized tail that is one of the two artifacts we need
That is the good news the bad news is I have always always struggled to find that last artifact no matter how many artifact spots I dig up it always takes so long for to appear it’s been that way in basically every playthrough like no joke
If I was doing any other goal right now I would say something like I’m going to be optimistic here I know I can get this done soon but I just can’t say that for this situation I would be lying if I did days 182 and 183 are spent looking for
Artifact spots before we head to the stardy Valley Fair on day 184 we all know what happened at last year stard Valley Fair I don’t even want to talk about it but but this year is going to be different because I now have disposable income I plac nine items into
My Grange display and end up coming in first place which means I receive 1,000 star tokens then I immediately purchase almost 2,000 more tokens for around 100,000 gold look I know that’s a lot of gold but I’m not going through what I went through last year all right that still haunts my
Nightmares I use my tokens to purchase a RAR Crow and the final star drop I needed today has been a good day and I I am very grateful for that some more good news on day 185 as our starfruit wine is ready for collection I add more kegs to
This shed before going back to Ginger Island I don’t like being here anymore I just want that last artifact you know what I’m going to be fully honest at this point I started struggling when it came to writing the script for this video like all I’m doing
Is searching for an artifact spot but I will do my best to ensure that the next few days are at least halfway entertaining I dig up an artifact spot on day 186 and I receive three Omni gelds that is not what I want but that is okay because I
Can be incredibly dedicated when I want to be I am 100% no actually 101% committed to getting that artifact also our star fruit is ready for Harvest so you know the fact that I was about to make like 300,000 gold made me feel better about everything so we’re
Vibing right now we’re good on day 186 I finally finally still do not find the artifact I use a warp totem to get back to the farm and Pelican town and collect all of the seeds I have for my storage shed I plant a yam artichoke red cabbage
And buck Choice seed in the greenhouse because I need to ship those for the shipping collection goal I have a very sad announcement to make on day 188 I’ve decided to sell Butters the cow I just felt like he didn’t suit the vibe here on the farm and okay no the the
Truth truth is I needed space in the barns so I can throw an ostrich egg into an incubator when I get one Butters did nothing wrong I’m the problem it’s me hi I’m the problem it’s me I harvest three sweet gurries which isn’t actually a big
Deal at all now that I think about it I don’t know why I mentioned that I make three tea saplings and finally collect all of the rewards that have been sitting in the museum then it’s back to Ginger Island yay I plant the three tea saplings because I
Need tea leaves and green tea for the shipping collection I head to Leo’s treehouse on day 189 to ask the parrot for a hint about where I can find golden walnuts the parrot says to help the man in the tent which of course refers to donating artifacts to the field office
So that doesn’t exactly do much for us right now unfortunately once again I use a warp totem to get back to the farm where a cranberry harvesting sesh takes place next I visit the dwarf and purchase a rarecrow then I make my way to the casino and buy another rarecrow and as
Many hardwood fences as I can I asked Robin to add a Sellar to the house and spend the rest of the day placing hardwood fences in the lower half of the farm we received the crafting recipe for the deluxe gear Crow on day 190 as a reward for collecting all of the rare
Crows over on Ginger Island I of course do not find the artifact I need this is actually heartbreaking it’s the same story on day 191 it’s not all bad though even though my soul is being torn apart right now I still make time to chop down trees get
Some ores in the mine Harvest any crops that are already yada yada yada so I’m still making good use of my time despite this whole carfuffle I accept a special order from Mr key on day 192 he wants us to ship 100,000 gold worth the freshly cooked items I
Purchased 700 coffees in the saloon turned them into triple shot espressos and throw them into the shipping bin to complete the special order I also completely forgot about the quest we can get from birdie how did it take me this long to remember this is a thing I actually can’t believe I haven’t
Done this yet I take the momento birdie gave us and give it to Kent who gives us Gourmet tomato salt I give this tomato salt to Gus who gives us a stard valley Rose and that’s it for today I collect a ton of star fruit wine on day 193 so I’m
Back to feeling pretty good dare I even say I am feeling really good I sell this wind up here and give the sturdy Valley Rose to Sandy who gives us an advanced TV remote I give this to George who gives us an Arctic Shard I give this to
The wizard who gives us a wriggling worm finally I give the worm to willly who gives us the Pirates locket I turn some coffees I purchased into triple shot espressos and search for an artifact spot I do not find one also because it is raining birdie is not outside which
Means I can’t give her the Pirates lock it today sometimes I can’t tell whether this game loves me or Hates Me Maybe it’s both it it’s probably but it’s definitely both now that I think about it on day 194 I find an artifact unfortunately it is not the one I need I
Do give the Pirates locket to birdie and complete her Quest though we receive five golden walnuts for this sweet on day 195 I still have not gotten the artifact I need I am tremendously upset right now day 196 the final day of fall I didn’t find the artifact today either I decided to
Plant four or five of each seed I have just to be prepared for the cooking recipes when I make them in the future all right let’s be real here the last 10 or so days of this season have basically been me talking about how I couldn’t get
The last artifact I need I want to make it up to you all so here is a dramatic retelling of of the events of this season Once upon a time a little hummingbird lived in a Magical Kingdom called Pelican town the hummingbird was happy there it had a nice cozy nest in a
Big beautiful Forest food was plentiful the area was peaceful the hummingbird had friends many friends it loved each and every one of them but one day the hummingbird grew Restless it wanted to explore a new area to take on a new challenge the hummingbird heard about a treasure
Buried deep in the Sands in a place called ginger Island and so the hummingbird took flight it flew and flew and flew the hummingbird became exhausted but pushed on determined to reach its destination finally it landed on the Sandy Shores of Ginger Island the hummingbird worked tirelessly day and
Night day in and day out but try as it might it could not not find the treasure it was searching for the hummingbird was heartbroken it had left its Magical Kingdom for one reason and one reason only and it had failed but then the hummingbird realized something failure
Is not the end but rather the starting point of a future Victory and so the hummingbird’s current chapter may be over but its story has only truly just begun right so I would like to make a quick announcement as we begin day 197 I am implementing a new rule from
Now on I can’t specifically mention looking for the artifact if I find it I will mention it but other than that I won’t talk about it any whom Mr key would like four Prismatic shards this is a handy special order so I tend to choose it when it pops up
We have a starfruit Harvest which means our bank account is going to look absolutely delicious really soon I purchased the teleportation tower that lets me war back to pelicant town from the ginger Island Farm throw star fruit into the kegs and plant some winter seeds gother would like us to bring him
100 pieces of bone so we’ll power through that at some point I head to the Wizard’s tower on day 198 and purchase the earth and water obelisks it’s off to the desert to purchase starfruit seeds and some cactus fruit I’m not entirely sure why I bought the cactus fruit to be completely honest
With you and also that’s it for today on day 199 I head to the sewer and reset my foraging perks now we can choose different perks when we go to sleep tonight for some reason I completely forgot about the abandoned Georgia mert bundle until now the good
News is that it won’t be too difficult to complete this one because of how late in the game we’re tackling it I head to the volcano dungeon and make it to floor five where I purchase a cooking recipe and a crafting recipe when I head to sleep I choose the gatherer perk which
Gives us a chance to receive two of any forage item we pick up I also picked the perk that guarantees iridium quality forage I head to Robins on day 200 and ask her to upgrade one of her sheds except I don’t do that because I can’t afford it that was humbling also I
Need to make a change to the format of this video we have reached a point where I just don’t have enough interesting things to talk about each day so from now on I will talk about what I did each week instead of each day from now until
The end of day 203 I throw a mango into the shipping bin Harvest winter forage plant more winter seeds and head to the mines to collect the bones gother asked for I used a monster musk while I did this so it greatly sped up the process I
Watched kobis 14 heart cut scene for the very first time a sea monster sort of picks up kobus and gives him a ride in the water I it’s I don’t know how to explain it’s like a carnival ride I guess I I don’t really know what else to
Say about this one but I really like this cut scene it was it was cute I also head to robins and asked her to upgrade one of her sheds and this time I actually had enough gold to afford it finally I place mini fridges in the kitchen to prepare for when I start
Making all of the cooking recipes the period of days 204 through 210 begins with me accepting a special order from Caroline she wants us to grow and shape 100 pineapples the reward for this is the solar panel crafting recipe we need this crafting recipe so it is very very very
Important that we complete this order I plant all of the pineapple seeds I have along with the Lu speed grow unless something goes terribly wrong we should reach 100 pineapples after we Harvest them for the second time our starfruit wine is ready which is always
A be EA to full sight I donate the items needed for the geart bundle completing it and unlocking the theater I chopped down some of the trees at the Quarry this is something I’ll be doing quite often from now on even more so than I
Used to this is because I really want to fill another shed up with kegs to speed up the moneymaking process I dig up an artifact spot on Ginger Island and finally receive the snake vertebrae I am so happy that’s out of the way I head to the field office donate the snake
Vertebrae and realize I have made a terrible mistake I did not need the fossilized tail I need the fossilized skull this is a development I did not see coming I am not happy about this but thankfully it’s really easy to get the fossilized skull I bring my golden coconut to Clint ask
Him to crack them open and receive the skull I donated to the field office finally completing the collection in return I received the crafting recipe for the ostrich incubator I head to Leo’s house and asked the parrot for hint on where the remaining three golden walnuts are the pirate refuses to tell me
Anything all right this this could be bad like like really bad but I do have two ideas on where we could get the final three walnuts I head to the cave where you can play the Simon Says game but it turns out I have already completed this okay
I’m I’m getting a little anxious here not going to lie in order to calm my nerves I head back home and start making all of the cooking recipes I have unlocked up to this point I take a break from this to buy rhubarb and beet seeds from Sandy purchased the tropical curry
Recipe from Gus and plant the rhubarb and beet seeds I also buy Jazz seeds and Deluxe speed grow from Pier and plant these too I head to the Pirate Cove where I play a game of darts three times to receive three golden walnuts and with that we
Have collected all 130 golden walnuts I shouldn’t be too proud of this considering I collected over 100 of them during the first year but still I am genuinely over the moon right now now all we have to do before the end of winter is throw an ostrich egg tea
Leaves and green tea into the shipping bin and that is all four goals completed I harvest starf fruit purchase the workbench and set up a little workstation in the cellar I start throwing the ingredients needed for crafting recipes into a chest crafting every item is something I want to get
Out of the way as soon as possible during days 20111 through 218 I harvest winter forage and of course replant the winter seed I originally planned on putting the ostrich egg I have into the incubator but like a restaurant worker who has just handed in their 2 weeks notice I’m
Tired of waiting so I throw the ostrich EG into the shipping bin I purchased around 800 Wood and Stone from Robin which will be used for the crafting recipes I wanted to buy coal from Clint but he left his shop right as I got there you know I’ve seen people say
Mariny is very unreliable and is never at home when they need to purchase something from her but Clint is so much worse for me it genuinely feels like he does something that really inconveniences me every single play through I do eventually end up getting the call from him though so I forgive
Him we can be friends again for now until he inevitably does something to upset me again in a future play through I get started on making the crafting recipes and by that I mean I make almost every single crafting recipe available to us right now so all we really need to
Do after making the two or three we still have left to craft is unlock the solar panel and mini Obelisk recipes and purchased the hopper recipe from Mr key I plant garlic seeds on Ginger Island because I need garlic for a crafting recipe also I really should have
Mentioned this a bit sooner but I’ve been putting quite a bit of effort into our friendships this year I’ve done my best to give every villager a birthday present so it won’t take as long to reach maximum friendship with every villager next year I harvest our final batch of winter
Forage there was time to plant winter seeds again before for the end of the year but I decided to sell the majority of this forage instead of turning them into winter seeds our first pineapple Harvest takes place and I really hope I’m not jinxing it when I say this but I
Think we’re guaranteed to complete Caroline special order when we harvest the pineapples for the second time speaking of harvest it’s time to collect our starfruit starfruit wine and Oak resin I buy 750 copper and iron ore as well as 300 coal from Clint then I head
To the sewer and reset my farming perks I purchased 25 of each cooking product because I honestly cannot be bothered going back to Pi again in the future I’m sick of being in a shop at this point I cook a brusketta which means we have officially cooked every dish we can at
This point I need to unlock five more recipes I think and then we’re done with that I get started on smelting all of the copper and iron ore and choose the wrong farming perks when I go to sleep I wanted the perk that gives you a 40%
Bonus when you sell Artisan Goods like wine days 219 through 224 are the final days of winter I begin by smelting the remaining iron ore just in case anybody is curious the copper and iron ore will be used to make kegs the wizard is looking for ectoplasm yeah you remember when I
Accepted this special order a while ago but didn’t do it because I thought the reward was the crafting recipe from Monster musk I was wrong the reward for this special order is the crafting recipe for the mini Obelisk which I still need to get I buy back five
Crystal fruit from Pier and head into the mines after consuming a monster musk I fully expected to spend the rest of winter trying to get the ectoplasm I was very very wrong almost immediately I defeated the ghost and it dropped the ectoplasm I bring it to the wizard and
Complete his order all right I guess that’s done nice I head to the Sewer because I have to reset my farming perks again thanks to my little blunder I harvest tea leaves put a few kegs into a shed throw two tea leaves into them and throw the remaining Tea Leaf into the
Shipping bin I choose the Artisan perk this time I craft the mini abelisk collect the green tea from the kegs and throw them into the shipping bin too and with that we have fully completed the shipping collection that is the fourth and final goal we set for the second year
Completed Mr key wants us to give out 50 love gifts in one week that sounds like a beautiful way to spend the last few days of winters so it’s time to become Santa Claus for a while and it’ll help with our friendships so it’s a win-win
For the longest time I hated having to give gifts to the villagers and talk to them and just the whole General process of increasing my friendship with them like I would have to Hype myself up and really motivate myself to do it but I’ve sort of been enjoying it during the last
Two or three playthroughs I’ve done it’s actually relaxing going around town and giving them gifts so I’m really happy we got that special order from Mr key and we’ll get 40 the key gems for completing it so that’s a nice bonus I purchase 50 coffees while I’m in the saloon Place
More kegs in the second shed and fill them with Starfruit I head to the Feast of the winter star and to be honest with you all I have no idea who I have to give a gift to Lewis did send me a letter telling me who it is but I didn’t pay
Attention to it at all so I’m very confused I talked to as many villagers as I had to until I eventually got the option to give Demetrius a gift I play it safe and give him a prismatic sh C which he loves then Pam gives me a bottle of wine thank you
Pamela with that lovely Festival out of the way it’s back to handing out gifts to the residents of pelicant town I take a quick break from this to buy five and a half stacks of wood from Robin then I give a poppy seed muffin to Leah to
Complete the special order earning us 40 key gems I make 127 Kegs and fill the shed with them and put star fruit inside the kegs I harvest four pineapples in the greenhouse by more speed growth from Pier and harvest our pineapples for the second time as I’m throwing them into
The shipping bin I am almost certain that we’ve shipped enough to complete Caroline special order but we’ll know for sure on the final day of winter I head to the Walnut Room and purchased the hopper crafting recipe for 50 key gems I also plant all of the ancient
Fruit seeds that I’ve gotten from seed makers up to this point the plan is to turn any and all ancient fruit we harvest in year three into ancient fruit wine on the final day of our second here Caroline sends us the crafting recipe for the solar panel this along with the
Hopper recipe were the final two recipes I needed I craft both of these items which means we have just crafted every item in the game I collect some starfruit wine and sell it to pier and I think that is a good time to say goodbye to our second year that was
Honestly a lot of fun it did take me a couple of days in game to get back into the swing of things after I took a short break before starting year 2 but I’m pretty happy with what I achieved this year I hope you all enjoyed watching my
Little Adventure but let’s not dilly d for too long let’s finish this play through once and for All we get a cut scene with Grandpa at the beginning of our third year he is very happy with the progress we have made so far all four candles at Grandpa’s Shrine are lit up so we are given the statue of perfection as a reward at this point in the video all I
Have left to do to achieve Perfection is finish reaching maximum hearts with every villager buy the gold clock and the island and desert obelisks and cook four more dishes all four of the recipes for these dishes are given to us by villagers as we increase our friendship with them I
Don’t really see the point in dragging this out and trying to go into a ton of detail like I normally do so days 225 to uh hold on I think I need a calculator for this one all right days 225 through 357 are spent working on these final tasks the main
Things I do during this period of time are harvest cranberries give gifts to the villagers Harvest ancient fruit throw ancient fruit into seed makers to get more ancient seeds purchase theux speed grow and fill up the entirety of the ginger Island farm with ancient fruit seeds any and all ancient fruit we
Harvest are thrown into our kegs one thing I want to specifically mention is the dwarf and what happened on their birthday I meant to give them a ruby but accidentally gave them a triple shot espresso this one mistake just ensured that the dwarf will be the last person
We reach Max friendship with I purchase the furniture catalog from Robin and finally decorate my house to cheer myself up it’s pretty similar to the way I normally decorate my house in every playthrough but I have made a few changes overall I am pretty happy with
How it turned out I like the vibe of my house dare I even and say I believe it is aesthetically pleasing as the season of fall begins I decide to start beautifying the farm this took a bit longer than I thought it would mainly because of how much wood
Stone and weeds there was but after clearing all of that stuff off the farm it was just a case of putting grass everywhere I sell most of our ancient fruit wine and the star fruit wine I kept to Pierre bringing us up to 2 million gold I head to the Wizard’s
Tower and purchased the desert Obelisk and the island Obelisk also I have some good news I have managed to time it perfectly so the ancient fruit on the pelicant town Farm on the ginger Island farm and in the greenhouse will’ll all be ready to harvest on the same day every
Time wait no no it won’t I messed up the bottom row of ancient fruit in the greenhouse needs one or two more days before it’s ready as I mentioned earlier the dwarf is now the only person I need to achieve Max friendship with but the
Good news is we are very close to doing that which I’m very grateful for because in the clip on the screen right now it is day 287 so we’ve spent a long long time on our friendships also some more good news I waited a couple of days and now all of
The ancient fruit we have planted everywhere will be ready on the same day every single time I gave the dwarf an aqua marine not just once but twice and it was very very nice I cooked the final four dishes and head to Ginger Island where a visit to the Walnut Room reveals
That we have achieved AED 90% completion all we have to do now is earn 10 million gold and purchase the gold clock before I skip ahead to that I would first like to show you all my farm and house just in case anybody wants to see them again I’m pretty happy with how
Both of them turned out I love their Aura you know I feel a deep sense of comfort when I look at these two pictures also I just noticed I never put any fish in the fish tank in our house I totally meant to do that I I definitely
Didn’t just forget to put put any fish into it okay no seriously that’s actually annoying me I can’t believe I never filled up the fish tank anyway I collect all of the ancient fruit wine that is ready in our first cake shed along with the ancient fruit wine and
Ancient fruit I had in a chest in that same shed then I do the exact same thing in our second cake shed I head to here and sell everything to him bringing us up to around 9.8 million gold I have made a severe miscalculation I really did think that
Would bring us up to the 10 million gold oh no I run to Ginger Island and throw everything I kept in the chest there into the shipping bin I also head back home collect all of the cooked dishes I’ve made and throw them into the shipping bin too this earns US 177,000
Gold we almost have enough we just need 46,000 more gold luckily the ancient fruit in our green housee is ready for Harvest so I collect them and sell them to Pier which brings us up to the magical number I head to the Wizard’s Tower and finally purchased the gold
Clock I place it beside the coupe I visit the Walnut room where the Perfection tracker confirms we have achieved 100% completion on day 358 wow that took a lot of time uh on day 358 I make my way to the summit where the final cut scene
In the game plays I was expecting kobis to be there so you can imagine how disappointed I was when I saw Lewis waiting for us instead but that is not important what is important is we have finally completed this playthrough it’s been over a year in real life since I’ve
Achieved perfection without using mods so I’m feeling Sensational right now I mean yeah it did take me 358 days to do it just to put that in perspective that means I achieved Perfection on the 22nd day of spring in year 4 that’s not very fast I’ll be honest but still I’m just
Happy that it’s done and dusted this whole playthrough was a lot of fun it was challenging very challenging don’t get me wrong but it was nice playing through the game without using any mods it takes me back to simpler times all right I hope you enjoy that
Playthrough with no mods it’s time now to do a complete 180 and focus on a playthrough that involved a massive expansion mod I am of course referring to the stardy valley expanded playthrough the stardy valley expanded mod adds new villagers new items new areas new fish and so much more to the game
The goal of this playthrough is of course to achieve Perfection but I did set goals for the first year just to keep me on track and make sure I kept making progress these goals are the following complete the community center earn a total of 1 million gold and
Upgrade all of our tools to iridium quality also to keep things fresh I decided to use three more mods alongside the expanded mod first we have the better mixed seeds mod this mod allows any crop to grow from mixed seeds mod number two is the Georgia clearance bin
This mod adds a mystery box to Georgia mert we can buy random items from this box every day and finally we have the shop overhaul mod this mod is pretty simple it adds more items to the shops in Pelican town so for example Robin will now sell kegs and Clint will sell
Battery packs with all of that out of the way let’s get started with the very first day of spring before the first day officially begins I would like to show you all my outfit now you’re probably saying to yourself wow that is delightfully formal and that is
Very true I dress this way because I’m always ready for business funny business I spend some time clearing out space on the farm for any crops we will be planting today then I make a chest and put most of the items in our inventory into it I head to the saloon
And buy a coffee then go and meet Sophia one of the new stardy Valley expanded villagers I head into the Big Forest Area known as West cindersap Forest for the rest of this playthrough I’ll be calling it The Big Forest I find multiple ancient sword artifacts as well
As a forest sword the forest sword is a great find it’ll help us out quite a bit when we head into the mines at the top left of the Big Forest I find a maple syrup I do not know who this belongs to but it’s mine now Finders Keepers you
Snooze you lose yada yada yada I head back to my farm collect my 15 parsnip seeds and plant them along with all of the mixed seeds we have just before the day ends I also throw quite a few of the items we collected into the shipping bin on the morning of day two
We start the unfortunate process of having to water or crops I already really really want to get sprinklers I head into town and take a look at the Help Wanted board Sophia is looking for a sardine so we will happily oblige her I take a look at the new items Pier are
Selling basic sprinklers scarecrows coffee beans ancient seeds spring seeds so many options in the end I decide to buy 50 mixed seeds next on the agenda is a trip to the museum to donate the ancient sword I found yesterday and collected 250 gold reward for doing this
We visit Willie to collect our fishing rod it feels weird not calling him King William but that was a different playthrough we need to look towards the future and keep things fresh I take a look at willly shop and he’s selling pretty much much what you would expect
Them to sell dishes that increase your fishing level Beach forage and items that you can get from crab pots I spent a bit of time fishing at the beach to catch a sardine for sopia with that out of the way I head to the Blue Moon
Vineyard and give the Sardine to sopia I receive 120 gold for this putting us at a nice even 1,000 gold completing our Quest also gave us enough friendship points to view her first cut scene she gives us a quality sprinkler in this cut scene for free I might add
This immediately establishes Sophia as my favorite new villager back on our farm I get to work on clearing out some more space for the new seeds we bought today it takes a while and I ate three or four different pieces of spring forage but we do manage
To get all of our mixed seeds planted and watered I decide to spend the rest of the day taking a nice long walk through the Big Forest it turns out there is a door behind the spot where we found the maple syrup yesterday I I I think we did actually steal someone’s
Maple syrup so that that might be an issue in the future it’s raining on day three so we don’t have to water our seeds which is very very nice I buy the training rod from Willie and spend a while fishing at the beach I take a quick break to sell the
Fish I caught then I head to Pi to sell my forage but the shop is closed because it’s Wednesday I have spent almost 600 hours playing this game how do I keep making this mistake I return to the beach where I spend the rest of the day
Fishing we could have tried to catch catfish because it was raining but I wanted to enjoy my fishing experience for a while before we start going for the more difficult fish also we got a diamond and a treasure chest which gave a nice boost to our gold on day four
It’s back to watering our seeds once again I really really want to get sprinklers like I cannot emphasize this enough I need sprinklers I’m not built for this the better mixed seeds mod is definitely working though because I’m seeing quite a few crops that I don’t recognize I decide to buy the backpack
Upgrade in peers for 2,000 gold then I buy the seeds for spring crops as well as 36 mixed seeds I honestly don’t know if the crops they produce are going to sell for a lot of gold but I get really excited seeing all of the new crops pop
Up when I plant the mixed seeds so either way I’m happy I returned to our farm and Cho down some trees then head to the area with a dilapidated shed I clear away most of the fiber that has taken over the area then I talk to
Olivia for the first time I don’t know why but she looks really familiar for some reason that’s going to bother me for a while I give it end the line to to Sophia as a way of saying thank you for the sprinkler she gave us then I head into the forest
And nope get that video off the screen this is a new playthrough all right we need to keep things fresh the Big Forest has officially become my new happy place I do not know why but I immediately feel relaxed as soon as I go in here I enter an old
Farmhouse and find an ancient doll on the floor that we can donate to the museum full disclosure I played stard Valley expanded around a year ago I believe so I know who lives in this house I won’t spoil it though just in case anyone doesn’t know and wants to
Wait until we are introduced to them to find out also at least one big update was released for this mod during the time I didn’t play it so there’ll definitely be quite a few new things for me to discover on the morning of day
Five it is time to adopt a dog I decide to name it after the greatest professional wrestler of all time horn swaggle our parsnips are ready so I harvest them before watering the remaining crops I head into town and watch the cut scene where LS shows us
The community center and give a gift to lonus I decide to check out the adventures Guild and Marlin is selling quite a few really interesting items slime eggs the idium band and some artifacts I spend the rest of the day in the mines it goes pretty well and I
Managed to get the floor 18 before I pass out day six of course begins with the watering of our crops I think I’m going to stop saying that from now on not just to save time but also because I get more and more upset every time I watch how
Much time I spend watering crops every morning I do have some good news though I finally made a scarecrow but one isn’t enough I need two I chopped down some trees to get more wood make another scarecrow and place B of them down I have decided to call these two
Scarecrows Jay and Mark as in one is called Jay and the other is called Mark I’m like like I didn’t just call B like they’re not uh look uh I plant the seedss I bought on day four which leads to me becoming exhausted I end up eating
A field snack and the forage I was saving which I am not happy about at all when our crops watered I head into town and accept a quest to bring 20 copper ore to Clint I spend the rest of the day in the mines where I make it to floor
19 a piece of kale and a tulip are ready for Harvest on day seven I know this isn’t a lot but it’s the little things in life that matter the most I give a fourleaf clover to Sophia to which she responds with can I help you bit rude
Willie wants a catfish so I accept the quest even though it’s unlikely that we’ll be able to get one in time then I made a mistake I accidentally gave Alex and Pamela a quartz instead of an Earth crystal they were not very pleased with me I did sort of make offer this though
Because I gave an amethyst to Abigail Clint is next up on her list of gift recipients I really want to stay on top of her friendships so I’m going to go out of my way to talk to as many villagers and give as many gifts as I
Can every single day I head to the community center and read the scroll it reminds me of the script for my 100 Days videos complete mumbo jumbo that eventually somehow makes sense I spend the rest of the day in the mines where I finally make a past floor 20 I leave the
Mines just before 2: a.m. to throw some copper ore into the furnaces I set up there some more crops are ready for Harvest on day 8 which is always nice to see I take the items I have for the community center and the museum out of a
Chest and head to the Wizards Tower to learn how to read the scroll in the community center then it’s off to the community center to donate everything we have followed by a trip to the museum to do the same thing there we receive an ancient seed the recipe for ancient
Seeds and nine cauliflower seeds as rewards then it’s off to the beach to do a bit of fishing you may be wondering why I’m still using the training rod on day eight that is because I accidentally threw my fishing rod into the trash on day two so we’re stuck with the training
Rod until Willie shop opens up tomorrow tomorrow it’s off to the mines at the end of the day where we manag to reach level 25 I start day n by planting our cauliflower seeds and ancient fruit seeds after harvesting the crops that have grown I throw these crops into the
Shipping bin then chop down some trees to clear out some more space we have been Dilly dallying for too long pretty soon we’re going to plant even more seeds and really improve our mixed seed Empire I head to Pier shop where I talked to Lewis to complete a quest he
Gave us to defeat four slimes and talk to everybody else in the shop I donate a couple of items to the community center which includes the final spring forage item we needed to complete the spring forage bundle I decide to take a leisurely stroll around the big forest for most of
The day collecting all of the forage I come across there are two benefits to doing this the first is a lot of the villagers like dandelions and daffodils so they make good Presence at the start of the game the second reason is because I feel a deep and profound sense of
Belonging when I enter the Big Forest It Feels Like Home to me back on my farm I am faced with the consequences of not watering my crops this morning that consequence being I cannot tell the difference between the ones I have watered and the ones I have
Not watered I make a few torches to brighten up the place which slightly helps but lesson learned don’t wait until night time to water your crops day 10 is a strawberry Harvest day I mean I only harvested five strawberries but it it’s something I considered not showing this next event
But I think it just proves that the whole scall thing isn’t the joke all right I I am a bit lacad isical at times once again I forgot that peers is closed on Wednesdays with a heavy heart I walk all the way back to my farm to throw my
Crops and forage items into my shipping bin then I head to willly shop and buy a bamboo fishing rod I do some fishing at the beach then head up to the mountain lake to catch the fish that you can only catch in Spring I take a quick detour to
The river beside Penny’s home to catch a bream then it’s back to the mountain lake for the rest of the day I had to Clint on day 11 and ask him to upgrade my pickaxe which locks us out of the mines for 2 days a cut scene plays where
We spend some time with Dusty the dog the addition of Dusty might be my favorite thing about the stardy valley expanded mod so far I give a gift to lonus then spend the rest of the day at the mountain lake I want to make sure we
Catch all of the fish we can in Spring and this includes the legend fish so we need to work on increasing our fishing level as much as we can day 12 is a rainy day which is truly a side for Sor eyes also I cannot express just how
Excited I get every single time our mix seeds start growing and I see all of the different crops pop up I head to Evelyn’s house and give gifts to the family at this point I might stop mentioning giving gifts to the villagers but rest assured I will not forget about
Any of them I pay a visit to Sophia’s House to take a look at the items she sells the Aged Blue Moon wine cost 28,000 gold which means that at some point I’m going to buy 100 bottles of these and drink all of them for no reason
The rest of the day is spent fishing with a focus on Catfish shad and Eels the egg Festival takes place on day 13 this is the part where a lot of people would buy a ton of strawberry seeds but we don’t follow the meta here also we we can’t follow the meta because
We just don’t have enough gold right now but look it it sounds better if I say I’m not following the meta you know it makes it seem like I’m standing out okay move on move on it does not important the Egon begins and I immediately walk
Into a chair then I walk into Olivia and Victor that was not a good start I get a bit distracted near the end but I managed to collect the nine eggs just in time which means we have won the egg hunt for this we are rewarded with a
Straw hat I Feel Complete when I put on the straw hat my chakas have truly been unblocked I really hope I’m pronouncing that word correctly day 14 is a big Harvest day three of the crops I collected are completely new to me one of them is called salal berries and gives you 70
Energ energy when you eat it this will be very handy when we’re going through the mines I head to piers and sell my crops it is at this point that I realized the geia veggie is worth over 1100 gold that makes me happy I head to the mountain area where Lewis tells us
That one of the villagers Susan has been separated from the rest of the town because there’s a big boulder in the way if it’s the same as vanilla stardo Valley then the boulder should be removed around the third day of summer and will be able to meet Susan I head to
The mines and collect five copper bars from my chest collect my copper pickaxe from Clint and ask him to upgrade my watering can also it turns out that Leah loves salal berries but that isn’t very important because we’re a whole different person now and we will not be
Romancing Leah in this playthrough I finally check out the clearance spin in Georgia Mart I don’t buy anything but I can definitely see how it could be useful if we’re missing certain crops in the future I buy a salad and two coffees in the saloon drink a coffee then head
Into the mines are salal B’s coffee and C proper pickaxe make it a lot easier and we manag to get down to level 35 before the day ends I’ve also been making sure that I keep my furnaces working away while we’re in the mines Andy who is one of the new
Villagers in the stardy valley expanded mod visits us on day 15 he lets us know that the crows have been eating his crops thank you for the heads up Andrew you know what I think this could be the start of a beautiful new friendship yeah Andy sent us three
Strawberry seeds in the mail he is officially my best friend now the good news train keeps on rolling as several crops are ready for Harvest among these crops are six Georgia veggies and a few more salal berries I really do apologize if I’m pronouncing salal Wrong by the
Way the wizard is looking for a catfish thankfully we just need to bring him a catfish we don’t actually have to catch a new one for this Quest I sell most of my crops to Pier but I keep three of the Georgia veggies I have big plans for
These Tre vegetables I head to robins and buy four kegs and two preserve jars please do keep in mind that we can only do this because we have the shop overhaul mod installed you can’t buy these from Robin in vanilla’s dirty Valley it’s off to the mines for the
Rest of the day where we make it down to the Frozen layer I set up my kegs and preserve jars on day 16 I throw my tree GE veggies into the kegs along with five coffee beans and I throw a couple of strawberries Into The Preserve jars I
Head to peers where I buy 75 mixed seeds then I give a catfish to the wizard to complete his quest next I watch a cut scene where Sophia and Scarlet have a little conversation after Scarlet leaves Sophia asked me if I heard anything that they were talking about technically my
Farmer wasn’t there for the start of the conversation and I was probably wearing headphones when I did walk by so I’m going to say that I didn’t hear anything I collect my watering can from Clint then I buy a fiberglass rod from Willie I spend the rest of the day fishing at
The shear waterer Bridge the fish here are a bit of a step up from the fish we’ve caught so far but we are more than ready to deal with them and besides Andy loves butterfish and Sophia loves puppy fish both of those fish can only be
Caught here so we need to get used to fishing here one of the biggest benefits of the better mixed seeds mod reveals itself on day 17 we pretty much have easy access to Coffee thanks to the coffee beans that have grown I was on my way to donate items to the community
Center when I saw that Shane was looking for a frozen tear he was walking past me as I accepted the quest so I decided to give him the one I had in my inventory I donate the items I have on me to the community center making good progress on
The fishing bundles and the Boiler Room bundles we received 20 speed growth for completing the spring crops bundles so I head back to my farm and sprinkle it on some of my crops I had the clinch and ask him to upgrade my axe I’ve seen a
Few big logs around the place so I want to break those and see if I can unlock any new areas for doing that the clearance bin is selling mixed seeds for one gold each so I buy all 15 of them then I head to the mines where I make it
To level 67 before I pass out we get the good news combo on day 18 as it is a rainy day and more of our crops are ready for Harvest after that I watch a cut scene with Olivia and Victor why does Olivia look so familiar this is
Really starting to annoy me her earrings are really cool though I have to say that I know I said I wouldn’t be talking about giving gifts anymore but there is too much footage of me giving gifts today so here you go it’s off to the
Mines for the rest of the day where we managed to make it down to level 80 we’re making good progress thanks to the berries giving us 70 energy every time we eat one the Harvest is Bountiful on day 19 which is good our coffee is ready which is great and our strawberry jelly
Is also ready which is marvelous I head to the community center to donate some more items and I donate some items to the museum before collecting my axe from Clint I buy a bear at the saloon because Shane’s birthday is coming up then I head into
The big forest and find Jazz she got lost in in there so we bring her back to Marne at the traveling cart I decide to buy a coconut because I don’t know how long it’s going to take before we get to Calico desert I go to break the log
Blocking the entrance to the secret woods but it turns out our copper axe isn’t strong enough to break it I promise I’m not terrible at this game that was just a bit of a Whimsical moment on my part I I did that on purpose I totally knew that we wouldn’t
Be able to break the log as is tradition it’s back to the mines for the rest of the day I collect the Fire Quartz and some gold ore on level 82 which is fantastic all we need to complete the Boiler Room in the community center is a
Fire Quartz and a gold barar I continue making my way through the mines barely making it to floor 85 before the day ends we reached level five in mining so I choose the geologist perk which gives us a chance to get two of any gems we find I collect two Georgia veggie juices
And one kale juice on day 20 I was certain that I put three GE veggies into the cake so I have no idea where that other Geo veggie went any HST I sell most of my crops and the juices to Pier which brings us up to over 9,000 gold I
Buy four quality sprinklers give shaneel present for his birthday and hit the jackpot with the clearance bin strawberry seeds are being sold for one gold each so I buy all 10 of them I donate a Fire Quartz and a gold bar to the community center completing the
Boiler room I head to the adventures Guild and officially joined the adventurers Guild that that that can’t be right did I make a typo on the scr no no I did not okay Marlin shop is called the adventures Guild and the groupies part of is also called The Adventures Guild
Well if it’s not broken then don’t fix it I suppose I like that mentality I collect five iron bars from my chest in the mines crack open some Omni GE at Clint ask him to upgrade my Axe and donate some items to the museum back on the farm I placed the
Quality sprinklers we bought and plant all of her seeds I donate a coconut to the community center then to end the day I head to the mountain lake to do some fishing also the junimo repaired the mine cart during the night and we reached level five in
Farming Demetrius visits us on day 21 as always I decide to go for the fruit bats over the mushrooms a little bit of a kurur fuffle is occurring in Pelican town as Andy has just been told about new regulations being introduced in the town these regulations will result in
Him losing more money than he already is everybody in the immediate vicinity is flabbergasted when Andy starts L I do not like watching this Andy isn’t just my neighbor he’s my friend I will find some way to cheer him up in the future we watch another cut scene after this
This one features Leah she has been growing green beans in the community garden she also kindly gives us one of these which is very nice of her Sebastian wants a sunfish for uh all righty then I sell some crops to Pier to get a bit of gold then I donate
A good few items to the museum and receive a starf fruit seed as a reward we bump into the wizard in the Big Forest I hope you’re all ready for some lore about the whole magical aspect of Pelican town by moving to Pelican town the wizard also made a pledge to defend its
Citizens to do this he has set up a barrier around the town to keep all of the monsters out at which by the name of Cam Camilla camela C look I I look I I think it’s common knowledge now that I mispronounce things quite a bit so let’s just call her
Camela and and get it over with if I mispronounce it please let me know and correct me on that one please a witch by the name of camela lives in Castle Village and the barrier she has set up there is the largest magical barrier in the world that is all very interesting
Stuff but you know what’s even more interesting me going to the mines for the rest of the day and making it down to floor 95 at 1:50 a.m. we need five gold star parsnips for the community center so on day 22 I had into peers and buy 50 parsnip seeds I
Had to clinch and collect my axe chop down the two big logs in front of Grandpa’s old shed and take a look inside it isn’t in the best state but I’m sure we’ll find some way to fix it up and make it look absolutely Sterling
At some point in the future I break the log that blocks the way to the secret Woods for real this time and head inside I was caught completely off guard when I saw that the entire secret Woods had been changed I spent some time walking around and collecting hardwood then I
Spent some time fishing so we can catch the wood Skip and the grass carp I head into the big forest and chop down a log at the top of the area but it turns out it just leads to the secret Woods which I suppose is still a nice little
Discovery on day 23 I make my way through the mines and collect the star drop on floor 100 I keep the momentum going and make it to level 106 then I pass out the bad news is something not that chill happened today I accidentally threw 50 gold ore into my shipping bin
The flower dance takes place on day 24 unfortunately I didn’t have enough gold to buy the rare Crow which sucks but I was able to buy the tub of flowers recipe and then it was decision time Shane Sophia and Olivia are willing to dance with us I would love it if we
Could dance with all three of them but at last we can only choose one I was feeling very overwhelmed at this point and I could feel my right leg begin to bounce up and down nervously this feeling of uncertainty grew stronger as I talked to Olivia I I
Just real I just figured it out I just I know who she reminds me of it’s Snow White from The Wolf Among Us I I knew she looked familiar I okay I’ve gone completely off script here by the way I’m supposed to be talking about how I
Stood Beside Leah and ellia to harness the knowledge of my previous farmer but that look not important Olivia looks so much like Snow White all right back on track let’s get back on track I decided to dance with Sophia when I talked to her and she said she was only here for
The cake that resonated with me at Snow White huh how about that uh that that resonated with me as there have been many many many times when I’ve gone to an event simply to Feast upon the complimentary cake they provided we also reached level six in farming which means
We can now start crafting quality sprinklers instead of buying them from Pier on day 25 I make a beine for the mines I SP almost the entire day in there reaching the bottom floor at around 8:30 p.m. a beautiful sight awaits me when I exit the mines as some
Fresh gold bars and refined quartz are ready for collection I craft nine quality Sprinklers and head back to my farm where I placed them down I will admit that I placed them a bit haphazardly but that is okay we can move them around in summer if we need to Snow
White the best way to describe I’m feeling right now is imagine you’re playing Call of Duty and someone throws a flashback sprang at you and you don’t have tactical mask equipped I am stunned I ended up going back to a okay I I want to romance her now I want to give her
The bouquet and like marry her but okay I ended up going back to the mines and making another four quality sprinklers which I plac on my farm Mir Lewis visits us on Day 26 he tells us that pier and Sophia had a lot of things in their shipping bin this morning that’s crazy
Lewis but I don’t remember asking Lewis then tells us he is I’m sorry that was very that was very rude of me I’m sorry I take it back Lewis then tells us he is very happy with the progress we have been making here on the honorary o Farm thank you
Louis I donate a few items to the museum then I had to pury the Platypus and sell my crops and forage items Sophia isn’t doing too well today unfortunately we can say one of two things to her we can either ask how she is doing or we can
Demand that she tells us why she was in the hospital yeah there’s no way I can pick that second option we can then ask Sophia if she would like to either get food or pet Dusty the dog with us this is the most difficult choice I have ever had to make
I spent almost a full minute trying to decide in the end I closed my eyes and clicked randomly which resulted in us going to the saloon for some food when Sophia ordered her food she said please I cannot stress how much I love it when people do this Sophia and Andy are both
My best friends now gust then told us that the food is on the house so he can be our best friend to the mor the marer I suppose I donate five gold quality parsnips and a purple mushroom to the community center purchase a rear seed at a traveling cart
And pay a visit to Leah she was trying to figure out how she can sell the art pieces she makes so I suggested that she sells her Art Online up next is a conversation with Jodie Caroline and Olivia the conversation turns to the topic of Vineyards and Olivia asks us if
We’ve considered making wine well have I got news for you Snow White I’m already making wine Olivia is very happy to hear this and say she’ll talk to Lis about buying several bottles of the wine we ship Snow White I I can’t get over this stardew Valley and the
Wolf Among Us are my two favorite games this is so cool anyway I collect some fruit from my Batcave and donate a good few items to the community center we get a charcoal kin for completing the construction bundle that is neat I decide to spend the rest of the day fishing in the
Mines day 27 begins with a visit to the museum so we can donate some of the items we have I crack open some geod in Clint shop donate all of them except the Fairy Stone crack open the rest of my geod and donate the final few items we
Receive the reason why I kept the Fairy Stone is because I want to put it in a crystarium when we get one as the sun sets on the peaceful town of Pelican I go for a nice long walk in the Big Forest I pass out in the secret Woods at
2:00 a.m. we reached level five in foraging so I chose the gatherer perk which gives us a chance to receive two of any forage items we pick up day 28 is the final day of spring and it is also a big Harvest day for us I am especially interested in seeing how much
The Georgia bur sells for after the GE veggie sold for over 1,000 gold each I head to piers and sell every crop besides our salal berries earning around 13,000 gold it looks like georia ber sell for around 700 gold each which is very nice I decide to buy five of each spring crop
Seed just in case we’ve made a happy little accident and have forgotten one of them I head to Willies and buy a trap bobber and a fish stew which increases our fishing level by three I leave his shop then I turn around and go right back inside to buy the Iridium Rod I
Forgot you can only equip things like the Trap Auber to the Iridium Rod I head to the traveling cart and byy a winter route then I bump into Sophia she wasn’t very happy I collect Robin’s axe then I head into Sophia’s House I don’t want the barge into her bedroom so instead I
Knock on her door that’s my way of saying hello I’m here now she initially wants us to leave but then she asks us to stay with her it turns out she’s been through some difficult times but despite that she’s doing her best to stay strong and be around the people she loves her
Character is so well written I’m about to fall in love with a video game character I can’t believe it next it is time for us to prove ourselves I eat my fish stew and stand at the edge of the mountain lake with passion in my heart
And adrenaline in my soul I cast my rod into the river for a while we catch carps bullheads and frogs but these are not important they are not our Target our Target is the legend I can feel the fear the nerves the doubt all creeping
Into my body but I refuse to let them take over here I stand unbroken and unfazed and then it happens I hook the legend fish my hands began to shake as I knew that my toughest battle yet had just begun that’s not a joke by the way my hands
Genuinely started to shake during this I knew that I couldn’t just give 100% here I have to give 101% I need to go beyond my capabilities as a human being and Achieve something I should not be able to achieve I need to defeat an opponent I should not be able
To defeat and Against All Odds I do exactly that I catch the leg leg fish I head home and Toss The Legend into my shipping bin along with all of the fish I’ve kept up to this point along with some crops and forage items I head to
The saloon and spend the final night of spring with the Villagers of pelicant town I also buy five grampleton orange chickens before heading home and going to sleep day 29 the first day of summer all right no messing around let’s get down to business we took it easy during
Spring you know we eased into this playthrough and we didn’t get as much done as we could have and that is quite frankly probably for the better to be honest I feel like we would get completely overwhelmed if we went all in from the very start because of how much
Content there is in stard val expanded look the point I’m trying to make is we’re just here to have fun you know we’re here to have a bit of a giggle and have a jolly experience anyway the wizard has a little quest for us he wants us to defeat a ghost these Help
Wanted quests are our best friend right now they’re really making sure we don’t fall behind on becoming good friends with the Villagers I buy five of each summer crop in peers and sell her one ancient fruit back on our farm I spent some time clearing out space for the new
Crops we bought before heading to robins and asking her to build a silo on our farm I buy four idium sprinklers in peers along with 10 sunflower seeds and 100 mixed seeds I managed to get most of her seeds planted before the end end of
The day and the crop fairy pays us a visit during the night I start day 30 by planting around 50 more of our mixed seeds I won’t lie I sort of regret picking the forest farm for two reasons reason number one there’s not as much space to plant crops here compared to
The original farm and reason number two this Farm is going to be a nightmare for me to decorate I’m going to have to come up with a game plan and drastically change the way I operate some of her melons and cies are ready for Harvest thanks to the crop fairy so we Harvest
Those then head to the community center to donate some items I spend the rest of the day fishing at the beach Susan visits us for the first time on day 31 It’s Not Susan it’san if you don’t get that reference I would highly recommend watching the Johnny English movies brilliant series of
Movies uh and then it finally happens we get a letter from mayor Lewis asking us has to find his purple shorts and give them to him I felt delightfully devilish when I read this letter I have devious intentions when it comes to his purple shorts okay that sounded that sounded a
Lot weird than okay okay look okay it it’s not weird okay I Pro you’ll see what I mean you okay okay let’s just move on very quickly I okay we take a trip to the Big Forest to do some foraging then it’s off to mares where we collect Lewis’s purple
Shorts I very stealthily make my way past Le and mie the last thing I want is for them to see that I’m in possession of ls’s underwear Lewis has gained the ability to teleport as a cut scene with himself and Morris plays when I leave Mary Morris and Lewis seem to be having
A lovers quarrel I’ll be honest I don’t actually know what they were talking about because I was too busy thinking of what I could do with louis’ shorts okay again I know how that sounds I’m I’m probably going to put them on display at some point all right that’s my big plan
All right let’s get back let’s let’s let’s F okay look let’s just focus on what we’re it’s off to the community center to complete the exor you know what I’m leaving all of that in all right this is going to be a learning experience for me in about 3
Months time I’ll look back on this video I’ll watch it and I’ll say to myself what was I thinking just the entire time what on Earth was I thinking I’m so glad I’m much better at making videos now I’ve learned from my past mistakes so there you go it’s off to the community
Center to complete the Exotic foraging and the summer foraging bundles Robin pays us a visit later in the day and brings us to Grandpa’s old shed it turns out she can repair it we just have to pay her a visit later on to see what materials she needs to do
This I sell some Georgia berries to Pier on day 32 then it’s straight off to Robins she tells us that all she needs to repair the shed is 150 hardwood 600 Stone 50 iron bars and 20 battery packs now getting those items for other people might be difficult but for us it’s going
To be light work all right we are professional stardy Valley athletes here the rest of day 32 as well as days 33 and 34 are spent collecting iron ore Stone and coal in the mines collecting hardwood and fishing we also have Fantastic look at the traveling cart as we buy winter
Seeds a perrywinkle honey red cabbage seeds and a rear seed on day 35 I do some for at the beach and also do some fishing there I’m trying to make sure we catch all of the fish we can during this first year because truth be told the fishing in
This game fills me with an immense amount of anxiety so I want to catch all of the fish we can as soon as we can next it is Community Center time we finish off multiple fishing bundles and The Artisan bundle which is simply Exquisite and we donate some items to the bounty board
Bundles then because it’s raining I decide to go fishing at the river so we can catch a wall we caught shads we got treasure chest we caught multiple bream we caught a pike and green algae we even took a break from fishing to set up our crab pots
That we got from completing a fishing bundle we then caught even more bream we did not however catch a single walleye because you cannot catch a walleye during summer walleye only show up during fall and winter of course I only realized this at the end of the day not
My proudest moment we did reached level eight in farming today though so you know take the good with the bad and all that even more good news on Day 36 as many of our crops already including our ancient fruit and Georgia berries I had the peers were a nice little cut scene
Place all of the farmers in town were there which was a very nice moment I sell my crops to Pier then visit robins and ask her to build a shed on my farm at this point I would like to emphasize that my farm is very much a work in progress it looks disgustingly
Unorganized at the minute but we will remedy that in the future I buy five acorns maple seeds and pine cones as well as 20 tree fertilizer then buy 20 eggplant seeds from the clearance bin at Georgia Mar Clinton needs iridium ore and coal from us so he can get rid of
The big boulder at the Mountain Area yeah that’s not going to happen anytime soon I’m sorry Clint Clint is selling some cool items though bars geodes battery packs lightning rods and crystarium but we don’t buy anything we don’t need any of that right now instead we head to the mines and collect some
Iron bars and refined quartz then we head back to the farm and make 15 lightning rods so we can collect batteries the next time there’s a storm I buy two more iridium Sprinklers and 46 melon seeds set up the lightning rods on our farm and plant our new
Seeds Gus visits us on day 37 to give us the mini jukebox this is why Gus is one of my favorite villagers aside from being an allaround good person he also gives us my favorite item in the game from now on I’m only going to talk about harvesting crops when we get something
New which happens to be right now we got a Tarot route this is pretty interesting because it means that Ginger Island crops can grow from mixed seeds during summer so we’ll probably get a pineapple at some point during this season I donate a single item to the museum then
I spend the rest of the day chopping down trees in the Big Forest at this point I’m going to have to get a tattoo on my hand that says peers is closed on Wednesdays I throw some crappie wippies into the shipping bin on day 38 not just once but twice
And it was very very nice then I spend the rest of the day fishing between selling our crops the fish we caught today and some of the fish I’ve kept up to this point we made a delicious 31,000 gold day 39 is the day of the luau I
Spent some time talking to the villagers mainly the new ones like Sophia Victor and Olivia but I also talked to Abigail who says she prefers looking out at the ocean over talking to everybody I agree and stand beside her for a while I throw a gold quality sturgeon
Into the soup which gets the best reaction from the governor this also earns us 120 friendship points with the Villagers mother sends us a lovely pink cake on day 40 which was very nice of her I give it to Olivia who hold on what did Olivia just say I might have to marry Olivia just for saying the word Exquisite maybe I’m either going to marry her or Sophia or Sebastian or Maru or Abigail or Victor I I don’t know I’m probably going to fall in love with any new villagers we meet in the future too so we’ll we’ll just
See what happens I sell some crops to Pier then visit Sophia who is tending to the casks in her Cellar she says her parents made them but then she gets upset we head upstairs where so Sophia tells us that on the fourth day of fall her parents were involved in a car
Accident Gus and Lewis had tears in their eyes as they knocked on the door of Sophia’s home and told her the news listen I’m a very cynical person as you all know which is why I was very surprised when I got a bit choked up during this cut scene Sophia asks us to
Help her decorate her parents room tomorrow which we immediately agreed to I buy 15 fall seeds five kale and two B Cho in Georgia mert then it’s off the pier to buy Six iridium sprinklers 100 melon seeds a seed maker and 25 mixed seeds I have been talking about this day
For way too long already so it’s time for a quick fire round I head to robins and ask her to build a coupe ask Clint to upgrade my pickaxe buy a notless shell from the traveling cart feel extremely disappointed when Marie isn’t home and plant all of the seeds we bought
Today day 41 is a rainy day which is good because the storm will cause our lightning rods to produce battery packs but it’s bad because cuz the mini juke box doesn’t work in the rain for the next couple of weeks I will be putting around half of the ancient fruit and
Georger berries we Harvest into the seed maker the goal is to get as many of those seeds as we can to put them into our Greenhouse when we unlock it next it’s off the Sophia is to help her decorate her parents’ room she says she’s going to send us something really
Special in the mail tomorrow to thank us for helping her I really really hope it’s a Ferrari I would start wearing leather jackets and sunglasses and even change my name to little RAR I set up a little tree farm making sure to use tree fertilizer then I spend
The rest of the day frolicking in the Big Forest sopia send us a bottle of aged Blue Moon wine on day 42 we are now faced with a moral dilemma do we sell this bottle of wine for 10,000 gold or do we hold on to it if someone give it
To us randomly then I would sell it straight away no hesitation but I just don’t feel comfortable selling it considering Sophia gave it to us for helping her I think stardy Valley is actively making me a better person we Harvest our red cabbage which is a huge
Relief I thought a crow ate it for a moment we get another Sophia cut scene where she’s walking around town talking to the other villagers and looking happier than she has ever been this game is going to make me cry it it’s going to make me go back to my sensitive era
Sophia pets Dusty the dog which is unironically heartwarming the cut scene ends with Sophia and inviting us to Read Manga with her I head into Caroline sun room for the first time which means she will send us the recipe for tea saplings tomorrow I’m not going to make a lot of
Tea saplings though I’ll probably make one to throw into a shipping bin and another to plant so we can get tea leaves and make green tea I collect my pickaxe from Clint and buy a nodly shell from the traveling cart then I spent some time clearing out some of the grass
And stone on the farm I donate some items to the community center then I spent 5,500 gold on the cooking recipe for the big bark Burger I head to the beach and used 300 wood to repair the broken bridge do some foraging at the tide poool area and try
To catch the legendary Crimson fish for some reason I was more nervous when it came to catching this fish than the legend turns out there was no need to worry though because I was able to catch it first try we also reached level 9 in farming so we can start making idium
Sprinklers if we can get our hands on some meridium bars Caroline sends us the recipe for tea saplings on day 43 which is a marvelous way to start the day we sell our crops to pier and at the risk of sounding like a broken record I don’t think I’ll mention selling crops appear
Anymore I donated blueberry to the community center completing the summer crops bundle then we visit Maru who is having trouble with a project she is working on she wants her help solving two equations the first question was very easy to figure out I simply took the 0.5
And put it into its less commonly known form a half I then took this half and applied it to the number four half of four is two there is only one answer that contains the number two so I picked that one and it was correct I’ll be honest I had no idea
Where to start with the second question but then I started thinking outside the box the answer to the first question was two this is the second question Argo the answer to this one must contain a two AO the answer is 0.24 ATM I buy 10 B houses and 10 cegs from
Robin along with a full stack of wood and 150 Stone and I asked her to build a barn on my farm I buy another 50 melon seeds and 50 mixed seeds from Pier then spend the rest of the day setting up my cegs and planting my melon
Seeds I place my be houses down on day 44 but then Hornswoggle immediately runs into them and I feel really bad so I pick them back up we actually ended up harvesting a couple of pineapples today which was pretty cool and I set up my bee houses by our Silo and tree farm
I head to Willies and buy three crab pots and some bait collect my other three crab pots from the river and place all three down at the beach and that’s it for today I donate some crops to the community center on Day 45 then I embarrassed myself again and throw my
Crops into my shipping bin I used every ounce of self-control in my body to refrain from selling the wine Sophia gave us then I went to Georgia Mar and bought 50 corn seeds along with 10 winter seeds from the clearance bin I had to share Water Bridge where Victor talks about how much
He likes bridges that reminds me actually you want to hear one of my favorite jokes all right a construction worker was asked by his manager to build a suspension bridge the worker agrees and spends around a week working on it he finishes building it and he shows it
To his manager his manager says you’ve done a terrible job that bridge looks like it’s about to collapse within the next 5 minutes the worker nods his head and says I know but can’t you feel it the manager is tremendously confused and says feel what the construction worker
Looks his manager in the eyes and says the suspense see the manager asked him to build a suspension bridge so the worker built a a bridge that makes you feel suspense yeah let’s just move on I spend the rest of the day fishing at sheerwater Bridge so we can get some
More gold at first we were mainly catching Pike butterfish and rainbow trout but then I caught a puppy fish then another puppy fish three in a row make that four in a row did I say four I meant to say five in a wait no that’s a that’s a
Butterfish between our crops and our fish we earned 24,000 gold today I decided to sell my Crimson fish too but I forgot to sell the puppy fish I caught for some reason Emily sends us some wool on day 46 which is nice we need that for the
Community center I complete one of the bounty board bundles and donate the aforementioned piece of wool then I head to the mines and collect some copper and iron bars I buy 11 battery packs from Clint do some foraging at the beach and head back to my farm and make 15 Toppers
Which I put on my trees I had to Robins to donate the items needed to repair Grandpa’s shed when I realized that we were supposed to bring these items to the shed not Robin’s house I head down there and throw the iron bars hardwood battery packs and stone into the chest
Contained within it I spent the rest of the day collecting hardwood in the secret Woods day 47 is off to a good start as Robin lets us know that the shed will be fully repaired tomorrow I head to Marines and by four chickens for our Coupe please welcome
Jay Jimmy solo and Roman to the family I also buy four cows for our barn these four cows are Balor Ria Damian and Dominic I also head to robins and ask her to build a pond on her Farm we reached level 10 in farming today so I picked the agriculturalist perk which
Makes our crops grow 10% faster this perk is more beneficial to us right now but we will swap to The Artisan Park in the future on day 48 I grab all of our ancient seeds and Georgia burry seeds and head over to our new shed there’s a
Ton of space on the bottom floor so we will probably fill that up with kegs preserve jars and furnaces for a good while before we transition to filling it up entirely with kegs I buy three iridium sprinklers from Pier then head back to my farm and grab
Our egg plant fall and winter seeds as well as an idium sprinkler that wasn’t being used and head to the greenhouse in the top floor of her shed I spend the rest of the day planting all of the seeds I brought with me the Georgia bur
Seeds are a bit tricky to work with because we can’t walk through them so we planted them on the inner section and planted our other seeds around them I start a 49 by throwing a puppy fish into our pond then I asked Robin to upgrade the shed on our
Farm the rest of day 49 along with days 50 and 51 are spent going through the mines we primarily focus on collecting iron and coal I also get started on turning our upgraded shed into a storage area at the end of day 51 we had a nice
Little sale on that same day too as we made around 13,000 gold from the items we shipped on day 52 it’s back to chopping down trees for a while then we make our way to Robins to put our Coupe and bar next to each other I buy 25 chests for
Our storage area chop down more In the Backwoods and spend the rest of the day working on the storage area I know this was a short day but the quicker we get organized the better and I hate having random chests filled with random items so this really helped to soothe my soul
On day 53 I am regretting not buying more melon seeds because they’re a big reason why we earned so much gold when we sold our crops to Pier I head to the community center and buy all of the bundles in theault room which means we’ll be able to start going to the
Desert tomorrow I head to the adventurers Guild and buy the lava Katana for 25,000 gold was this worth it I I I I don’t know probably not but the lava Katana is a lot better than our obsidian edge sword I collect my iron bars from the
Mines and buy some coal from Clint I use these iron bars and coal to make a total of 255 explosive ammo I head to our Greenhouse in Grandpa’s shed to harvest the eggplants that have grown and the Juno was repaired a bus during the night
We’re off to the desert on day 54 I do some foraging exchange six Omni GS for two desert warp totems and head into the skull Caverns our main goal today is to make it past level 25 doing so results in Mr Blue sending you 10,000 gold in
The mail which we really need right now we do pretty well with our slingshot and explosive ammo level 18 was pretty scary because of how many pepper rexes there were but we did get two dinosaur eggs from them I’m still getting used to using the sling shot but we’re you know
We’re we’re do we’re getting there you know like we’re not doing too bad I managed to make it down to level 53 just before we pass out the first thing I do on day 55 is use the money we got from selling our crops to buy the second backpack upgrade
This was long overdue I have no idea why I didn’t buy it sooner our melon wine is ready and after harvesting the rest of our crops I had the Clin and ask him to upgrade our pickaxe next on the agenda is another trip to Pi where I make a
Neat little Discovery the monster fruit sells for around 1,600 gold each that is the most expensive crop we have sold so far I head to robins and ask her to build a second shed on her Farm then I watch a cut scene featuring Olivia she
Talks to us about wine and music I love music I have no opinion on wine so overall I enjoy this conversation Mr Blue sends us 10,000 gold on day 56 which I am very grateful for I harvest the fall in Winter Forge that is grown in our Greenhouse then I
Head to the community center to complete the quality crops bundle and the fall foraging bundle also the last item we need for the winter forging bundle is the winter crocus but the desert Trader has winter seeds in stock on Saturdays so we’ll get those as soon as we can I
Donate a good few items to the museum and collect the dwarvish translation guide and nine pumpkin seeds from the rewards available to us I’ll come back for the rest of her rewards at some point in the future as it is the final day of summer the dance of the Moonlight
Jellies is being held at the beach we scadaddle straight there as the sun sets and spend some time talking to The Usual Suspects I really wish there was a way to have the beach look like this every night it is very peaceful here as the jellyfish approached the beach I can’t
Help but feel that the crab pots I left here are slightly ruining the Vibes but that’s okay nothing and I mean nothing can ruin this festival for me On day 57 we keep up the trend of buying five of each crop we also treat ourselves to 200 pumpkin seeds we collect our gold pickaxe from clinty wiy then it’s off to the skull Cavern for the rest of the day we actually do pretty well here we make it down to
Floor 49 where a pile of idium ore is waiting for us not a bad end to the day on day 58 we get to work on planting all of the seeds we bought yesterday it takes pretty much the entire day but we managed to get everything planted and
Watered I also put a jade into a crystarium so we’re going to collect those as often as we can so we can trade them for staircases at some point in the future I throw the winter forage I got last season into a seed maker so we can
Start getting more winter seeds if all goes well we could finish off the community center during fall or maybe we won’t I I I don’t know yet either way we plant our winter seeds in the greenhouse in Grandpa’s old shed and collect the eggplants that have grown then we
Collect some bars from our furnaces in the mines to end the day I put the machines we have into our shed on the morning of day 59 I plant the last few pumpkin seeds we have along with some mixed seeds the special orders board has been built in the Town Center
Which is nice I’m actually excited to see what special orders have been added with the expanded mod for now we accept Linus’s quest to fish trash out of the water because it will give us the crafting recipe for fiber seeds I throw my tools into a chest outside the museum before cracking
Open all of our geodes and clints we managed to get a prismatic Shard out of our last Omni geode which is simply Exquisite I donate all of the minerals and artifacts we have to the museum except the Prismatic Shard of course I have much bigger plans for that
I plant my two rare seeds in the greenhouse throw our remaining minerals into the shipping bin and use the desert warp to show them to get to Calico desert I do a bit of foraging before exchanging a prismatic Shard for the Galaxy sword but I’m not done yet I buy
Some beet seeds from Sandy and plant them in our Greenhouse too this may seem like a bit of an odd maneuver but it will make sense very soon gother visits us on day 60 and thanks us for donating so many items to the museum this is normally the cut scene
Where we receed the key to the sewers but that doesn’t happen here we watch another cut scene after this where we see Marlin entering the sewers so I’m assuming this means we get the key to the sewers from Marlin instead of Gunther next it’s off to Robins to buy
Some wood and stone and to ask her to upgrade our barn today is truly the most social day we’ve had so far as we see yet another cut scene with Marlin he congratulates us on obtaining the Galaxy sword we can now buy the other Galaxy weapons from
Him we will probably buy the Galaxy Hammer at some point in the future future but we’re good for now also Marilyn won’t tell us about the sewers yet so I guess we need to get his friendship up or something I had to level 100 of the mines and do some
Fishing to complete Linus’s special order here’s a tip if you want an easy way to catch all of the trash needed for a special order just go fishing here you’re almost guaranteed to get a special order done in no time we throw a trash into the dumpster then it’s time
To catch our third legendary fish the angler fish this is probably the easiest legendary fish to catch of course every legendary fish is very easy for me to catch considering I am a professional stardy Valley athlete as I said before gother sends us 40,000 gold on
Day 61 I assume this is a reward for donating 60 items to the museum seeing as he didn’t give us the key to the sewers Lina sends us the recipe to make fiber seeds too so this is already a fantastic day I decid to spend the day
Fishing so we can make some good progress on catching the fall fish as soon as we can on day 62 we continue our quest to bankrupt Pier then it’s off the Clint to ask him to upgrade our pickaxe I also drop off the idium or and
Coal he wanted us to get for his quest I become a victim of my own success as I injure myself while clearing the way to the dwarf’s home the dwarf is selling some nice things mainly a few artifacts along with different gems so if we ever
Want to spend 16,000 gold on a prismatic Shard then we know where to go I start chopping down trees then I become incredibly lazy and head to Robins where I instead buy the what I need and ask her to upgrade my Coupe Marilyn then decides that over the
Course of the last 2 days we have done enough to earn his trust and he brings us to the sewers to meet crus for the first time he also gives us the key to the sewers so that answers the question of how do we unlock the sewers kobus
Shop is interesting they are selling some artifacts along with different types of mushrooms I decide to buy a void egg then it is fishing time there are two fish we want to catch here one is the fourth legendary fish the mutant carp like the angler this one isn’t too bad
At all and we catch it on the first try we’ve actually managed to catch all of the legendary fish first try so far which I mean look if I can do it then anybody can do it all right you just have to believe in yourself if you fight
For your dreams then your dreams will fight for you I stole that quote by the way Daniel briyan or Brian Danielson as he’s known now in aew uh yeah he he said that when he came out of retirement in 2018 but no joke no joke all right I I
Genuinely think that is one of the most inspiring things that has ever been said by anybody anyway we also caught the radioactive bass which is actually a really good fish to have if you throw this fish into a fish pond there is a chance it will produce radioactive ore
And then as the fish pond fills up it could produce produce a radioactive bar I am still stuck in fishing mode so I decide to catch a midnight carp just before the day ends strawberry seeds are being sold for one gold each in the Georgia clearance
Bin on day 63 so I buy all 15 of them I head to the mines and buy five Mega bombs 15 normal bombs and two Miner treats from the dwarf then I make my way up to the mountain area the boulder is gone thanks to Clint making a bomb with
The uranium or and coal we gave him so we can go to the summit normally you can only go here when you achieve Perfection so technically we’re we’re done yeah we’re finished we’ve made it to the summit uh yeah thanks for watching have a good okay no no we’re not we still
Have plenty to do I’m just having a bit of a giggle I’m sorry let’s move on to the next day our best friend Pier sends us over 4,000 gold on day 64 as a thank you for us buying things from him I throw a dinosaur egg into the incubator
In a coupe then I throw a battery pack into the box in the tunnel after that I harvest our beets and her winter Forest that have grown in the greenhouse I collect my idium pickaxe from Clint and ask Robin to build another pond on our farm I throw a rainbow shell into the
Box at the old train station I think is what it is except a special order from Robin to collect 80 hardwood and put 10 beads into the fridge in Lewis’s house I then use a desert warp totem to get to the desert of course I put a solar
Essence into the mouth of the old skeleton thingy to complete Mr Blue’s Quest this means we can now enter his Casino in the back of Sandy shop day 65 is spent entirely in the skull Cavern first we use a warp totem to get to the
Desert as soon as we can then we make our way through the mines with unparalleled levels of pure unadulterated ruthless aggression this ends up paying off as we make it to level 104 at around 1:00 a.m. this was also a really nice floor with a
Good bit of idium and gold ore to end the day with day 66 starts in a wonderful way as her ancient fruit and Georgia berry wine is ready for collection I throw a radioactive bass into her fish pond ask Clint to upgrade our watering can and spend the rest of
The day chopping down trees I begin day 67 by purchasing 200 pumpkin seeds then it’s after Robins to ask her to upgrade her Coupe next on the agenda is a trip to Marines to buy some more animals for her farm please welcome Kofi Xavier and E the Ducks to the
Family I visit the casino for the first time and buy 300 coins I then lose all of my coins so I have to buy 300 more we almost lost these ones too but we managed to get three parsnips which rewarded us with 500 we got a couple
Hundred more then we had some really good luck and got 8,000 we were sort of stuck in limbo for a while in the sense that we would lose a couple hundred then win around 1,000 then lose some more and then it happened we received 250,000 for getting three star
Drops I use my coins to buy 500 hardwood fences 105 Farm warp totems a rear Crow a top hat a new bed and a statue of treasure I do not know what this statue does but it looks pretty neat I returned to her farm and place our scarecrow and
Put the Hat on it I spend the rest of the clearing out debris on our farm I finally buy the bouquet on day 68 but I have no idea who to give it to I had to cleans and pick up our watering can and that’s it for
Today our pumpkins are ready on day 69 which makes this a sensational day already I drop 80 hardwood off at Robin’s house and use our Newfound Fortune to fund the upgrading of our barn I also buy 20 Kegs and 20 preserve jars I plant another 200 pumpkin seeds
On our farm and put some pumpkins into the kegs in her shed I then take the Kegs and preserve jars we purchased earlier today into Grandpa’s shed and fill them up with pumpkins at the end of the day we have a nice little conversation with Olivia in
The saloon she lets us know that if we ever need something to eat we can stop by her house and she will make something for us we order the red moon drink which also ends up being Olivia’s favorite drink I kind of want to give the bouquet
To Olivia but at the same time I kind of want to give it to Sophia and Victor and Shane and Maru and Abigail and and and probably like three more NPCs will meet in the future so I I think I’m going to hold off on giving it to someone for now
On Day 70 I make quite the discovery the statue of treasure we bought from the casino produces an artifact Trove every day I like that Olivia sends us five bottles of wine in the mail I like that too we also Harvest a monster mushroom I do not know exactly what this
Is but it looks like something out of Super Mario so it’s cool I guess I harvest the georger berries that I finally grown in a greenhouse and sell everything to Pier earning US 27 million gold no I’m just I’m just kidding that no we we got like 50,000 gold I don’t
Know why I that wasn’t even funny I’m going to move on I donate some items to the community center fully completing the remaining fishing bundles I also donate a kogus to finish off the final bundle in the crafts room along with the fall crops bundle this means all we have left is
The animal bundle and the bounty board bundles I buy 20 fiber seeds and an apple tree sapling in the clearance bin at Georgia Mar and head to Mary to buy some rabbits I am delighted to announce that John Wheeler Claudio and Brian have been added to our Coupe as well as this Bray
Luke Braun and Eric the goats have been and added to our barn I buy 10 cheese presses and 10 mayonnaise machines as well as two big eggs a duck egg and a large milk looking back on this the eggs and milk were a waste of money because I had all of
Those things ready to collect in my cop and barn but it is what it is I buy an artichoke and a RAR Crow at the traveling cart and then I accidentally place our apple tree sapling in our Greenhouse it’s not really a big deal but it’s very clearly out of place so as
Soon as we Harvest the Apple we need from it we’re going to get rid of it it’s messing with my vibrations something peculiar is occurring at the fountain Caroline simply sigh and says Pierre when I talk to her Pierre then says not now farmer bride pises I do not know what is going
On perhaps they are having a lover’s quarrel much like the one that occurred between Lewis and Morris sometime ago regardless of the reason I don’t really care mainly because Pier speaking to me in that tone really hurt me so I have decided to put him on my list of enemies
I donate some items to the community center fully completing the animal bundle and unlocking the greenhouse on our farm I head to Robins on day 71 to move some of our buildings around and ask her to build the third pond on her Farm I’ll probably throw a sturgeon into
This pond because the row it produces can be put into a preserve jar to make cavier I also buy all of the crafting recipes she has for sale just to get that out of the way the stardo Valley Fair takes place on Day 72 I set up my Grange display and
Talk to the villagers just in case you’re wondering I do have the seasonal outfits mod installed for both vanilla stardo and stardo Valley expanded I will have both of these mods Linked In the description so if you’re interested you can find them there Haley tells us about the
Fortune teller and says that the fortune teller told her something interesting she does not say what that something interesting is though that is very annoying we end up coming first in the grin display competition earning 1,000 tokens I decide to talk to the fortune teller myself she sees a vision of
Demetrius’s birthday he thought everybody forgot about it but then we showed up with a nice gift don’t worry Demetrius I’ve got your back next she tells us that it seems I will be leaving more than a few heartbroken this one hurt that is not my intention I just can’t decide who to
Marry so I I don’t know what to do okay I might just not marry anybody well well actually I I have to marry someone because one of the star drops you get is given to you after you marry someone and get them to 12 and a half hearts so we
Kind of have we I don’t let’s just move on all right her final vision is something Dreadful bearing down on us but we are more than ready to face it I’ve gotten this one every time I’ve talked to the fortune teller so that’s not very interesting
Anymore I play the sling shot game and earn 210 star tokens then I bet all of my star tokens on orange the wheel lands on green and I lose all of them I played the fishing mini game and earn a lovely 420 star tokens then I played again and earn another 564 star
Tokens I decide to bet all of these tokens on green and we win which doubles our tokens just to be on the safe side I only bet 900 tokens and thankfully we win again which gives us just enough star tokens to buy the stard drop and the
Rarecrow the stard drop reminds me of my favorite thing water water is the drink of Champions and I am happy to guzzle it I I I don’t I don’t even know what I’m saying anymore look I have one brain cell left and it’s in the shape of a heart
Emoji on day 73 I harvest the ancient fruit in her Greenhouse in Grandpa’s shed after throwing the ancient fruit into a preserve chairs we accept a special order from Marlin Marlin wants 30 cherry bombs 20 normal bombs and 10 mega bombs so it’s off to the mines for the
Rest of the day to collect all of the gold ore we need for this on day 74 I throw a sturgeon into my pond I think that will be the last Pond we build on our farm for a while at least I really need to get an auto Grabber and put it
Into my Coupe we collect our pumpkin juice and harvest our Joo berries which we throw into the kegs I buy more Kegs and preserve jars from Rob and I asked her to upgrade her shed I head to the adventurers Guild and deliver the items Marlin requested yesterday as part of his special
Order then it’s back to Grandpa’s shed to place the kegs and preserve jars we bought on the morning of day 75 I head to Clint and buy 30 Omni gelds I cracked them all open and asked Clint to upgrade my axe I donate the items we received
For our omin Jo to the museum then I become absolutely mesmerized by the chicken that is walking into the museum it goes inside and stands beside Jazz I don’t know why I found this so interesting up next is a cut scene where Marilyn gives the bomb zo made to an
Adventurer called Jadu Jadu says that I have impeccable craftsmanship someone used the word impeccable in a comment on one of my videos and I said I was going to start using that word but it looks like Jadu got there before me has he been reading the comments on my videos
Too as a reward for completing Marlin’s special order we can now buy decorations in the shop a baby lizard has appeared in a coupe on day 76 I decide to call this baby lizard Gargano I buy a pig from Marney whom I lovingly named Jaden our ancient fruit
Jelly is ready in Grandpa’s shed so I collect it then it’s off to the community center to donate a rabbit’s foot and a pomegranate on day 77 I pick up all of the furnaces Kegs and other machines in my shed then I put the furnaces back down along with the mayonnaise machines
And cheese presses I buy two heaters and an auto Grabber from Marne along with 10 cheese presses 10 mayonnaise machines and 100 straw floors I buy Six iridium Sprinklers and 31 ancient seeds from Pier then I head to Grandpa shed to place the kegs and preserve JS we gathered this
Morning I plant our ancient seeds in this greenhouse then I plant our coffee beans and Georgia Berry seeds in the greenhouse on our farm our goal with the greenhouse on our farm is to fill it up completely with Geer berries and coffee beans the wizard has a special order for
Us on day 78 he would like some Prismatic jelly we accept a special order collect our gold axe from Clint and donate a duck feather and a sea urchin to the community center I head to the mines to see if we can find a prismatic slime I was fully expecting
This to take multiple days so you can imagine my surprise when we managed to find a prismatic slime in a relatively short amount of of time I head to the Quarry and break a few rocks not sure why I decided to mention that then I head to the Wizard’s Tower to bring him
The Prismatic jelly on day 79 I am reminded of how much I used to enjoy collecting cheese and mayonnaise from the machines it is very relaxing to me for some reason our Georgia berries are ready for Harvest so I collect them all and throw most of them into the seed
Makers I do this until we have 68 Georgia Berry seeds p was definitely horrified when he saw us walking into his shop knowing he was about to hand out thousands of gold for items he probably won’t be able to sell I decided to buy 75 ancient seeds before heading
To our greenhouse and planting our georia berry seeds day 80 is a pumpkin harvest day as well as this a sweet J bu has grown on the other side of our farm I harvest the ancient fruit in two sweet jamberries from our Greenhouse plant some of the ancient seeds we bought yesterday and
Genuinely consider Buy buying a Georgia membership I am sick and tired of dealing with peers being closed on Wednesday granted if we just complete the community center he shop won’t be closed on Wednesdays anymore but I’m I’m just very frustrated all right I asked Robin to upgrade my house because I am
In tremendous need of a pickme up I had to cleanse to crack open some artifact troves and we don’t get much but we do get a golden pumpkin which is cool I donate one item to the museum then I give a sweet gem Berry to the old Master
Canoli statue and receive a drop in return lus sent us a macki roll on day 81 which was very kind of him as we need this for the community center next we buy three more pigs for our barn Cyrus Alexis and the Chaz will hopefully feel
Right at home on our farm I buy 10 cheese purses mayonnaise machines and looms along with an autog Grabber then I head into the sewers and buy a star drop from mobus I had to cleanse and buy 30 Omni geod and ask him to upgrade our watering can before before heading to the
Community center to donate the macki ru that lonus gave us this morning I buy the triple shot espresso recipe and collect our pickled corn and Georgia berry wine to finish off the day I decided to take off my hat on day 82 and start showing off my incredible head of
Hair however this action took a lot out of me so I decided to be very lazy and spend the entire day foraging in the Big Forest our house has been upgraded on day 83 so now that we have access to the kitchen I make a fried egg for the community
Center however something not that chill has happened our void egg is ready to hatch but our Coupe is full which means we need to build another coue on our farm just for this void chicken so I head to robins and asked her to build a brand new Coupe for this
Chicken I wanted to go into town but the spirits eeve Festival was being set up I put some more Kegs and preserve jars into Grandpa’s shed and fill them up at Georgia berries then I head to the casino it turns out I can buy the statue of treasure again which makes me think
You can buy one Statue each day so we’ll definitely be coming back here at least a couple of times every week the artifact troves we get from them will really help us with the museum collection I buy the rarecrow and the Jacko Lantern recipe at the festival and I talked to the
Villagers Sophia says she went into the maze but she gave up and left because she was hungry it is taking every single bit of self-control I have to not get give that woman the bouquet I make my way through the maze collecting the golden pumpkin at the end it was
Actually more difficult to make my way back out of the maze than it was to complete it and get the pumpkin day 84 is the final day of fall I head to Mar where I get outsmarted by a chicken who successfully blocks me from talking to Marney for a solid 30
Seconds I decide to buy a truffle before heading to the casino to buy another statue of treasure it’s off the clints where I collect my water and Cannon by 30 more Omni gelds I’m not entirely sure what I’ll do with these either I’ll have Clint crack them all open for the last
Three minerals I need or I’ll just I’ll I’ll eat them I donate the Truffle to the community center which means all we need now is three apples I run into Marlin in the mountain area who invites us to join the next meeting himself and The Wizard will have they will be
Talking about the new members of the adventurers Guild I immediately say yes I want to know more about the adventurers Guild and and The Wizard and Marlin give me all of the lore please we visit Abigail at the end of the day who shows us her spirit board
AKA her Ouija board the board spells out ihart bright but before I can finish the sentence Abigail knocks the board to the floor just in case anybody has forgotten my Farmer’s name is Bri Pisces so the board is saying that Abigail likes our farmer I do not know why
I have negative Riz being seen with me is a detriment to your Public Image i i i actively decrease the value of anybody I spent time with uh yeah yeah that that’s it fall is over I I I don’t know why I decided to roast myself for the end of the season
Um let’s just move on let’s I I will uh I will see you all in winter day 85 is the first day of winter it begins with a visit from Abigail who basically tells us that she likes her farmer I’ve said it before I’ll say it
Again I will probably say it many more times in the future I am struggling immensely when it comes to deciding who to marry we run into the shadow guy at the bus stop so we track him down and receive the magnifying glass this is very good now we can collect secret
Notes I buy 10 strawberry seeds from the Georgia clearance spin then I spend the rest rest of the day redesigning the farm we have a bit of a Kur fuffle on day 86 the void egg in her incubator is still ready to hatch I thought it would
Have hatched automatically when we had a second Coupe built but it has not I need to brainstorm here I’ll I’ll figure out a way to fix this eventually I harvest the coffee beans that are ready in our greenhouse and replant them unfortunately I had to take away two of
Our Georgia berries so we could get to one row of coffee beans many different types of jelly pick wines and aged Rose are already in Grandpa’s shed so I collect all of them also our total earning says we have reached over 1 million gold so we uh
Yeah yeah we we completed that goal my apologies for not realizing that sooner it’s off the peers where we sell our Artisan goods and buy 200 winter seeds once again the rest of the day spent working on our farm our ancient wine and corn juice are ready on day 87 after collecting those
We head upstairs to our greenhouse and harvest the Georgia berries and ancient fruit that have grown then we toss those into our eggs and preserve jars I buy two void eggs from kobis one of these will get tossed into a shipping bin the other will be turned into void
Mayonnaise which will also be TR into the shipping bin a trip to Robins is up next where we purchase 20 Kegs and preserve jars along with some tree fertilizer those Kegs and preserve jars get thrown into a greenhouse so we can make coffee and Georgia Berry jelly the
Rest of the day spent decorating the far you get you get the point I am over the moon to announce that on day 88th I solved our little issue involving the void egg I moved John into the new CPE we built our void egg finally hashed and
Added a void chicken to the CPE I decided to call this chicken Jeff Winger I then moved this chicken to the new Coupe and moved John back to the original Coupe next we watch a cut scene where kobus is playing with a little green junimo I buy a heater and some hay
From Marne then I talked to kobus about the junimo we saw the junimo showed their little village to kobus kobus was very happy about this because he’s not welcome in most Villages or towns kobus deserves so much better Willie would like us to fetch 100 pieces of bug meat
So we’ll take care of that at some point I crack open some artifact troves at Clint and ask him to upgrade our ho then I donate the artifacts we received to the museum next up is a trip to the desert where we buy a statue of Fortune and a
Warp totem so we can immediately go back home after this surprise surprise the rest of the day is spent decorating the farm on day 89 we officially start our coffee Empire this was long overdue we really should have done this sooner the faster movement is almost a necessity
Now because of how big Pelican town is we spend the rest of the day in the mines collecting bug meat for Wily’s Quest the pond containing a radioactive bass has produced a radioactive ore on day 90 which is pretty neat I collect my copper hole from Clint then I turn
Around and immediately ask him to upgrade it again once again the rest of the day is spent collecting bug meat in the mines our winter forage is ready to collect on day 91 like I said before though we aren’t going to use these to make tea saplings we don’t really need
The money right now and we can use the Georgia berries and ancient fruit in our Greenhouse to get any money we need in the future anyway the rest of the day spend fishing we collect our geia berry jelly and wine on day 92 our geia berries are also
Ready for Harvest so we collect those I’m pretty sure I said I wasn’t going to talk about us harvesting crops anymore so I apologize for mentioning it here now that I think about it I I have definitely mentioned it a couple of times before this too so my bad all
Right this one’s on me it won’t happen again anyway we toss our fruit and Artisan Goods into our shipping bin because I’ve got some big plans for winter that require a bit of gold old I head to the Festival of ice and spent some time talking to the villagers then
We begin the fishing competition I tried so hard to win this competition like I really really put my all into it I I can’t even begin to describe how much I wanted to win this competition but alas I guess I just didn’t try hard enough we made over
180,000 gold from the items we shipped which is Sensational I decided to start making triple shot espressos on day 19 three it takes three coffees to make one triple shot espresso but it’s worth it a normal coffee gives you plus one speed for 1 minute and 23 seconds a triple shot
Espresso gives you plus one speed for 4 minutes and 12 seconds so if my math is correct then the speed boost you get from one triple shot espresso last 3 seconds longer than the speed boost you would get from drinking the three normal coffees you use to make it I I I don’t
Know why I’m saying all of this it’s not interesting and I highly doubt this is going to change the way anybody plays the game I I’m sorry for wasting your time anyway moving on Demetrius would like us to catch riverfish for a special order I crack open some artifact troves
And Omni J and clints and ask him to upgrade our hole for the third time I donate a few items to the museum collect the five warp totems from our rewards and use one to get back to our farm then I head to the desert and exchange omns
For Desert warp totems on Day 94 I feel a deep and profound sense of satisfaction as I collect our Georgia Berry and ancient fruit wines this feeling of satisfaction was so strong in fact that I didn’t do anything else for the rest of the day I asked Clint to upgrade her hole
For the final time on day 95 but before we go any further we need to have a little discussion regarding one of our goals basically I completely forgot that you can upgrade your trash can an upgraded trash can gives you back a percentage of the gold that the item you
Throw into your trash can is worth I’ll put a picture on the screen with these percentages just to hopefully make things clearer but basically what I’m wondering is should the trash can be included in our goal to fully upgrade all of our tools on the one hand I want
To include it because there’s plenty of time left to fully upgrade it but on the other hand I I don’t trust Clint like I know for a fact that at some point we’re going to walk into his shop and he won’t be there so I’m slightly nervous about
Potentially failing the goal because of that but we’re going to take a risk I of officially declare that we must upgrade our trash can in order to achieve that goal any H the rest of the day is spent fishing look I’ll be honest I did
Nothing on days 96 and 97 so we’re just going to skip to day 98 I collect two apples from a chest along with all of the Jade we have and head to Grandpa’s shed to collect georia berries more importantly our apple tree is finally grown giving us the final
Apple we need for the community center I head right there and donate them completing the final Bund bundle I was very happy about this I head to the adventurers Guild where we meet a new character Alisia she is an Archer Marilyn asked her to help him fight some slimes in the
Mines she was originally from Castle Village but she currently resides in my heart I I cannot even begin to describe how much it hurts knowing that I can’t marry her I buy two iridium bands from Marlin and buy 75 Mega bombs and five lollipops from the dwarf I pay a visit
To Georgia Mart and I think me completing the community center today has temporarily messed up the Georgia clearance bin because I can’t see what’s on sale I buy a battery pack from the traveling cart then I warp to the desert and trade my jade for 33
Staircases on day 99 I immediately use a desert warp totem I consume a lollipop and use the 33 staircases to get down to level 29 of the skull Cavern yeah I I messed up a few times let’s just take ignored that at around 9:00 p.m. I make
It down to level 97 I jump down a hole which takes us to level 100 where we meet Mr Blue I completely forgot that he appears on level 100 he congratulates us for making it down this far but he’s not too happy about us using staircases but
In my defense I am very lazy and I just want to get as much aridium or as I can we make it down to level 127 before we pass out this was an absolutely marvelous floor we collected over 200 idium ore so in my eyes this was a very
Successful skull Cavern run also I need to make a ton of spicy eel when I get the chance we got a really nice speed boost when we ate one of those on top of the triple shot espresso that we drank the community center has officially been restored on day 100 so
We have completed that goal the wizard has a special order for us he wants us to collect ectoplasm I’m going to keep going with these special orders and I’ll only mention them in the future if we get one that really rustles my jimmies I collect
My idium axe from Clint and ask him to upgrade our watering can yeah we have plenty of time left to fully upgrade our water and cans so things are looking really good for us Willie shows us his dilapidated boat I donate the battery packs and aridium bars needed to repair
The boat but I didn’t bring enough hardwood one of the paintings that will be sold at the night market looks a lot like Abigail’s original model I’m pretty sure it’s actually a paint of the mermaid but that’s still pretty cool I returned to willly shop a short time
Later with the rest of their hardwood and donate the 200 needed to repair the boat next it is time to speedrun the Wizard’s Quest we meet the wizard at the bath house area ask kobis to open the door to the mutant bugler collect the dark Talisman buy a farm and Mountain
Warp totem from kobis warp to our farm collect a void mayonnaise warped the Mountain Area used the dark Talisman to open the door to the witch’s swamp give the void mayonnaise to the goblin henchmen collect the Wizard’s ink and bring it to the wizard completing his
Quest I head to the night market where I was going to buy the painting of the mermaid but Sophia said she might buy it so I left it there just in case she decided to buy it the rest of the night is spent fishing in the
Submarine we visit the wizard on day 101 he teaches us how to use magic we can now use the shrine of Illusions to change our appearance in the southeast of the Big Forest I find the entrance to an area known as Sprite spring two Sprites live here Angelica and clouse we
Swim across the lake here and find a bunch of winter forage this is a nice area I wish you could set up a little house here just to the out of the house owned by the Hat Mouse I find the entrance to the Juno Woods I won’t lie I
Got lost here once or twice a few time okay many times yeah I got lost here many times I’m not going to lie I found an aridium meteor so I broke that then I finally made it to the junam mahot area I assume this is the village kobus was
Talking about the junimos here are selling a ton of items ancient seeds rare seeds wild seeds artifacts the legendary fish magic bait we don’t buy anything but we will definitely come back here in the future Lewis sends us a letter on day 102 to let us know that the person we
Will be giving a Christmas present to is Victor Victor battery packs so I’m happy with getting him next we watch a cut scene where CLA arrives at Georgia Mart to start her shift except the Georgia mert has been abandoned nobody told her I feel really bad for her I’m I’m going
To try to get the cinema built as soon as I can because I assume she’ll end up working there if we do that I collect my watering can from Clint and ask him to upgrade our trash can Willie shop is full of crabs for some reason Gus joins
Us and offers to take them off Wily’s hands he then tells us he’ll be having a sale on crab cakes for the next few days if you don’t have access to coffee then I would highly recommend buying as many of those crab cakes as you can they give
Plus one speed for 16 minutes and 47 seconds which is basically an entire day next it is finally time to go to Ginger Island we collect a golden Walnut and give it to a parrot so we can talk to Leo but that isn’t why we’re here the
Real reason we’re here is because we need to make it all the way through the volcano we’ve got a Galaxy sword triple shot espressos cheese and a fully upgraded watering can and pickaxe so this wasn’t too difficult at all we make it to the end of the volcano at around
Midnight where we meet Lance why does this mod have so many attractive characters the wizard pays us a visit on the morning of day 103 he wants us to meet him at his Tower later on this is the reason why I went through the volcano yesterday also Lance visits us
And gives us his schedule basically we can see where he is at all times I’m not going to lie I I feel like Joe Goldberg now you know Lance has me feeling like also also Scarlet Sophia’s friend visits us and let us know that she has started working for Andy and Susan we
Can visit scarlet and grampleton too if we use the railroad at the bat house area a training montage of sorts plays when we enter the Wizard’s Tower we have learned how to make teleportation RS the wizard also talks to us about Angelica and klouse it turns out Angelica is the
Crop fairy we meet the wizard in the Backwoods behind our farm where he sets up our Nexus this is basically the area where we can set up teleportation stations to go to different areas on the map there are seven teleportation stations that can be added added here the wizard immediately adds the first
Allowing us to teleport to the Wizard’s Tower I head to the Sprite spring where Angelica adds the area to our Nexus next we head to the adventurers Guild where Marlin adds this area to our Nexus we also agreed to help Gunther explore the mines tomorrow morning finally we go to
The junimo woods where a junimo called peaches adds this area to our Nexus too so now we’ve got four locations at our Nexus the Wizard’s Tower Juno Woods Sprite spring and the adventurers Guild on day 104 I head to Clint and ask him to upgrade our trash can for the second
Time I spend the rest of the day fishing to collect some of the fish in the new areas we’ve unlocked we also helped gther go through the mines and add her Farm to her Nexus on day 105 Gunther sends us 20,000 gold in the mail for helping him in the
Mines our Nexus is looking pretty nice we’ve got five of the seven teleportation stations unlocked a beautiful site awaits us at Grandpa’s shed as many jellies and wines are ready once again the rest of the day is spent fishing Shane sends us a letter on day
106 to let us know that he took some of the items that were left in the Georgia Mart when he was abandoned we can now buy these items from him basically the Georgia clearance bin has been moved to Mar’s Ranch I wanted to sell my Artisan
Goods to Pier but the 22nd day of every season is community day so every villagers going to the community center today that is lovely but I really wish Pier would have bought my stuff before he left his shop this put me in an absolutely terrible mood so I did what I
Do every time I feel upset I went to sleep I did throw my Artisan Goods into the shipping bin and we received over 260,000 gold so that cheered me up I performed my daily ritual of collecting several artifact troves to start day 107 then I head to the desert and buy 600
Starfruit seeds I buy two idium sprinklers from Pier toss my items into a chest collect my trash can from Clint and crack open many many many artifact troves the only item we received that we can donate is the chicken statue at this point I just need to dig up artifact
Spots around the town to get the last few artifacts we need I also need three more minerals but I’ll get those in the future I head back to the farm and pick up five gold bars then I return to Clint and ask him to upgrade our trash can I
Spend the rest of the day planting as many starfruit seeds as I can in our greenhouse on day8 I must say that our coffee bean and Georgia Berry Greenhouse looks absolutely Sterling I make my way to the railroad by the bath house and use it to pay a visit to grampleton this
Is where Scarlet lives there isn’t really much to do here besides talk to Scarlet go inside her house and talk to her father Trayvon and her stepfather Hank being able to visit a greton and talk to scarlet and her parents is completely new to me this wasn’t in the
Game when I played the stardy valley expanded mod last year I’m going to work on increasing my friendship with her as much as I can because I really want to see her cut scenes I think she could easily become my favorite villager I head back to pelicant town and asked
Robin to upgrade my house then I spend the rest of the day digging up artifact spots the Feast of the winter star takes place on day 109 Olivia was the first person to say Merry Christmas to me so she’s my favorite villager once again Sophia was with Dusty the dog when I
Went over to her and talked to her the first thing she said was who’s a good boy you are now I know that you was saying this to Dusty but I genuinely thought you were saying this to me at first and I couldn’t stop laughing so Sophia is now my favorite villager
Because of the giggle I had when this happened something strange happened after this though I tried to give Victor his Christmas present but it didn’t give me the option I talked to pretty much everybody at the festival and it turns out Andy is the person I have to give a
Gift to listen I am a very particular person all right I am terrible at dealing with an unexpected change of plans like no joke as soon as something happens that I wasn’t ready for my brain cells go on vacation and I just don’t know what to do so this this was a
Problem for me I only had a battery pack and go cheese with me luckily Andy ended up liking to go cheese so that could have gone a lot worse I some fruit jelly and wine to appearer on day 110 then it’s off to Willy shop to buy a lead
Bobber and five fish stews I head to Clint to collect my gold trash can and ask him to upgrade it for the final time but he isn’t there yeah of course he isn’t I I literally said this would happen I knew this was going to happen
So we we failed our goal to fully upgrade all of our tools thank you so much for that Clint you are a star as if things couldn’t get any worse it is now time for me to do something I have been avoiding since the beginning of winter
It is time for us to catch the glacier fish the fish stew adds a plus three bonus to her fishing skill despite that we failed to catch the glacier fish on our first try it then completely embarrasses us on our second attempt and our third attempt and our fourth and our
Fifth I was legitimately considering giving up at this point and waiting until winter and year two to try to catch it again but I stuck with it and I’m glad I did because through some divine intervention we actually managed to catch it that took so much out of me
That I decided to go home and go straight to bed I decided to take away my tree farm on day 111 we need space for a new shed and I don’t really need any more maple syrup Oak resin or pine toar I buy 20 cegs from Robin asked her to build us a
Shed collect our gold trash can from Clint and ask him to break open our geodes it takes some time but we get the first mineral we need need then the second mineral then the third and final mineral I asked Clint to upgrade our trash can for the final time technically
We have fully upgraded all of our tools but the trash can won’t be ready to collect until the first day of spring so I’m going to say we failed this goal I donate the three minerals to the museum and that’s the end of the day I’m kind of disappointed we filled probably the
Easiest of our three goals we we were really close you know we we almost had it but it is what it is I made the executive decision to take it really easy on day 112 all I did was collect the jelly and wine that was ready in Grandpa’s shed I
Felt it was only right that we spend the final day of our first year in pelicant town at the summit when I made it to the top of the mountain Leah was there I Stood Beside her taking in the beautiful view in front of us as the sun set on stardew Valley
And that is the end of her first year in stardy Valley expanded let’s take a quick look at how we did with our goals we had three of them the first was to complete the community center we were able to get this done in the middle of
Winter I was hoping we would have been able to do this around the end of fall but better late than ever you know we we got it done it is what it is our second goal was to earn a total of 1 million gold we were able to do this but I’ll be
Honest the better mixed seeds mod definitely helped us out a bit with this one regardless that’s two goals completed the final goal was to upgrade all of our tools to iridium quality we were really close to achieving this one but we failed I I don’t even blame Clint
For this one though this one’s on me I should have paid more attention during the last few days so we completed two goals and failed one goal which I’m happy with it it could have been worse wor could have been better could have been a lot better but it could have been
Worse so I’m happy as for our second year I have another three goals in mind our first goal will be to complete the shipping collection the second will be to complete the fishing collection and the third and final goal will be to reach maximum friendship with everybody there might be somebody
Watching this video right now that has played through Star Valley expanded and they might be saying to themselves yeah one of those goals is impossible like like you literally cannot complete the fishing collection until year three or something like that and if that’s the case if I have
Actually set a goal that on a technical level I literally cannot complete during year two then I’ll I’ll burn that bridge when I get to it and that is officially the end of our first year in stardy Valley expanded I am fully aware of the fact that at the
Beginning of the segment I said that pretty much word for word but I I think you know by now that I tend to ramble a lot of my videos I repeat myself a lot okay you know what I will see you all in Spring day 113 is the first day of her second year it begins with a visit from Kent who has just arrived back in pelicant town I meet Louis at the old community garden in the east of town he says we can use this Garden to grow
Crops this was very kind of him I will admit however that I completely forgot about this and didn’t go back here for the rest of spring my bad I buy 400 Deluxe speed grow and 400 mixed seeds and peers then I visit Robin and add the
Two extra rooms to our house I also buy 20 kegs I returned to Piers to buy some grass starter we’re mainly going to be focusing on the layout of our farm this month so I’ll be using this grass to decorate it I head back to the farm and plant her mixed
Seeds on day 114 we have a conversation with Andy outside the abandoned Farmhouse it turns out it used to belong to two friends of his I collect their wines and jams from the greenhouse and pick up the starf fruit seeds I left there I sell the wine and jam to pier
And buy some iridium sprinklers scarecrows Deluxe speed grow and mixed seeds from Pier as is tradition I purchased 20 kegs from Robin then I collect my iridium trash can from Clint we’re a bit late but we have finally officially fully upgraded all of her tools I make my way to Ginger Island and
Spend the day clearing out all of the wood Stone and weeds and plant their seeds day 115 is a big collection day I really need to pick up her cheese and Mayo more often and I need to keep all of these Machines working more frequently too I want to have the most
Efficient farm that anybody has ever seen by the end of the second year I asked Robin to upgrade her shed then I head to Ginger Island where I spend the rest of the day in the the volcano dungeon I want to unlock Mr Key’s Walnut Room this month so we’re going to be
Spending a good bit of time on Ginger Island I’m pretty sure I mentioned previously that I was going to refer to Mr key as Mr Blue I’ve changed my mind on that uh it’s it’s Mr key it’s not Mr Blue anymore day 116 is a small Harvest day
As various crops have grown the only reason I’m pointing this out is because I basically ignore the crops that are growing on this Farm during spring I don’t know why I did that to be honest but our Greenhouse is a different story altogether our geia berries are ready
For Harvest and a few joia Berry jams are also ready for collection I purchase even more deluxe speed grow and mixed seeds and peers and I think you know the drill by now I’m not going to specifically mention me buying Deluxe speed grow or mix seeds anymore it’s off
To Ginger Island once again to clear out some more space for the planting of more seeds wheat and garlic have appeared from mixed seeds so I make sure to plant the melon seed so we can get 15 golden walnuts in the future on day 117 I make 33 kegs which
Brings us up to a total of 53 thanks to the 20 I had in the chest beside my house I’ve definitely got more kegs in different chests but I just don’t know where they are I buy another 20 kegs from Robin giving us a total of
73 I also buy 150 Oak resin 30 copper bars and 20 iron bars we now have 114 kegs not too bad not too bad at all I’m going to be honest I completely forget if I said I won’t talk about harvesting the ancient fruit and Georgia berries in
Grandpa’s shed anymore I’ve said I won’t mention certain things so many times that I’ve lost track of what I’m not allowed to talk about anymore I get to work on placing the kegs inside her shed I completely messed up the lay out the first time I put them down so I had to
Do it again this looks much better but I don’t have enough kegs to fill up the entire shed I fill these kegs with ancient fruit and Geer berries before the day ends on day 118 I decide it’s time to complete the museum collection I collect the artifacts I kept in my chest donate
Them and nothing happens I’m missing something all right well I suppose this was bound to happen nothing can ever be easy huh it took me about a minute but I realized we don’t have a prismatic shard in our Museum collection I collect one from my storage shed and donate it to
The museum once again nothing happens of course I’m going to do some detective work and see if I can figure out what I’m missing I collected Jade from a crystarium and I realized that this is what we haven’t donated to the museum that does make a lot of sense though I
Kept my first Jade so I could put it in the crystarium then I kept any more Jades I found so I could trade them in for staircases on day 119 I donate the Jade and finally complete the museum collection I receive a star drop for
Doing so I believe we only need two more star drops now one for catching all of the fish and another for getting getting somebody to 12 and 1/2 Hearts so we either need to marry someone or ask someone to be a roommate I will sort
That out at a later date not right now I’m not ready for that I purchased a stamina capsule and a sports drink from Harvey because we need to throw these into a shipping bin as part of the shipping collection then it’s off to Ginger Island where I find a mummified frog in
The forest the rest of the day is spent here collecting golden walnuts and golden coconuts I head to Robins on a 120 to buy some wood and fiber and ask her to build another shed for us I ask Clint to crack open a golden coconut and we
Receive a golden Walnut I buy some copper ore and use it along with the wood and fiber we have to make five flute blocks I fish up a golden Walnut and use our 20 golden walnuts to unlock the Island Resort I then collect one golden Walnut then another then a third
Walnut to the east of the Island Resort I collect a fourth Walnut by fishing and I catch a stingray I meet birdie so I can start a quest except I’m not going to start it today no I have very important business to tend to I head to the Pirate Cove and
Play a game of darts three times to receive another three golden walnuts just a heads up I say golden walnuts a lot during spring like I got to the point where the words golden Walnut lost all meaning for me on day21 I am very happy to announce that
We do indeed have a wheat a garlic and a melon growing on our farm in fact they’re not just growing they’re fully grown this means we can talk to the frog in the cave and show him these three crops I do this and receive 15 golden walnuts for my troubles I give
Kent the war momento to start Bird’s Quest I drop by our farm to collect a bomb then I buy some cooking products and the wallpaper catalog from Pier I give the Gourmet tomato salt to Gus give the sturdy Valley Rose to Sandy give the advanced TV remote to George give give
The Arctic Shard to the wizard and give a wriggly worm to Willie Willie gives us the Pirates locket now all we have to do is give this item to birdie I head to Willie shop so I can go to Ginger Island but it’s closed it takes so much effort to
Produce a smile these days I am in tremendous need of some dopamines so on day22 I ask Robin to upgrade her shed just in case anybody is curious I’m still making sure I give gifts to the villagers as often as I can I really want to stay on top of our friendships
To make sure we get everyone to maximum Hearts by the end of winter I use our five flute blocks to complete a puzzle and earn five golden walnuts our star fruit are ready for Harvest which helps us earn another four or five golden walnuts I’m not sure exactly how many it
Was I’m I’m starting to lose my mind a bit when it comes to these walnuts honestly if I’m being completely transparent I hate having to collect all 130 golden walnuts it’s it’s absolutely the worst part of achieving Perfection for for me it’s not like extremely difficult or anything like that there’s
Just so many small things you need to do to get them all anyway rant over let’s get back to business we have collected 82 golden walnuts so far which is good I’ve spent so much time focusing on them during the last few days that I would have been incredibly upset if we had
Less than 70 a bird drops an emerald in the forest this is perfect it makes it slightly easier to guess where the remaining gems go and the remaining podiums that are part of this puzzle I talked about this during the 100 days of stardy Valley video I made recently but
Normally you’re supposed to collect these gems from birds in four different areas on the island but I’m a bit impatient so I just guess where the gems go this pays off as we receive five golden walnuts I open up the dig site break open the bone nodes do some panning and
Free Professor snail from the cave he’s trapped in I collect some golden walnuts then I correctly answer the two survey questions in the island field office to receive two golden walnuts I donate the artifacts I have and I receive another two golden Walnut I’m losing my mind with how much I’ve said
Golden Walnut I I make a quick stop in the volcano dungeon where I collect another to you know like you get the point it’s raining on day 1 123 which means birdie isn’t outside so we can’t talk to her and complete her Quest that’s fine everything is fine I played
A Simon Says game to receive another three golden walnuts I quickly unlocked the Island’s fast travel system then I make my way to Mr Key’s Walnut Room we have finally collected 100 walnuts giving us access to the room all right this is good I needed a pickme up after
The car ruffle that occurred this morning the two special orders available to us are disgusting seriously I would have taken anything else over these two I decide to accept the order to find key beans and use them to grow and ship 500 key fruit I decide to check how much progress we’ve made
38% you know what I’m happy with that I’m I’m going to make a prediction right now though by the time winter is over we’ll be at 80% minimum I spend the rest of the day fishing for gold and walnuts anytime I hook a fish I immediately
Cancel it to be quite honest I don’t know if I’ve already collected all five walnuts you can get from fishing what I do know is I didn’t get a single Walnut from doing this so it was kind of a waste of time I collect a golden Walnut
On the morning of day 124 then I collect a another one I return to Pelican town and enter our new shed it’s empty right now but we’re going to fill this bad boy with kegs as soon as we can our ancient fruit and Georgia B wine is ready in our
First shed though so that is absolutely Sterling the kegs and preserved jars in Grandpa shed are also full of wine and jam so today is a very good day our star fruit is also ready for Harvest and I was genuinely ready to cry at this point that’s how emotional I was we received
400,000 gold from our wine and jam that’s actually quite a bit more than I was expecting things are looking good for us the egg Festival takes place on day 125 I’m going to be honest I was not feeling it so I went to sleep instead it’s time to visit Robin again
On day 126 so I can buy four stacks of wood I only just realized this cost me 200,000 gold was it worth it absolutely not but I’m going to lie to myself and say it was worth it so I can feel just a tiny bit better about my spending
Habits I purchased another 100 Oak resin giving us a total of 209 I ask Robin to build another shed for us then it’s off the cleanse to continue our shopping spree I buy copper and iron bars copper and iron ore and coal then it’s off to Ginger Island to
Complete Bird’s Quest except it’s raining again yeah that’s just typical the rest of the day spent smelting iron and copper ore I believe it is time to let the cat out out of the bag as they say the whole point of today was to get everything we need to make a
Ton of kegs I fill the remaining spots in our keg shed and fill them all up with Georgia berries I also get started on filling our second cake shed while I wait for the iron and copper ores to smelt in her furnaces I also reorganized this shed to
Make it look a lot more like our keg sheds in terms of the layout I end up making 58 cegs then I throw our Artisan Goods into the shipping bin if you pay close attention you will notice I threw her Oak resin into the shipping bin I
Did not mean to do that on day 127 I make some good progress on our second keg shed and that’s all I did today on day 128 I have officially given up on trying to complete Mr Key’s special order to grow and ship 500 key fruit all
Of the space in our two green houses and on our Ginger Island Farm is taken up by different crops so there’s basically no way I can get that special order done I I throw some georia berries into her kegs and then I throw some georia berries into her seed makers I take a
Bit of a creative risk and plant more geia Berry seeds in this greenhouse I say creative risk because I can almost guarantee that I’m going to plant these incorrectly and not be able to harvest some of them I buy ancient seeds and peers throw geia berries into our Kegs and plant the ancient
Seeds day 129 is when I realized I threw over 100 Oak resin into a shipping bin a few days ago this hurt like this this really really hurt a routine trip to Robins takes place next where I of course purchase Kegs and ask her to upgrade her shed except I don’t have
Enough gold I’m upset on Ginger Island I receive a golden Walnut when I break a muscle node so that was like a good raindrop falling in a puddle of bad news basically what I’m saying is today isn’t a good day I do give the Pirates locket to birdie and complete her Quest though
At this point I decide to go all in on collecting golden walnuts I’m not trying to collect all 130 of them I just want to get to around 115 at the very least we’ve got 109 so this shouldn’t be too difficult except for the fact that it’s
Me I mean if you’ve seen my other videos you probably know that I can struggle with the most basic things at times let me put it this way if fumbling was an Olympic sport I would be a 10 time Gold Medal winner so with all of that being said
The rest of day 129 as well as days 130 131 132 and 133 are spent fishing harvesting our star fruit breaking bone nodes digging up artifact spots panning donating any artifacts I find talking to Lance and going through the volcano dungeon day 134 is an ancient Fruit Harvest day you’ll notice the golden
Coconuts in her inventory I’m hoping we get a fossilized skull from from one of them when we ask Clint to crack them open that artifact and one snake vertebrae is all I need to finish off the field office donations I also got a golden Walnut from a muscle node so that
Was nice I had to Clint and he’s not there I I honestly at this point honestly I think Clint has a problem with me this this is a recurring thing all right this has happened in every single play through like I’ll go to Clint because I have something important
To do and he’s just not there like why does he hate me anyway our cake shed is full of wine so that is absolutely Sensational I filled these cakes up with ancient fruit and some star fruit our second cake shed is also full of wine is
It just me or has pretty much every day during spring so far been full of ups and downs I don’t think we’ve had a day that was all good or all bad it’s like the stardy valley Universe can’t decide whether I have bad luck or good luck so
It gives me bought at the same time any H I collect some Artisan goods from our sort of miscellaneous machine beans shed that was a tongue twister for me and throw everything into a shipping bin we earn almost 500,000 gold from this sweet I had to Clint on day 135 and
Purchased iron and copper ore and copper and iron bars I had just made it back to the farm when I realized I forgot to ask him to crack open our golden coconuts so I head back to Clint and do exactly that the good news is we received the
Fossilized skull the bad news is we received two of them and a key bean I only needed one of these three items like I said good luck and bad luck at the same time it’s off to Ginger Island to donate the skull for which we receive six golden walnuts and a banana tree
Sapling I plant the sapling then I begin the process of smelting her iron and copper ores while the furnaces are working away I begin clearing out the chest beside my house and putting everything into our storage shed on day 136 I changed the wallpaper and flooring in our storage shed there’s a glitch
Where the wallpaper and flooring of one shed will be transferred to another shed and that is exactly what happened here but I think it looks nice so I’ll leave it like that one of the benefits of moving everything into the storage shed was I found 40 kegs I bought last year I
Collect our ancient fruit and joer berries from a chest place the 40 kegs into her second keg shed and fill them all up I give Lance a golden pumpkin and I believe he is at two hearts now which is good this should unlock a cut scene
With Marlin really soon I head to the flower dance last year I basically had to choose between Olivia and Sophia I chose Olivia this time I decide to dance with Sophia because I still have not forgotten about the bottle of aged Blue Moon wine she gave us last year I’m a
Very sentimental person what can I say Marlin pays us a visit on day 137 he wants us to come to the adventures Guild when we get the chance I immediately head there and it’s locked that’s a bit rude honestly like he knew we were coming here and he decided to
Lock the door all right I see how it is I collect some wine from Grandpa’s shed and listen I I don’t know if I’ve said this before but I’m not going to mention collecting wine or harvesting crops or anything like that anymore so if you see my bank account increase by like 400,000
Gold you can just assume I sold a ton of wine or Georgia berries in the same vein if it looks like I have spent a ton of money it would is probably for the sake of making a ton of kegs I return to the adventures Guild where Marin says we can
Use his boat to travel to the highlands but first we need to give him various monster items slime bat wings solar Essence things like that I ask Robin to upgrade our third shed then I give Marilyn the items he requested now I don’t know about you but
I feel like we need a big moment to happen during spring something unexpected Something Beautiful so Sophia has been given the bouquet I mean look realistically it was always going to be her she has the best backstory out of any villager in stardy Valley expanded in my opinion of course
So she wasn’t just an option she was the solution side note I was listening to when the night is over by Lord Huron when I give her the bouquet so I I got a bit emotional here I won’t lie to you Marilyn pays us a visit on day 138
To let us know we can now use his boat I suspect we may be on the cusp of another big moment here I head straight to the adventures Guild where Marlin says we’ll be going to the highlands the highlands is where Lance lives I wanted to show
This part of the cut scene because it’s kind of beautiful the river The Cliffs the trees I love that stuff we we are I don’t know why I said it like that we arrive at our destination and waterfalls are floating in the air for some reason
We meet Lance and and uh yeah I I don’t think those waterfalls are supposed to be there unless Lance Som managed to find decorative waterfalls that can float in the air which I mean hey I wouldn’t be surprised if that was actually the case he even has these
Waterfalls in his house so yeah maybe but no they’re definitely just a graphical glitch when the cut scene ends we are teleported back to the adventurers Guild oh dear oh dear oh dear this is not where I want to be I immediately head back to the highlands
And talk to Lance he says that there are monsters here that will drop seeds for special crops Lance would like us to give him the four crops these seeds produce so I spend the rest of the day defeating monsters here so I can get those seeds on day 139 we can send something
West of cindersap forest about time I’ve been waiting for this since last spring I collect all of my star fruit and head to the abandoned Farmhouse where I find a junor scroll I bump into the wizard a few moments later who says he can sense in intense magic surrounding us it turns
Out we have a junimo scroll in our pocket the wizard wants us to go to his Tower so he can take a look at it he can’t understand it though so he asks someone to visit us camela arrives not going to lie I was hoping it would be
Alysia but this is our first time meeting Kamala so this is pretty cool the wizard mentioned her when we met him in the forest last year she protects an area called Castle Village she is also in charge of the biggest magical barrier in the world this barrier is used to
Keep monsters away from the citizens of Castle Village so basically she is the coolest person we have met so far I return to the abandoned Farmhouse and donate 200 star fruit then it’s off to Ginger Island to harvest all of the crops and start planting star fruit and
Geab bur seeds on day 140 I would like to say something really quick regarding the crops Lance wants us to give him we already have three of them thanks to our mixed seeds yeah it turns out Mixed seeds uh produce these crops we’ve got the slimberry the
Viid fruit and the monster fruit all we need is the monster mushroom and I’ve got the seed for it planted so Lance will get his four crops pretty soon I finish off planting as many geori Berry and starfruit seeds as I can I definitely said I won’t mention planting
Seeds anymore didn’t I did I I I don’t remember at this point I’ve said I won’t say I I probably will I I actually I will say it again you know the Vibes that’s that’s what I do I just forget things I don’t know what I’m saying and
Let’s just move on I buy cooking recipes from Gus at the Island Resort just before the day ends I head to the highlands and give the three crops we have to Lance so spring was uh I I don’t even know what to say to be honest I I
Feel like ups and downs doesn’t even begin to describe it it was it was just a weird season uh yeah I will see you all in summer Lance sends US 24 life elixir on day 141 I probably won’t use these but I appreciate it all the same I pay a visit
To the old abandoned farmouse I head into the basement and meet a brand new character their name is apples and they are a junimo they are also the cutest thing I’ve ever seen in my entire life except for Pedro Pascal and that Meme where he’s in the car and smiling at
Nicholas Cage anyway we can start giving gifts to Apples tomorrow so hopefully we can get them to 10 Hearts before the end of winter I spend the rest of the day in the cavern in the highlands we can collect a ton of ores here and we can
Catch the gem fish so it was definitely worth coming here the entirety of day 142 has spent planting Georgia Berry seeds on the left side of our farm I really need to stop talking about me planting seeds but that’s literally all I did today so I’ll give myself some
Leeway with this one on day 143 I’ve got some good news and some bad news the good news is I did indeed fill the left side of our farm with Georgia Berry seeds the bad news is I did not do the same thing on the right side of our farm
I do collect a bunch of coffee from our third shed though so that was good I pay a visit to Apples and give them a star fruit then apples helps us set up a teleportation station in their house this means we can use our Nexus to teleport here
I purchased 10 tea leaves from Pier not for any specific reason I just like the color green a cut scene with Clint plays next it turns out he makes weapons for the members of The Adventures Guild he also uses the it’s not much but it’s honest work meme so I have developed a
Newfound admiration for Clint the conversation ends with Clint saying I know I’m a bit awkward sometimes but thanks for stopping by yeah me too I head to Ginger Island and dig up an artifact spot I was hoping we would get the snake vertebrae but nope pretty much
All of day 144 is spent in the volcano dungeon at this point I really don’t even know if I’ve collected all of the golden walnuts in here but I do need to get more Dragon tooth Dragon Teeth Dragon tooth you know what I’m talking about camela pays us a visit on the
Morning of day 145 and immediately teleports us away she takes us to her Nexus and says she needs her help with something she tells us to hold her hand I’m nervous she takes us to the continent of galora a place beset by both Miracles and
Curses she then tells us that if we want the challenge we can try to explore the area and defeat the monsters here finally she sets up a teleportation station so we can get back here anytime we want not going to lie Cala is a very cool character she scares me but she’s
Cool I continue my quest to become Apple’s best friend by giving them star fruit then I collect do Dro berries at our Nexus I head to the abandoned Georgia Mt and complete the final bundle I should have done this sooner but at least it’s out of the way now the rest
Of the day is spent planting Georgia burries on the right side of our farm the cinema is built during the night I buy two cinema tickets on day 146 and give one to Lance I really want to get him to eight hearts as soon as I
Can so he’s going to be our Cinema buddy for the next few weeks I head to the cinema where I meet Claire sorry actually it’s asteris asteris CLA asteris asteris she and asteris asteris Martin asteris asteris are working here now I give Martin a dog feather for his
Birthday by a stard drop sorb for did I pronounce that right sorb F Lance and watch the movie with him once again the rest of the day is spent in the volcano dungeon searching for more Dragon tooth on day 147 I realized just how good do drop berries are eating one of
These burries and drinking drinking a coffee gives us a total speed boost of plus three we’re basically like Lightning McQueen now unfortunately there are no artifact spots we can dig up here so we still can’t get the snake vertebrae I trade 75 muscles for a mango
Tree sapling and dig up a golden Walnut and an ostrich egg I’m going to make what I believe will be a controversial decision that ostrich egg is going into the shipping bin I don’t really need an ostrich on our farm and we do need to ship an
Ostrich egg I head to the highlands and give Lance the monster mushroom that is the fourth and final monster crop he wanted as part of his quest I also give him a do job bur next I had to galora I don’t actually want to fight the
Monsters here I just want to go fishing it was difficult like really really difficult because I kept getting chased by serpents and mummies but I eventually managed to find a relatively safe place to do some fishing the rest of the day is spent here I asked Robin to add a seller her
To her house on day 148 I also buy the furniture catalog so I can start decorating her house at a later date next I head to the beach and buy the mermaids pendant this of course will be given to Sophia but I want to make sure our house looks absolutely beautiful
Before I do that I spend the rest of the day fighting monsters in the highlands when it’s raining the green mushroom monster will spawn this monster can drop a green mushroom when we defeat it we need to ship one of these and Lance loves them so it’s pretty
Beneficial for me to get at least three of them also there is a pink treasure chest in the bottom right but I don’t know how to get to it Lance drops by our house on day 149 to let us know he left a reward for us and a chest in his house
As a thank you for us giving him the monster crops I head straight to the highlands open up the chest and receive the diamond wand when you hit an enemy with this weapon they’ll fly backwards this could actually help us a lot when or if we go back to galora I
Should have mentioned this before but another name for galora is the Crimson Badlands or rather the Crimson Badlands is an area within galora I spend the rest of the day decorating the house I’m happy with how it turned out but I am especially proud of my souvenir room I’ve got a golden
Pumpkin a treasure chest the Aged Blue Moon wine Sophia sentos Mir Lewis’s shorts and Robin’s axe I should probably give those last two back their owners but I I I don’t want to we still need to get the snake vertebrae so on day 150 I head to Ginger
Island where I don’t find one but I do Harvest a lot of star fruit so a win is a win up next is a cut scene with Sophia she has decided to cause play as a character from The Journey of the prairie king game she wants us to help
Her act out a scene bright Pisces and Sophia stand across from each other their weapons drawn a look of determination on their faces this is the final Showdown a Clash of the Titans so to speak Sophia knocks our weapon out of her hands putting us in quite the precarious position she slowly walks
Towards us as we accept her fate but then we kiss what a performance I’ve got goosebumps I feel like uh what the LA Jake from uh Brooklyn 99 in that scene where they’re all singing the back Streets back whatever I don’t know what I’m talking about point it was good I
Want it that way you know that seemed where they’re all singing that that song you you know what I’m talking about you probably know what I’m talking about let’s just move on I buy two movie tickets then I had the Susan’s house and give the mermaids pendant to Sophia she
Accepts The Proposal I know we didn’t get the snake vertebrae this morning but I’m going to go ahead and say that today was a completely good day despite that I head to the adventures Guild and asked Lance to go to the cinema with us inside the cinema I purchase a jasmine tea for
My best friend play the crane game to win some decorations for the house and watch the Journey of the prairie king movie with Lance next I give a star fruit to Apples and they give me a sunflower thank you apples day 151 is the day of the luau I throw a gold star
Star fruit into the soup which gets us the best reaction from the governor this also earns us some friendship points with the Villagers so that helps us out with our friendship goal I quickly head to the mines and buy a rare crw from the dwarf before the day
Ends the zuu city rarecrow Society sends us a letter on day 152 they congratulate us on collecting all of the rare crows and give us the crafting recipe for the deluxe scarecrow over on Ginger Island I still have not found the snake vertebrae I accept a special order from Mr key to
Bring him four Prismatic shards I’ve still got quite a few of those so this is a really easy special order I spend the rest of the day in the volcano dungeon at this point I can tell you for a fact that we have collected all of the
Walnuts in here so I really don’t know why I decided to go back in here like there was literally no reason for me to do this day 153 is our wedding day I’ll be honest I am kind of surprised we got married I remember spending pretty much
The entirety of the first year not knowing who to marry so I was almost convinced I would just ask kobis or apples to move in with us instead but like I said Sophia is a really cool character so this just made sense I decided to spend the rest of the day
Fishing on Ginger Island to collect all of the fish that are needed for the fishing collection I buy two movie tickets on day 154 then I give apples a star fruit they give us a piece of stone in return I will treasure this piece of stone for
The rest of my life I spent some time exploring the highlands with Lance in a cut scene he has activated a protection spell so the monsters leave us alone while we’re exploring I give him a green mushroom then I try to give him a Cinema ticket but he doesn’t feel like going to
The Cinema okay I tried to give apples the Cinema ticket but it turns out we can’t invite them to the cinema I don’t like that I don’t like that at all I decid to invite Susan to the cinema but it turns out we are the person who doesn’t feel
Like going to the cinema my bad that one’s on me I’m sorry Lance I thought you rejected my cinema invitation and I was actually really upset with you for a minute that’s my fault my bad I visit apples on day 155 and they want to show me how they’ve decorated their home
Honestly I think it looks Sterling I mean yeah they’ve pretty much just used starfruit to decorate their house but it’s all about perspective you know and they gave me Tre star fruit so of course I’m going to say something nice about their home I head to the Crimson
Badlands and give Lance a golden pumpkin and invite him to the cinema this time I actually do feel like going to the movies so that’s good like I said I’m working as hard as I can to make sure I get L to eight hearts as soon as I can I
Really don’t want to fall behind on any of the French chips I have left unfortunately I still have not gotten the snake vertebrae on day 156 but I did Harvest quite a few joer berries so that was something at least you know what I’m tired of talking about
How I didn’t find the snake vertebrae so the rest of day6 as well as days 157 and 158 are spent trying to get the snake vertebrae I also make time to harvest the geia bures on our farm then a miracle happens on the morning of day
159 I find finally dig up a snake vertebrae I donate this to the field office fully completing the entire collection I am feeling pretty happy with myself as I look at the items I’ve donated I receive three golden wuts and a mango tree sapling as rewards I
Believe all we need to do now is get a banana and put it on a podium in the jungle to receive the final three golden walnuts on day 160 I would like to show you all my souvenir room again you may have noticed I have made a small small
Change to the room I took away the golden pumpkin and replaced it with the piece of stone apples gave us I feel like it really compliments the uh the vibe of the room you know I just love the aura it gives off uh also that’s it for
Today day 161 is sort of a laid-back day but it’s also a bit hectic too the day of course begins with me giving a gift to Sophia then I decide it’s time to complete the quests that various villagers have given us I give an iron bar to Clint give a green mushroom to
Lance and spend the rest of the day giving items to the villagers to complete as many of these quests as I can day 162 is a really memorable day for one reason and one reason only almost every georger Berry seed on our farm and in the greenhouse in Grandpa’s shed is ready for
Harvest this means we’re guaranteed to get at least 150 to 200 Georgia berries every 4 days which means we will be the proud owner of the Georgia Berry Wine Emporium pretty soon and by pretty soon I mean we already are the proud owner of the georia berry wine
Emporium anyway all of the wine I collected today along with the wine I kept from previous Collections and ancient fruit and Georgia berries get thrown into the shipping bin I also throw some Artisan Goods like mayonnaise and cheese into the shipping bin we make over 1.8 million gold from all of these
Items I give Sophia a pearl on day 163 and she gives us a star drop the only star drop we need now is the one you get for completing the fishing bundle I head to the Wizard’s Tower and purchased the Earth Obelisk the water Obelisk and the
Desert Obelisk I wasn’t happy with where I placed them when I bought them so I immediately move them up beside our house we still need to get the island Obelisk but I need 1 million gold and 10 bananas for that I give Lance a golden pumpkin and invite him to the cinema once
Again thanks to us giving him him golden pumpkins and green mushrooms as well as inviting him to the cinema and buying him food he loves we’ve made significant progress on his friendship in fact this might be the most amount of progress I’ve made on a villager’s friendship in the least
Amount of time I visit Ginger Island where I almost immediately get a cut scene involving Lance he wants to bring us to the home of his Guild so he can show the monster crops we gave him to everybody there we jump into a teleportation station and head to a
Place called The Fable Reef the first thing I notice about this place is that it contains a piece of forage I have not seen before which means it is one of the three items I still have left to ship the other two items are the banana and the
Mango Lance introduces us to the other members of The Guild who welcome us with open arms back on Ginger Island I collect a banana from our banana tree and throw it into the shipping bin after harvesting some geia berries and ancient fruit I take the banana back out of the
Shipping bin and run to the Jungle I placed the banana on the podium and received the final three golden walnuts I am so glad that’s over I don’t have to say the words golden Walnut for the rest of this playthrough so I’m really happy right now the wizard comes to see us on
Day 164 and lets us know we can use the teleportation station in his Tower to go to the Fable Reef anytime we want I make a be line for the Wizard’s Tower and immediately teleport there I do a bit of foraging and collect the Golden Ocean
Flower this is the piece of forage that I was talking about yesterday I also do some fishing to catch the torpedo trout then I enter the Big Adventures Guild there and enter a bedroom Jolene the leader of the guild enters the room and says I’m definitely the Curious type
Basically she said I’m very nosy I thought I messed up but then Jolene said I can sleep in this room whenever I want so everything worked out well in the end I collect two bananas on day 165 the rest of day 165 as well as days 166 and 167 are spent making as
Much coffee as I can for a special order Mr key gave us giving Gus 24 eggs to complete a special order harvesting joer berries giving Leo a birthday present buying around 500 coffees from Gus because I couldn’t be bothered making any more coffee turning all of the
Coffee I have into triple chot espressos and throwing those triple chot espressos into the shipping bin we made 100,000 gold from those triple shot espressos Mr Key’s special order required us to ship 100,000 gold worth of freshly cooked items so we completed that special order the entirety of day 168 is basically a
Reward for all of the hard work we put in during summer I collect the joji bur star fruit and ancient fruit wine from all three of our sheds selling all of this wine some gei berries and ancient fruit will put us in a really good position heading into fall just before
Midnight I head to the beach for the dance of the Moonlight jellies overall I think this was a really good season we made some good progress on our friendships with Lance and apples in particular we finished collecting all 130 golden walnuts and we’re almost finished with the shipping and fishing
Collections so hopefully we can keep the momentum going and make even more progress during fall on day 169 I meet camela on the sheerwater bridge she still scares me I can’t lie she’s just too confident you know like I need her to be just a little bit more awkward around me she reminds
Me of uh hary Spectre from a show called suits if anybody has seen that and she keeps winking at me too like I’m getting nervous just being around her I don’t like this anyway she uses magic to make a new fish appear in the water here
Which is fantastic news we only need one more fish to complete the fishing collection so all we have to do is catch this new fish should be pretty easy right wrong I caught a salmon I caught another salmon I caught a tiger trout I caught a third salmon I caught a minow
I’m not entirely sure to pronounce that last one hopefully it’s pronounced manow anyway I caught a butterfish I caught basically every single fish you can catch here I caught it I got a bit frustrated so I went to Willies and bought some bait lead B and dish of the
Seas then I returned to sherwat bridge committed to catching this new fish once again I caught pretty much every fish you can catch here and then finally I caught the new fish the kitty fish and that is the final fish we needed we have officially completed our goal to
Complete the fishing collection one goal down in our second year two more goals left to go Willie sends us a start star drop for completing the fishing collection on day 170 thank you William we are so close to being able to build the island Obelisk we just need one more banana and we’re
Good to go also I have decided to start selling any ancient fruit we Harvest and when our kegs are full I will sell any Georgia fruit I harvest too we do need to get 10 million gold eventually to purchase the gold clock so I might as well get started I’m making progress on
That now Sophia makes us breakfast on day 17 1 she also wants to know if we can help her harvest the grapes in her Vineyard and put them at the cegs we say yes of course not that I was given a choice I basically had to agree to help
Her but I would have said yes anyway so it’s all good I make four monster musks then I head to Sophia’s home where a lovely cut scene plays we see the process of harvesting the grapes and putting them into the cegs afterwards Sophia shares her family secret grape fermentation method with us
Grapes are worth twice as much now I was really hoping this would result in any type of wine being worth twice as much but no no that’s not what happened so that was that was disappointing I spend the rest of the day in the mines I’ve decided that I’m
Going to spend quite a bit of time this month trying to complete the monster eradication goals we’ve already made some good progress on that whole thing so it should only take a week or so at the most to finish it off my first Target is the slime which I managed to
Complete pretty quickly I return to the surface and buy some bombs from the dwarf then it’s back to the mines I complete the doggies goal near the end of the day day 172 is the anniversary of the car crash Sophia’s parents were involved in anniversary isn’t the right
Word to use here it’s it sounds too happy but I’m not entirely sure what else to call it it’s it’s a sad day already right The Vibes are not very good today I was going to go to the mines to keep working on the monster eradication goals but I decided to stay
At the house all day because I don’t want Sophia to be by herself today that might be the saddest thing I’ve ever said uh let’s let’s just move on to the next day I collect three desert warp totems and three Farm warp totems from a chest on day
173 the farm warp totems make sense but I have the desert Obelisk so I’m not entirely sure why I picked up all three of those warp totems look my brain is fried already during the last 3 weeks I have written approximately 52 Pages for the scripts of my stardy Valley videos
I’m if I’m being honest I’m not well all right the good news is I finally got more bananas so I can build the island obelisk in the future I warp to the desert and spend the rest of the day in the skull Cavern just to be clear I have
Been and will continue to use the monster musk while I’m working on the monster eradication goals this is a dangerous thing to do in the skull Cavern as it could result in you being completely swarmed by mummies and serpents but I’ve got starfruit to keep
My energy and health up so that makes it a bit easier I made some decent progress on the monster eradication goals you know meeg Meg all right that’s what I’m going to call the monster eradication goals from now on I made some decent progress on the Meg today also sopia
Wants to have a baby on day 174 Sophia tells us about the zuu City ComicCon and says she wants to go with us it takes place in Spring next year which means no matter what happens this playthrough is going to continue into year three even if we somehow achieve Perfection by the
End of this year I want to see what that zuu City ComicCon is all about so we’re going there regardless once again it’s off to the skull Cavern to continue working on the Meg for the rest of the day I buy some more bombs on day 175 then I head to
Ginger Island where our mango tree has finally grown and produced a mango I tossed the mango into a shipping bin then I head to the Wizards to Tower and build the island Obelisk on our farm that is the fourth and final Obelisk out of the way in the skull Cavern I
Complete the mummy Meg so at this point all I have left are rock crabs pepper rexes serpents and magma Sprites one or two monster only floors with pepper rexes should be more than enough to complete that one so things are looking good a notification pops up on day 176
To let us know we have unlocked the full shipment achievement this means we have completed the shipping collection so we only have one goal left to reach Max friendship with every villager and I’m not really worried about that one to be honest I have been giving birthday presents to every
Villager and making sure I continue to give gifts and talk to them as often as I can so all goes well we should complete that goal around the middle of winter I reckon I collect a banana and a mango from or Ginger Island farm and that was basically all I did
Today day 177 is spent in the volcano dungeon so I can defeat as many magma Sprites as possible thankfully all of the time I spent in here collecting golden walnuts proved to be even more beneficial than I initially thought as I managed to finish off the magma Sprite
Gold before the end of the day I’m not going to lie to you literally all I did on day 178 was Harvest Georgia burries and then go to sleep like I said before my brain was empty at this point all of the brain cells I had were in the shape
Of a star fruit that is how much stardy Valley content I’ve consumed during the last 3 weeks or so but it’s still a lot of fun so those star fruit shaped brain cells can stay there for as long as they like I spent some time in the forest playing with apples on day
179 as in apples the junimo not the not the fruit then I bring a maple syrup into the secret woods and meet the bear after that I head to the top right of the Big Forest my voice just completely gave up there let me try that one more
Time after that I head to the top right of the Big Forest first because this is where the bear shop is located I purchased two cooking recipes then I head into town where Olivia is hosting a dinner with the cheese and wine I give to her as part of a special order the
Good news is I gained friendship points with every villager in this cut scene I wasn’t paying too much attention but I did see Kent there which is good because he’s one of the few villagers that I still haven’t gotten to Max friendship with yet I buy a cooking recipe in
Willies then I head to robins and ask her to build a new shed on her Farm this should be the final thing I have built on my farm aside from the gold clock of course but that’ll happen at some point in the future probably during
Year 3 if I had to guess I decide to spend the rest of the day putting all of the items I need for the cooking recipes into the fridge in my house unless I am very much mistaken I think I have almost everything I need I need six bear
Berries but we can only get those in Winter I need a golden rod which we can actually get at the summit of the mountain during this season so I’ll do that tomorrow and I need Squid Ink so I’ll throw a squid into one of my ponds tomorrow too but other than that I
Believe we have everything we need for the cooking recipes on day 180 I manually remove all 10 sturgeons from my pond I am pretty sure I could have just emptied the pond by clicking on it but I I I don’t have an excuse I’m just not smart like at all
I throw a midnight squid into the pond purchase a cooking recipe and a golden pumpkin from kobus give him the golden pumpkin and head to the summit to collect the Golden Rod flour I mentioned last night I head to galora on day 181 and purchased two crafting recipes and three haste Elixir from
Alysia next it’s off to the desert to trade 10 iridium bars for the desert warp totem crafting recipe that new shed I asked Robin to build by the way that is where I will eventually put all of the items that are needed for the crafting recipes there are two or three crafting
Recipes I still need to buy from Mr keys so I’ll keep working away on a special orders to get the gems I need for them as for every other crafting recipe I think I have almost all of them but I do know for a fact I don’t have the solar
Panel crafting recipe so I’m hoping Caroline gives us a special order pretty soon so we can get that crafting recipe as the reward honestly I have to say I’m not sure how I feel about how close we are to achieving Perfection I didn’t think I would be at the point where I Was
Preparing to make every cooking recipe and every crafting recipe this soon like I genuinely thought this would happen in summer of year three at the earliest but you know what can you do I’m I’m going to make sure I still focus on our friendship goal because that is the last
Goal we have to complete in year 2 so you know if we achieve Perfection on the final day of year too great if not then that’s okay too in fact I think it’s a good thing because it will give me an excuse to keep playing stard Valley
Expanded so it’s a win-win all right I’m going to stop rambling now day 182 is a very boring day so maybe I should have kept rambling I don’t know regardless all I did today was Harvest georia berries collect georia Berry wine and visit Camala and galora we earned
1.5 million gold from our georia berries and Georgia berry wine so that’s very nice I buy two movie tickets on day 183 and invite kobus to the movies after giving him a pumpkin I need to get him to 10 hearts of friendship so I can buy a cooking recipe from him we’re really
Close to that so hopefully within the next few days I can get that recipe speaking of friendship apples is a bit of an interesting Critter they don’t have a birthday so we can’t get three hearts by giving them a gift they love on their birthday and I believe I mentioned
Before that we can’t bring them to the cinema too so all we can really do is talk to them every day and give them starfruit twice a week I give Sandy a crocus for her birthday then it’s off to the skull Cavern for the rest of the day where I
Complete the rock crab goal pretty soon afterwards I also complete the serpent goal Mr Mr key sends us a golden piggy bank on day 184 as a reward for earning a total of 10 million gold I’ve never seen this before so this is actually really
Cool yeah I take that back it turns out you could put money into the piggy bank but you can’t take it back out it basically steals your money what is this why is this a reward it doesn’t do anything good you know the way I see it I have been conned Hoodwinked Bamboozled
Flimflammed had the wool pulled over my eyes even I’m not happy about this at all I was is going to trade my jade for staircases but the desert Trader doesn’t have those in their shop today unfortunately I use the staircases I made this morning in the hopes of
Getting to a monster only floor it doesn’t work eventually I get to the spiral floor that can take a while to get through so I leave it’s off to the stardy Valley Fair where I set up my grin display Sophia wins quite a few star tokens with her blue moon wine
Display and I come in first place with my display I already bought the rare Crow and start drop last year so I don’t actually need these tokens but I do like this Festival so I’m happy I came here well I like this Festival most of the
Time if you’ve seen the 100 days of stardy Valley video I made where I didn’t use any mods then you know what happened in that play through it’s back to the skull Cavern on day 185 I find one pepper rex on floor 28 so hopefully that is a sign that good
Things are coming sure enough that’s exactly what it was as floor 41 ends up being a monster only floor I complete the pepper Rex Meg on this floor and that is all of the Megs completed I’ve been working away on Mr Key’s special orders but I wanted to
Show the one I accepted on day 186 the mines and Pelican town have been reset so we need to get down to floor 120 all over again I give a pumpkin to kobus and a duck feather to Scarlet then apples pays us a visit they invite us to
A party they are throwing the party doesn’t go well however apples tells us that the other junimos aren’t happy with apples they think apples should not have moved into this abandoned Farmhouse this really upsets apples the beer was also invited to this party but didn’t show up so that just made things
Worse apples says the party is cancelled and tells us to leave but it turns out the beer was just late for the party because they fell asleep apples leaves the house and sees us talking to the bear and becomes a lot happier that’s good if anyone deserves to be happy it’s
Apples I spend the rest of the day in the mines getting started on Mr Key’s challenge it goes relatively well as I make it down to floor 15 and there are monsters that drop Squid Ink when defeated so that’s a nice bonus I buy some more bombs just before the day
Ends the entirety of day 187 is spent in the mines thanks to our bombs triple shot espressos and pizzas we make it down to floor 52 unfortunately I get hit by a monster called the putrid ghost when this happens you can’t eat or drink anything for 2 minutes this is such a horrible
Debuff like honestly it basically prevents you from going any further during that time I used staircases to get down to floor 55 then I just left the mines Sophia gave birth to a baby boy during the night so I decided to call him turbulence day 188 is once again spent
In the mindes I made it the floor 65 but again I was hit by a putrid ghost so I can’t eat anything for 2 more minutes I was getting pretty frustrated at this point but I did some research and found out that eating Squid Ink ravioli protects you from
Debuffs so I head home make a squid ink ravioli wait for the nauseated debuff to go away and eat the ravioli it works a charm and I speedrun my way through the mines making it down to floor 95 I give a rabbit’s foot the kobus on
Day 189 and buy the cooking recipe I needed from him I buy even more bombs from the dwarf drink a Hast Elixir and eat a Miner’s treat then run through the mines as fast as I can this is the final day of Mr Key’s special order so I need
To get the floor 120 today my tactic is very simple but very effective I use bombs to blow up as many rocks as I can to get a ladder as fast as I can I ignore every enemy unless it’s a monster only floor as soon as my health bar
Turns yellow I eat a pizza this tactic pays off as I make it down to floor 120 completing Mr Key’s special order from now on we can use a shrine of floor 120 to go back to the original mines or keep them this way the biggest benefit
Of keeping them this way is we can get radioactive ore we also earn almost 1.4 million gold from the wine geia berries and ancient fruit we shipped our bank account is looking pretty tasty right now kobus introduces us to other shadow figures on day 190 the leader says they
No longer wish to fight us they want peace in order for this to happen though we need to give croba 60 void Souls void Souls can only be found in galdor as far as I know so that is exactly where I go I buy some Elixir from Cala pick up the
Burglar ring from the adventures Guild and head back to galora the burglar ring results in Monsters dropping twice as much loot when defeated my plan was to defeat monsters to get void Souls but it turns out they’re basically a forage item too so I can just run around the place picking
Them up I reach the entrance to Castle Village but we can’t enter it because there’s a barrier preventing us from going in I’m fairly certain we’ll be able to go in here the next time stardy Valley expanded is uh updated though also the lightning Elixir I bought from
Camela gives us plus eight speed I need to buy these every time I see her I explore the rest of the area and I find a place with a bunch of Swords eventually I make it to a separate area with ghosts and mummies I I think I’m
Not entirely sure what they are to be honest then then I get knocked out oof I only lost four items which isn’t too bad I did lose two void Souls which isn’t exactly the best news but I can ask Marlin to recover them so it’s all good
I also buy five gravity Elixir from camela they basically increase our pickup range for items by a lot so if we go back through the skull Cavern again they’ll come in handy I have made a discovery on day 191 sopia has decided to place a chair in this room Honestly though it doesn’t
Look bad at all it just needs to be maneuvered into a different place now it looks perfect I buy peer’s missing stock list for Mr key and accept a special order to ship 100,000 gold worth the firstly cooked items the rest of the day spent fishing
To catch fish for a special order Willie gave us he wants us to catch five lion fish five blue discus and five Stingray I begin day 192 by trying to catch the remaining lion fish I need need after catching four fish that were not lion fish I leave Ginger
Island I head to galora where I purchased the hero Elixir crafting recipe three hero Elixir and the tempered Galaxy sword and Galaxy Hammer I spent over 1 million gold on these items but I like shiny purple things so it had to be done I spent some time running around collecting void Souls
Also the hero Elixir is one of the best items I’ve ever used I take significantly less damage after drinking it after collecting 12 void Souls I leave and head to the adventures Guild where I ask Marlin to recover the two void Souls I lost a couple of days ago I
Give Pier’s missing stock list to pier and I purchased 250 fairy seeds again I just I like shiny purple things the rest of the day spent completing willly special order to catch those fish on day 193 I decide to make all of the cooking recipes I can at this point
I I believe all I need to cook is the recipe that requires six beer berries and the remaining recipes I can get by watching the queen of sauce TV show every Sunday so unless I have made a massive mistake or make a massive mistake in the future we should have
Every recipe cooked on the final day of winter I head to galora again Alysia was there so I bought the Elixir she was selling then I ran around the place collecting void Souls eventually I come across a big long serpent looking monster I initially ran away but then I
Decided that I need to prove just how powerful I am I give it my all putting every ounce of passion and courage I have into this battle then I got scared and left without defeating it that was uh that was that was a bit of a humbling
Experience I must say I buy 669 coffees in the saloon give a rabbit’s foot the Scarlet while she’s walking through a wall turned the coffees I bought into triple shot espressos and tossed them into the shipping bin to complete Mr key special order I head to Robins on day
194 and buy two stacks of wood and two stacks of stone then I head to PE and buy tulip Jazz Poppy and Spangled seeds I’ve decided to start putting every item we need for the crafting recipes into the shed I only need to buy one or two
More crafting recipes for Mr key so we should have them around the end of the first week of winter I still need to get the crafting recipe for the solar panel though so who knows how long it’s going to take before we get get that I head to
The bear shop and buy all of the honey oak resin Pine toar and maple syrup that’s being sold I’m not taking any chances I’m making sure I have absolutely everything I need for every crafting recipe day 195 is spoop day according to Sophia yeah basically the spirits e
Festival takes place tonight I wanted to buy garlic seeds and peers because I need 10 garlic for a crafting recipe but I can’t go into town because the spirits eeve Festival is being set up so I toss the three garlic I have into seed makers and receive five garlic seeds that is
Not enough unfortunately I head to the spirits e Festival where I make my way through the maze this was difficult like actually difficult it took a while but I finally made it to the end Leo was already there he spent so long in the jungle on Ginger
Island that this maze was a walk in the park for him the reward for reaching the end of this maze is three golden pumpkins the bad news is I had to make my way back out of the maze after that this was just as if not more difficult than
Making my way through the maze in the first place I purchased 25 garlic seeds on day 196 I also buy 30d Deluxe speed grow I gave Susan an ice cream for her birthday and plant the garlic seeds on Ginger Island I already had speed grow planted
Here so there was no need to use the 30 speed grow I bought earlier and that is pretty much much the end of fall I think it’s safe to say we’re in the end game now all we need to do to achieve Perfection is get 10
Million gold so we can get the gold clock reach Max friendship with five or six more villagers cook four or five more dishes and craft every item we will definitely complete the cooking one and realistically we should be able to complete the Friendship goal by the end
Of winter when it comes to the crafting recipes I have a feeling we’re going to be in a position where we end up waiting two or three seasons for Caroline to give us a special orders so we can get the solar panel recipe I hope that doesn’t happen but I have mentally
Prepared myself for it all right I’m prepared for the worst as always but as long as we keep selling our wine and Georgia bures we should reach 10 million gold around the end of spring I reckon any HST I will see you in Winter I have some bad news on day 197
Our Georgia bur’s cannot continue growing in winter so we have to say goodbye to them I also want to give you all an update on our friendship goal we are doing pretty well I would say Susan and Kent are at nine Hearts scarlet and Martin are at eight hearts apples is at
Seven hearts and gother is at six hearts but Gunther’s birthday is on day 12 of winter so we can get around three hearts of Friendship with him on that day so things are looking really good in terms of our friendship goal I head to the summit to collect bearberries but
Then I realized they don’t appear here I give Scarlet a present give gther a present and give Kent a present and invite him to the cinema also some incredible news we have a special order from Caroline this is fantastic I was so worried we’d be waiting ages for this to
Show up so I’m really happy about this I need to ship 100 pineapples for this special order I watch a movie with Kent then I head to the secret Woods where I pick up a bear Berry then I realized you can dig up bear berries from artifact spots we are having incredible luck
Today as I managed to dig up five bear berries add those to the one I collected at the beginning and we’ve got the six we need for the cooking recipe I head back to my farm where I collect one pineapple seed from my miscellaneous seeds chest but I also
Collect 19 more pineapple seeds from my Ginger Island items chest I make my way to the island Trader and exchange all of my magma caps for 18 more pineapple seeds I plant the seeds with the Lu speed grow and I accept the Prismatic range display order from Mr key before the day
Ends I cook the mixed burry pie on day 198 gther sends us a special gem that was found in galora as a way of Thanking us for completing the museum collection I donate a bunch of items to Mr key but we still have not finished his order we
Need green items blue items and two more red items our garlic is ready for Harvest though so that’s pretty nice I had head to Sandy shop and buy a full stack of starfruit seeds purchase 100 fiber and Robin shop two spaghettis and 100 Georgia colas in the
Saloon I make another stop in peers to buy 500 Deluxe speed grow then I donate the fiber spaghetties and Georgia colas I bought to complete Mr key special order I plant their starfruit seeds to end the day on day 199 I do something I should have done last season I head to
The Sewer so I can change the farming perks I picked when I go to sleep tonight I will choose the perk that gives us a 40% bonus to the gold we earn from selling wine I give a present to Susan then a present to Scarlet then a
Present to gother I’m not taking any chances with that friendship goal I need to complete it like I said at the end of the day I choose the perk that gives us a bonus to the gold we earn from selling wine on day 200 I decide to start
Selling off some of the items I have I throw some Artisan goods and animal products into the shipping bin then some more Artisan Goods I head to the saloon and throw a duck mayonnaise into a box to get the pinky lemon statue then I throw a strange bun into the tie box and
Vincent’s room to get the fiman statue it took me a while but I eventually found the final box and exchanged a super cucumber for the hmtgf Statue and by found I mean I looked on Reddit and found a post where someone explained where a final box is all right
So I need to make a bit of a change to the format of this video at this point there’s not much I can do every day so I’m going to explain what I did each week instead of each day for the rest of winter so for the remainder of days 197
Through 203 I give apples a starf fruit collect void souls and galora learn how to cook a poppy seed muffin make a poppy seed muffin and give presents to Susan scarlet and gother I also collect around 400 geia berry wine and fill our cegs with Georgia berries I won’t be selling
This wine yet though I’m going to wait until the end of of winter to sell all of the Georgia bur wine I have days 204 through 210 are spent at the Ice Festival I talk to the villagers and I participate in the fishing competition without actually participating in the fishing
Competition I’m sure you all know how I feel about this competition by now I harvest our first batch of pineapples along with the starf fruit that has grown and give gother a birthday present I learned how to make lobster bisque actually no I don’t I already knew how
To make it never mind I collect their Georgia bery Wine and refill the kegs with Georgia berries days 2111 through 217 are spent giving starfruit to Apples watching a cut scene where apples plays with a junimo called peaches giving Martin a golden pumpkin harvesting her second batch of pineapples actually I should
Probably mention now that I think about it uh pineapple seeds are similar to Strawberry seeds in the sense that they keep producing pineapples after you harvest them for the first time you don’t have to replant them or anything like that I give a star fruit to Apples
Pushing them up to 10 hearts and with that we have finally achieved full friendship with every character it took slightly longer than I was hoping but I’m just glad that’s out of the way all I need to do now to achieve Perfection is cook the last two recipes craft all
Of the items and get the gold clock that sounds like a lot but I did a good bit of preparation work so hopefully we’ll get those three things done pretty soon I learn how to cook brusketta and I of course make a brusketta once again I collect the Georgia bur
Wine from her shed and refill our kegs I visit kobus and give him the 60 void Souls the shadow figure leader asked for during days 218 through 224 I harvest our third batch of pineapples I throw all of these pineapples into the shipping bin completing Caroline’s special order Caroline then sends us the
Crafting recipe for the solar panel in the mail and that is the final crafting recipe I needed I have head to the Feast of the winter star Festival where I talk to the villagers give an amethyst to Emily and receive a geode from Vincent kobus pays us a visit and asks
Us to come to the mines with him a Cuts scene plays in the mines where we see the shadow figures using the void souls to bring back the shadow figures who we took out in the minds I’m not going to lie and I kind of
Don’t want to say this but I’m going to be honest with you you’re going to need a bit more than 60 void souls to do that I reckon you need at least 200 of them if you’re going to bring back all of the shadow figures I defeated my bad I I
Didn’t know this would be a thing I’m happy you got your uh friends and family back though I’m I’m I’m happy for you I head into our crafting shed and begin crafting all of the items I managed to make almost every item but I ran out of aridium bars so I
Need to wait until they finish smelting after collecting the idium bars I craft the idium band ring and with that we have crafted every item in the game I’m so glad that’s over with it’s honestly nerve-wracking going through that because I’m always terrified I’m missing an item I can only get in like
Spring or something like that so yeah I’m I’m glad that’s over I learned how to make shrimp cocktail I go to cook it but I’m missing a horseradish so I run to my shed and collect one then I cook the shrimp cocktail which thankfully is the last cooking recipe I needed to make
We are now a certified Gourmet Chef I collect my georger berry wine and refill the kegs with Georgia berries as you probably guessed then I throw all of my Georgia wines star fruit ancient fruit joer berries bananas and mangoes into the shipping bin and that is the end of
Winter I’m sorry about changing the format and going by week instead of by day but I was genuinely running out of things to talk about we did achieve all three of the goals we set for year two those so I think this was a pretty successful year all I need to do to
Achieve Perfection is get the gold clocks so hopefully we’ll have enough gold to do that by the end of the first week of spring in year three in fact in fact let’s not waste any time let’s jump right into spring Grandpa visits us on day 225 well not Grandpa himself but like Grandpa’s
Uh spirit I don’t know how to expl anyways grandpa is very pleased with the progress we have made on the farm we receive four candles which is basically his way of saying ah yeah good stuff baby I decid to start throwing some of the items in her storage shed into the shipping bin
We still need around 1.2 million gold for the gold clock so I just really want to get that done at this point I basically threw at least half of our gems our forage items Artisan Goods animal products and crops into the shipping bin today this gave us over
900,000 gold that’s good but it’s not enough day 226 is ComicCon day we meet Sophia and Scarlet at the bus stop and head to zuu City honestly the environment in this cut scene is really cool like I’m honestly tempted to use some of the screenshots I took as a
Wallpaper we head to the convention and honestly this is yeah this is already my favorite cut scene in the entire game I can’t even imagine how much effort went into this entire cut scene I mean it is Sophia’s 14 heart event so it makes sense but still it’s really cool Scarlet
Goes off to get an autograph from somebody called dubious Cherry so I explored a convention with Sophia first we go to the food court where there’s a restaurant called Burger Queen I like that next we head to the Courtyard where Sophia takes a picture of the fairy
Cosplayer up next is a visit to the shop area where Sophia buys a fairy stone for 2,000 gold that might seem like a lot of gold but keep in mind both of us basically own two Vineyards so we’re kind of Rich you know we’ve got so much
Money that we literally don’t know what to do with it at the end of the convention Sophia performs her little journey of the prairie king skit we don’t actually get to see it though which is unfortunate but this is still my favorite cut scene in the game that whole thing was really
Cool the wizard pays us a visit on day 227 he lets us know that somebody new is coming into Pelican town tomorrow neat once again I throw a ton of items into the shipping bin we received just over 320,000 gold for these items which is very good because around 90% of the
Items in her storage shed have gone into the shipping bin during the last 2 days so that was all I had pretty much I head to the Wizards tower on day 228 and meet the new character Morgan is their name they are the Wizard’s new Apprentice I thought I was the Wizard’s
Apprentice but it’s it’s cool it’s it’s fine I don’t I don’t care it’s whatever I finally purchased the gold clock and place it right beside Grandpa’s Shrine because we have basically achieved Perfection I think it’s time to show a picture of my farm because we’re on the
Forest Farm I tried to keep the whole Forest Vibe going so rather than a bunch of floorboards I just used grass trees and stone pathways to decorate the farm I’m pretty happy with how it turned out now I have a very special request to make please put
Yourself in my shoes for a moment imagine you have just spent the last 228 days putting every ounce of effort passion dedication and love into this play through you have crafted every item you’ve caught every fish you’ve collected every Star drop you’ve shipped every item you’ve cooked every meal and collected every golden
Walnut you’ve spent hours on an end giving gifts to the villagers and speaking to them you’ve explored every inch of stardy Valley and ginger Island you finally purchase the gold clock you run to Mr Key’s Walnut Room expecting to be told you have achieved Perfection but instead you find out that you’ve only
Achieved 99% completion because at the very last minute a new character arrived at Pelican town yeah we need to get Morgan to 10 Hearts I thought I was finished I thought this playthrough was over all right let’s just let’s just get this out of the way days 229 through 259 are
Spent getting Morgan to 10 hearts on the first day of this new adventure I give Morgan a void mayonnaise and invite them to the cinema there is a silver lining to this though your friendship with a villager stops decaying when you reach maximum hearts with them so because we’ve met maxed out
Our friendship with every other villager we can focus completely on Morgan without losing friendship with anybody else we can just talk to Morgan every day bring them to the cinema once a week and buy them food they love there and give them two gifts a week the rest of
Each day will be spent sleeping to speed up the process we do need to make sure we talk to Sophia every day though because if you’re married to someone then their friendship will still Decay even if you’ve reached maximum hearts with them but that’s not really a big
Deal after just one day day of giving Morgan a void mayonnaise inviting them to the cinema and buying them food they love they are already at one heart so they shouldn’t take too long and Morgan arriving on a Friday works out very well because we can give them a gift today
And on Saturday then the whole gift mechanic thing resets on Sunday so we can give them avoid mayonnaise on Sunday and Monday too that’s four days in a row where we can give them gifts also because we’re focusing exclusively on Morgan right now I’m going to do something I have only done
For Sophia and show all of Morgan cut scenes in their two heart cut scene Morgan does an impression of the wizard something nice about Morgan’s cutcenes is you can choose from different dialogue lines if you basically say something nice you get bonus friendship points so that makes things even easier
For us in Morgan’s four heart cut scene we play hideand-seek with them Vincent and jazz in the forest we can see where Morgan is hiding but we pretend not to see them I did that because I’m just a very good person you I’m just so nice and we get bonus from friendship points
For doing that so I kind of had to do it um anyway in Morgan’s six heart cut scene they tell us that sometimes they feel lonely here it wasn’t their choice to move to the Wizard’s Tower and be his Apprentice the magic Council basically decided that it had to be done because
They believed Morgan had a special gift when it comes to Magic we tell Morgan they will be important to many people in the future which cheers them up in Morgan’s eight heart cut scene we show the wizard that were able to turn an iron bar into a gold bar
This impressed the wizard it also gives Morgan the motivation they needed to be able to do it themselves honestly at this point I’m I’ve said honestly so many times anyway at this point I’m actually glad we ended up having to get Morgan to 10 Hearts they’re actually a
Really cool character thanks to our Silver Star void eggs choosing the nice dialogue options and bringing them to the cinema and getting them the food they love Morgan is at nine hearts on the first day of summer also Sophia wants to have another baby one last void egg pushes Morgan up
To 10 hearts on the seventh day of summer Morgan drops by our house and tells us the wizard is giving them an important test in the forest today they say they would like for us to be there then they tried to teleport away but they messed it up the first time it was
Actually pretty funny I’m not going to lie they do it successfully on the second attempt though I head to the forest where Morgan’s 10 heart cut scene plays Morgan seems to have some special bond with the animals in the forest as different animals approach them the wizard says that Morgan has passed the
Test you know what this was actually a really nice way to end the play through I’m glad Morgan arrived in stardy Valley I head to Mr Key’s Walnut room where the Perfection tracker now says we have achieved 100% completion this feels pretty good I’m not going to lie on day
260 I make my way to the summit where Sophia is waiting the final cut scene of the game plays this is officially the end of her playthrough I I’m feeling a bit emotional right now if I’m being honest I have grown slightly attached to a few of the stardy valley expanded
Characters so it’s going to feel weird not having them in the game in any future playthroughs but this was really fun I didn’t achieve perfection in stard Valley expanded when I played it around a year ago so this is the first time I’ve actually made it all the way to the
End I do want to address something really quickly though the better mixed seeds mod basically carried me throughout this whole thing like I I did not realize how good that mod is I did a bit of research and it turns out you can only unlock Georgia bur seeds if you
Complete the Georgia route and reach 10 hearts with moris the seed itself also costs 6,500 gold so I I don’t think we were supposed to have two green houses and two Farms full of them during year two but hey what can you do we just we
Used it to our advantage it is what it is other than that I’m feeling kind of proud of myself for actually finishing this play through with the expanded playthrough finished let us now turn our attention to the loot boxes playthrough just to explain the whole loot boxes
Thing first I am using a mod called Overworld chess to add chests or loot boxes to the game what this mod does is it spawns random loot boxes throughout the world of sturdy Valley these loot boxes contain cooked dishes fish seeds basically any item you can get in the
Game these loot boxes will spawn in on the first day then 7 Days Later a new batch of loot boxes will spawn on in this whole process repeats over and over again just like the stardy valley expanded playthrough I am using three other mods alongside the loot boxes mod
The first is the mail services mod this mod allows us to send gifts to the villagers send our tools to Clint to be upgraded and send Quest items to villagers using our mailbox the second is the part of the community mod basically this mod rewards us with bonus friendship points for doing certain
Things this includes shipping an item talking to a villager in front of other villagers and giving gifts finally we have the automate mod this mod makes it so if we place a chest beside a machine it will take the relevant contents of that chest and place them inside the
Machine for example if we put a chest beside a furnace and put copper ore and coal into that chest the ore and coal will automatically be placed into the furnace the resulting copper bar will then automatically be placed into the chest these mods will undoubtedly make
The game so much easier which means we need to set some pretty difficult goals for the first year these goals are the following number one complete the museum collection number two complete the shipping collection number three complete the fishing collection and number four achieve maximum friendship with every villager this does not
Include Kent as he only appears in year 2 this does however include Leo which means we really need to get the community center finished and unlock Ginger Island as soon as we can at the end of the first year I will come up with goals for us to achieve during year
2 without any further Ado let us get started with day one of this Adventure all right day one of our adventure I begin by clearing out some space on the farm planting my parsnip seeds and making a chest the usual stuff basically but now now things get exciting because it’s time to open our first loot box we get cranberries two summer seeds and a
Weapon we can use in the mines not a bad start at all in our second loot box we get an artifact pickles a horseraddish and amaranth seeds I donate the artifact to the museum and received 250 gold as a reward something I want to do as soon as
I can is by the backpack upgrade otherwise I’m going to have to throw some items into the the trash can or go back to the farm and put my items into a chest which is going to take quite a bit of time I donate another artifact and
Continue opening up the loot boxes in the main town area we’re mainly getting seeds and artifacts we do get a lightning rod and the blackberry cobbler dish which is really nice I introduced myself to some of the villagers before heading back to the farm and emptying my inventory into a
Chest I head to the beach where I find another loot box I almost forgot about the Beach so I’m glad I went there because I got an artifact from that loot box next it’s time to visit the forest I assume this is going to be the area
Where we find the most amount of loot boxes because of how big and open the area is while this is very good it does also mean that we’re going to have to make multiple trips to the farm to empty your inventory in between opening all of
These loot boxes I have to say finding a loot boox makes me feel an unparalleled level of excitement like I can’t even describe how funny is opening these up and seeing what’s inside and the fact that each chest gives us a bit of gold is a really
Nice bonus too we’re also getting quite a few items we need for the community center hopefully this will lead to us completing the community center around the beginning of fall if we’re lucky one thing that could potentially have a negative impact on us in the future
Though is the amount of time I spend looking for these loot boxes collecting the items emptying my inventory yada yada yada it’s not too bad right now because there aren’t many other things we can do this early in the game but when the second week of spring begins it
Might result in us having less time to go fishing or go to the mines or things like that but anyway I would say that was a very successful first day I’m happy with how that went day two begins with a letter from Lewis he tells us about the town’s male
Service this is basically a way of introducing the male service mod to the game so now we can use our mailbox to send gifts to the villagers complete quests and ask Clint to upgrade our tools also a little Theory I have about the loot boxes there are areas that we
Can’t reach yet where loot boxes can spawn in so I’m assuming that if we don’t open these on the day they all spawn in or if we miss any other loot boxes they will spawn in different locations the following day and maybe that will repeat until we found every
Loot box that appeared on the first day we receive a void salmon and three artifacts from the first loot box we open that is a lovely start a green bean seed and another artifact are collected from the second loot box yeah I think my theory about the loot boxes responding
If we don’t find them is correct because there’s more loot boxes in the town center now mney would like us to give her a bream that should be a really easy quest to complete I head into peers and buy the backpack upgrade this is an absolute Game
Changer okay no no it isn’t actually a game changer but it does mean we won’t have to go back to the farm and empty your inventory as much which is nice I introduced myself to more villagers taking advantage of the part of the community mod I donate my artifacts to
The museum then I visit Willie and receive the fishing rod like I said yesterday though we are in a bit of a predicament now because we have to choose between continuing to search for loot boxes or using the rest of the day to fish I decided to continue opening loot
Boxes and I am so glad I did because I found an ancient seed this is a really good find once it grows I’m going to get a seed maker and put it into it so we can get started on get a ton of ancient seeds as soon as possible I do a
Foraging run then I open a loot box containing an artifact and a trout soup sweet we also get a Tarot tuber which you can ordinarily only get on Ginger Island so that makes me wonder if we can get things like pineapples bananas and mangoes too also I have said loot box so
Many times already I’m going to keep saying it for now but if I feel like I’m saying it too much then I’ll use a different word or just not say anything I I don’t know I’ll figure it out so somehow maybe back on the farm I plant my green bean cauliflower and potato
Seed I’m not going to plant the ancient seed until I get a scarecrow though I don’t want to risk losing it finally the rest of the day spent fishing I do want to catch the legend fish during spring so fishing is going to be sort of a big
Part of spring I begin day three by collecting some forage at the bus stop two reasons for this number one they can be used as gifts for the villagers and number two we need them for the community center I do another foraging run at the beach then I find a sneaky
Little loot box that was hiding behind the tree I received cheese which is good that can be donated to the community center I wanted to go into peers but of course his shop is closed because it is Wednesday I really really wish his shop was open on Wednesdays at the beginning
Of the game it’s actually heartbreaking not being able to go there I chopped down some trees and used my mailbox to give Mar need the bream she requested once again the rest of the day is spent fishing also I’m going to hold off on selling any fish I catch for a while we
Don’t really need the money right now and I would like to save quite a few fish until we reach level five in fishing that way we earn 25% more gold on the sale of fish on day four I already really really want to get sprinklers I have a LoveHate
Relationship with watering crops it can be relaxing and I do enjoy it sometimes but then other times it’s a bit of an inconvenience to be honest Clint wants us to bring him 20 copper ore so he can inspect them the mines open up tomorrow so we can get that done then I donate
Several artifacts to the museum and I must say so far my favorite part of the whole loot boxes aspect is finding artifacts it’s going to make completing the museum collection so much easier hopefully I will be so upset if I just jinxed it and it ends up taking me ages
To donate everything to the museum also for the first time in quite a while I’m actually collecting the rewards from the museum as they pop up I already picked up the cauliflower seeds and now it is time to collect our melon seeds I sell these melon seeds and the blackberry
Cobbler dish to pier and purchase 54 potato seeds it’s back to the farm to plant all of these seeds then as you may have guessed the rest of the day spent fishing I’m really trying to power through those fishing levels as fast as I can Marie shows up on her Farm on day
Five and gives us the option to adopt a dog I of course accept this offer and called the dog Jaden while our new dog makes himself at home I harvest the parsnips that have grown I watched the cut scene where Louis shows us the community center and take a look at the
Scroll inside the building which I cannot read yet then I head to the mines I’ve got parsnips and chubs with me for energy and I have that weapon we found on the first day and I already purchased the backpack upgrade so the first few floors were easy peasy lemon sque squeezy
Brochachos I’m I’m I’m never saying brochacho again or maybe I will I don’t know at this point sometimes my own brain confuses me anyway I continue breezing my way through the mines I’ve also been making sure to return to the surface and put copper ore and coal into the chest beside the
Furnace because we are using the automate mod the furnace will automatically smelt these ores and place copper bars into the chest floor 22 ends up being a monster only floor normally these are absolutely vile at the start of the game but our weapon makes easy
Work of all of the enemies I make it down the floor 25 before I decide to leave the mines I do have some bad news to end the day with unfortunately though we cannot use the mailbox to complete Clint’s Quest we actually have to show him the copper ore in person so we
Failed that Quest basically we didn’t get it done on time we can’t do it I chop down some trees before I go to sleep I can already tell we’re going to be making making a lot of chests for the items we find so getting wood is very
Important right now I visit the wizard on day six and learn how to read the scroll that was in the community center sweet now we can start donating items and boy oh boy do we have a lot of items to donate I donate some minerals to the
Museum collect some items from a chest and head to the community center where I complete the spring foraging bundle I receive 30 spring seeds as a reward I donate the rest of the items in my inventory to the various bundles head home and collect more items and plant my
Spring seeds then it’s back to the community center it feels so good being able to donate this many items this early in the game I’m actually really excited to see how soon we can get the community center finished thanks to our loot boxes more fishing is on the horizon as
I continue trying to speed run my way to fishing level 9 thankfully I do reach level five in fishing by the end of the day so I throw some of my fish and other it items into the shipping bin to earn some gold I send my pickaxe and five copper
Bars to Clint on day seven using the mailbox so he can upgrade it just to be clear I still have to pay the 2,000 gold to have it upgraded also I have some absolutely horrendous news I have to water every single seed I have planted but it’s okay this is still
Relaxing sort of okay no I’m lying I’m struggling a lot I’m actually in tremendous emotional pain anyway I take a look at the traveling cart and I don’t buy anything so that would have been a waste of time but you know they say greatness is a journey not a destination
I don’t know what I’m talking about let’s move on the beautiful thing about the mailbox is it tells us if someone’s birthday is today so I send a parip to lwis as a birthday gift I also decide to take a risk and plant my ancient seed
I’ll be honest I am relying entirely on luck to protect that ancient seed until I make a scarecrow so hopefully everything ends up being okay I donate two items to the museum then it’s another day another fishing session I won’t lie I was already getting bored of fishing by this point but I
Persevered I can be extremely dedicated when I want to be and this this is one of those situations in which I give all of me yeah basically I spent the whole day fishing day eight is a rainy day which is very good for us it means we don’t
Have to spend the morning watering our crops I send Sam a Georgia call in the mail I’m going to use the mailbox as often as I can because I would love it if I could reach maximum friendship with every villager before the end of winter I also give George a leak in
Person instead of using the mailbox see I’m not completely relying on that mod I’m just I’m just relying on it quite a bit I spend all of my gold on more potato seeds find the lost book which always makes me feel just so incredibly happy and plant the potato
Seeds I think you all know the drill by now we still haven’t gotten our pickaxe back so I spend the rest of the day fishing but the good news is this gave us the chance to catch some catfish which are worth around 250 gold after we reached level five in
Fishing Clint sends us our copper pickaxe on day N9 perfect now we can finally resume our adventures in the mines I send George a leak and then I realize there’s water dripping out of my mailbox I guess my mailbox is leaking do do do you you get it like like like
Leaking because there’s a leak in inside like the forage um uh some absolutely marvelous news as the loot boxes have spawned in again I get a duck egg in the first one nice I pick up a deluxe Scarecrow in the second one that is even nicer now where ancient seed will be
Safe normally you have to collect every rarecrow in the game to unlock the deluxe scarecrow crafting recipe so this was a really nice find something unfortunate did happen though there is a chest in Mar’s Ranch that we cannot get to that is actually heartbreaking for the most part we continue finding forage
Items crops and artifacts in the loot boxes which I can’t really complain about we can donate the artifacts to the museum and the crops and forage items to the community center so this is really helping us out one thing I am sort of nervous about is when we complete the
Community center and the museum those items won’t be of much use to us but at the same time they could still be used as gifts so it might not be too big a deal we’ll see what happens I donate some items to the community center purchase the spring seeds I haven’t
Planted yet and 75 parsnip seeds we need five gold star parsnips for the community center so I want to get those as soon as possible I plant my seeds then I go searching for more loot I find garlic seeds which is another good find you can’t purchase garlic seeds from
Pier during the first year year so we got lucky with this one we find a large milk which can be donated to the community center then I head to the saloon to use the part of the community mod to my advantage I talked to all of the villagers in there earning some
Tasty bonus friendship points I head home and plant my ancient seed and garlic seed then I complete the Crab Pot bundle in the community center for which I received three crab pots finally we are in dire need of some gold so I throw some items into the shipping
Bin on day 10 I watch a rerun of the queen of sauce TV show and learn how to make stir fry from now on I’m going to make sure I watch the show every Sunday so I don’t miss any cooking recipes our potatoes are ready for Harvest which is
Simply delightful what is not simply delightful is that I have to water the rest of the crops I had to peers oop no I don’t never mind I goofed I a certified Goofy Goober I place my three crab pots at the river and place a chest
Beside them I put bath into those chests so the bait will automatically be placed into the Crab Pot then it is off to the mines I find myself on the dark floors which as some of you may know from watching my previous videos I absolutely despise these
Floors luckily I have a glow ring equipped so it’s not too bad but going through these floors without a source of light is like fighting a dragon with a plastic fork it’s just not a good time I eventually make my way to floor 41 where
I call it a day I am straight up not having a good time on day 11 as I water all of my seeds the relaxing aspect of this activity has gone out the window slowly but surely I am being defeated by a field of crops it’s off to the
Community center to donate some more items right now my main focus is completing the boiler room so we can unlock the mine cart system so it’s off to the mines for the rest of the day I make it down to floor 55 before I leave I throw some items into the shipping bin
Which earned us almost 4,000 gold it’s off to the traveling cart on day 12 where I purchased a large egg a coconut red cabbage seeds and an artichoke I donate some items to the museum then I make a heartbreaking Discovery the chest beside our crab pots
At the river is gone this hurts this really really hurts I make a few donations to the community center resulting in us being one item away from completing the boiler room all I need to do now is donate a gold I returned to the traveling cart to purchase a
Cauliflower truth be told I do not know why I did that I purchased five salads in the saloon and I also have an answer as to why I bought the cauliflower I wanted to donate it to the community center and complete the spring crops bundle I received 20 speed grow for this
My plan is to use this speed grow on the strawberry seeds I’ll buy in a couple of days so they grow quicker also it is finally time to make some sprinklers we can only make basic sprinklers at this point but it’s something at least because it is raining I decide to
Spend the rest of the day fishing mainly for catfish because I want to get a bit more gold but also to work on our fishing level our par Snips are ready for Harvest on day 13 I also collect some unmilled rice that has grown I place the sprinklers I crafted then it’s
Off to the Town Square for the egg Festival I purchased 33 strawberry seeds and used this as an opportunity to introduce myself to the remaining villagers now that we have talked to them all all of their names are unlocked in the mail system so we can send everybody
Gifts next it is time for the egg hunt for this section I would like to quote the man the myth the used car salesman Paul hayon in order to describe exactly how I felt going into this competition I have altered the quote slightly to make it more relevant to
Myself but the point Remains the Same I need to show up at the egg festival and be in neon Aries like never before the greatest performance in the history of neon Aries stardy Valley Career the most determined the most ruthless the most focused a beast Slayer a conqueror of
Conquerors the goat of all goats so that they say at the end of the egg hunt ladies gentlemen and everybody in between your winner the ultimate scallywag the number one ref scallion the reigning defending Undisputed egg hunt champion neon Aries this quote played on a loop in my
Mind during the egg hunt and at the end of the egg hunt I was indeed announced as the winner I received my beloved Straw Hat as a reward for winning I make some more Sprinklers and plant my strawberry seeds with speed grow I also plant some spring seeds I made before
The day ends or Pates are ready for Harvest on day 14 also real quick I made a goof if I I was a McDonald’s item I would be the MC Goofer on this day I did not notice that the recaller mod I was using stopped working so for the next
Couple of days the graphics will look slightly different I do eventually realize my mistake and get the recol mod working again though I sell the potatoes and some forage items to pier and purchase another 100 parsnips there are two reasons for this number one I still
Need to reach level six in farming to unlock the quality sprinkler crafting recipe number two I need one more gold star parip for the community center Demetrius pays a visit to the farm and sets up the fruit bat cave on her Farm I send a salad to Haley for her birthday
Then I plant and water most of my parsnip seeds I head to the traveling cart where I briefly consider buying a rare seed but I decide to hold off on it I’m sure we’ll have plenty of opportunities to buy one in the future I spend the rest of the day in the
Mines I donate a ghostfish and a fiddlehead fern to the community center on Day 15 then once again I spend the day in the mines I really wanted to get to floor 80 as soon as possible so I could get gold ore make a gold bar donate it to the community center and
Unlock the minecart system day 16 is the beginning of something beautiful I just noticed salmon berries are growing on bushes so that’s going to be a great source of energy for us for the remainder of spring I head into town and open my first loot box I get kale seeds and a
Mayonnaise machine our second loot box contains a seed a cheese press a sword and boots also I’m not entirely sure how to approach describing the loot boxes at this point part of me wants to list every item I get another part of me wants to only mention the rare items or
Anything cool we find and another part of me wants to play footage of me opening each loot box while I ramble about something basically if any of you have any ideas on which one I should do or if you have an idea of your own I would really appreciate the feedback on
This also it happened again a loot box appeared in the Ravine so I can’t get to it that was very upsetting back on the farm I empty my inventory into a chest and open another loot box it contains a mineral which I can donate to the museum and a sunflower
Which I can donate to the community center marvelous I make my way through the forest collecting samon berries and opening loot boxes I also pick up Robin’s lost axe while I’m there it’s back to watering a field full of crops on day 17 this will all be worth it when
I unlock the crafting recipe for Quality sprinklers I use the mailbox to have Clint upgrade my pickaxe then I spend some time sending gifts to the villagers I purchase five coffees in the saloon then I finally donate a gold bar to the community center with that the boiler
Room has been completed one room down five rooms left to go I spend the rest of the day fishing I’ve caught almost every fish that is exclusive to Spring I just needed to catch a couple more at the beach so now at this point the only
Spring fish we need to catch is the legend day 18 is parsnip Harvest day which I am really excited about I send a gold star parsnip to pan for her birthday and sell almost all of them to Pier but I do make sure I keep five Goldstar parsnips for the community
Center I purchase five blue Jazz kale and tulip seeds along with 111 potato seeds I donate the Snips and as is becoming tradition I spend the rest of the day fishing clinty winty sends us her pickaxe on day 19 I plant and water all of the seeds I bought yesterday which
I’m very happy about but it also wiped out her energy so instead of heading to the mines I decide to go fishing again I am so very glad I learned to love fishing again during my last playthrough or I would be so upset right now day 20
Is a rainy day which I am extremely grateful for I harvest some strawberries and spring forage then it’s back to the mines after a two-day Hiatus just like before I’m going all in on the mines I have never ever been this focused on getting through the floors as fast as I
Possibly can we’re already down to floor 90 although that is in large part thanks to the items we’ve been getting from the loot boxes but still I am really happy we’re this close to reaching the final floor of the mines some more strawberries and spring forage are ready for Harvest on day 21
Just in case anybody’s curious I only had 20 speed grow so 20 strawberries grew faster than the rest hence there being a strawberry Harvest both yesterday and today I make a few donations to the museum then it’s off to the mines again I also decided to sell
Quite a big portion of the fish I’ve been saving as well as a few other items this added a tasty bit of gold to our bank account on day 22 I finally make quality sprinklers it felt so good placing these on the farm the layout isn’t perfect but I can fix that in
Summer so from now on we should have quite a bit more free time in the mornings I send a cauliflower to Jodie in the mail to complete her Quest then I continue my quest to fill up the museum and what ended up being an absolutely massive mistake I buy around 150 potato
Seeds and peers why was this a massive mistake potatoes take 6 days to grow it is currently the 22nd day of spring the are 28 days in each season in order for these potatoes to be ready before the end of spring I would have to plant and
Water all of them before the end of today keyword water did I end up watering them all no no I did not out of the 100ish potato seeds I planted I did not water a single one this is without a doubt my single biggest goof so far I felt like a massive dum
Dum on day 23 I take take a moment to water like 12 crops I got to say I was feeling really good at this point mainly because I hadn’t realized I messed up with the potato seeds yet but also because I didn’t have to spend a couple
Minutes watering my seeds I find a fossilized tail in a loot box nice we’ll need this when we get to Ginger Island so we got really lucky here I head to Willies and finally purchased the fiberglass Rod I probably should have bought this sooner but I’ve been
Chilling while fishing up to this point so I didn’t really see a reason to and now it is time for some more loot boxes I’m mainly picking up artifacts fish and seeds here which honestly I’m good with it’s always nice getting seeds we can plant in the coming Seasons we can sell
The fish for money and artifacts are always a great find I get a mummified frog which is another item we can use when we get to Ginger Island rather than going to the mines I’m going to continue focusing focusing focusing on getting to fishing level 9 for a while we have a
Strawberry Harvest on day 24 then I spend the entire day fishing I also sold a ton of items including almost all of her fish our financial situation has just improved 10-fold wait no it’s not actually 10-fold is it no because it’s not 10 times as much as it is it wait how much
Did I have wait uh we have a lot more money now is what I’m trying to get at day 25 we are approaching the end of spring now and I’m feeling pretty happy with how we’ve been doing aside from the potato seeds blunder I think we’ve made
Some decent progress in our first season also I did some more fishing can I just point out actually that if it doesn’t rain before the end of spring then all of this fishing was basically for nothing you see that will mean we won’t be able to catch the
Legend fish I’m going to be optimistic here though I really really do hope it rains soon I harvest some potatoes on Day 26 this was a very Bittersweet moment by this point I had realized the other 100 or so potato seeds won’t be ready on time so while I was grateful for this
Harvest it was very upsetting knowing that this would be our final potato Harvest for spring I go all in on the mines today I begin on floor 105 making it the floor 113 at around 6:30 p.m. with only seven floors remaining I push forward reaching floor 118 at 12:30 a.m. I collect the
Diamond and immediately go down at ladder I was getting really nervous at this point so I made three cherry bombs and threw them on the ground the ladder was revealed and I went down it as fast as I could finally making it the floor 120 I received the skull key as a reward
Sweet I I say sweet a lot actually now that I think about it I’ve said it so many times already I think anyway we have managed to make it all the way through the mines before the end of spring not bad not bad at all the good
News news keeps on coming as we receive almost 13,000 gold for the potatoes we shipped I decide to spend day 27 clearing out some more space on the farm I mainly focus on chopping down trees because I really need wood day 28 the final day of spring I send my axe to
Clint through the mail I got to say the mail services mod is so handy it’s going to be slightly difficult going back to not using that mod when this playthrough is over I purchased a radish and a a seed from the traveling cart then I
Spend the rest of the day fishing in the forest unfortunately it still isn’t raining so the probability of us being able to catch the legend before the end of the year has just dropped significantly but there’s still a chance if we can get our hands on magic bait we
Can use it to catch the fish at any time there’s two ways we can get magic bait the first requires us to make it to Ginger Island collect 100 golden walnuts unlock the Walnut Room played a Quest from Mr key and use the key gems we get
As a reward to purchase magic bait that is going to take a lot of effort I don’t know if I have that in me the other way is to get magic bait in a loot box this would be so much easier but we’re basically relying on getting lucky so I
Don’t know how realistic this method is but anyway that is the end of spring I’m really enjoying the whole loot box aspect so far and I’m excited to see what we get in future Seasons so I will see you all in summer all right day 29 the first day of
Summer a new season full of opportunity let’s make the most of it I begin by clearing out my field of old crops in preparation for the new seeds that will be planted later on speaking of which it’s off to perod of platypus to buy five of each summer seed 10 wheat seeds
50 corn seeds and around 200 melon seeds the melon seeds will be our money maker we need 10 wheat for the community center and we need five gold star melons and corn for the community center too I returned to the farm to plant all of my
Seeds it takes quite a while but I manage to get everything except the corn seeds planted and watered I spend the rest of the day in the mines collecting iron ore so we can make more quality sprinklers Clint sends us her copper axe on day 30 also the male Services mod is
Officially a banger of a mod like I cannot emphasize this enough this mod has made working on my friendships with the Villagers so much easier if the creator of this mod is watching this video thank you you have made my life so much better now it is time for a loot
Box opening the first loot box contains an artifact and 16 pepper seeds we’re starting off well that is delightful to see also somebody has broken a loot box if I catch the person that did this I’m going to turn all of their socks inside out to slightly inconvenience them I’m
Not playing around here we are still able to pick up the items though which I am very thankful for because one of those items is a Naish shell which we need for the community center we get blueberry seeds and an artifact in the next loot box which has become somewhat
Of a trend so far I head to the beach where a cut scene with Alex plays I tried to watch this cut scene but I could not take my eyes off the loop box in the middle of the beach so I ended up skipping the cut scene because I was way too
Excited this one contained another ancient seed I donate a mineral to the museum then I receive Alex’s bat ordinarily this isn’t obtainable so it’s pretty cool that the mod adds items like this to the loot boxes next we receive a radioactive ore and another ancient seed again this is a
Really good find we need to ship a radioactive ore for the shipping collection and ancient seeds are always welcome our good luck gets even better as we find a void egg when I build a coupe and upgrade it twice I can put this egg into the incubator and a void
Chicken will hatch from it I return to the farm to make yet another chest and empty my inventory I also open a loot box on the farm which provides us with a bee house we have been getting some really useful items today I am over the
Moon with how this is gone as always we finished our loot box run with a CHP around the forest again we are getting really really lucky here I pick up a keg and red cabbage seeds almost immediately I also get two wilted bouquets which I’m never going to use in case anyone
Doesn’t know you can give the wilted bouquet to a villager in order to break up with them that isn’t something I’m ever going to do because I’m going to ask kobus to be my roommate instead of Romancing a villager I am simply not interested in any of them and kobus is
Like really cool so it’s a it’s an easy choice to make really back on on the farm I make quite a few more quality Sprinklers and get to work on planting all of the seeds I can this includes the 50 corn seeds I bought yesterday I did
Not have time to water any of the new seeds but that’s not really a big deal at the beginning of day 31 I clear a path to a loot box on the farm I receive amaranth seeds and a gold I’m I’m not even going to try to
Pronounce that word it’s it’s a big light thingy I don’t know how I can’t say that word up at the train tracks I receive some forage items and a pepper again I don’t really mind getting things like these I can give them to the villagers or just sell them eventually I
I don’t know why but I’ve kept like 95% of the items I’ve collected during this playthrough so far I should probably sell them at some point anyway I collect some fruit in the Batcave then it’s off to the community center to donate a bunch of items I cannot describe how
Good it feels being able to donate all of these items this early I head back to the farm to throw some new items into the shipping bin then it’s off to the beach where I spend the rest of the day fishing on day 32 I continue the fishing
Expedition I begin in the forest then I move up to the mountain lake I’ve already missed the legend fish so I really don’t want to miss any other fish I had to floor 20 of the mines where I catch a ghost fish and a stonefish then
I move down to floor 60 and catch the ice pip finally it’s off to floor 100 where I capture the lava eel I’m going to be honest I did not think that would go as well as it did we caught all of the fish you can catch in the minds
Without any hassle at all really I am feeling absolutely Sterling right now I set up my crab pots at the town river again hopefully nobody destroys the chest this time then I head to the saloon Emily asks me if I believe in fate honestly the answers you can give
Here are very extreme I’m sort of in between the first two answers really I think for the most part we definitely do have full control over our lives but I also think that fate is a real thing like a beautiful thing too because the way I view fate is like an entirely
Positive thing like have you ever had a moment where you thought to yourself I have no idea how I got so lucky and ended up in this position like for all intents and purposes I should not be in this position right now where I’ve got this good thing or this amazing person
In my life yeah it’s moments like that that make me believe that fate is real moments where something that you never could have imagined happening has happened like Against All Odds it has happened it is real and it makes you the happiest you’ve ever been uh anyway I’m going to stop
Rambling I got a bit carried away there my apologies let’s move on day 33 is a day filled with Monkey Shines I had no idea that was a word until someone in the comment section mentioned it shout out to that person because that is a phenomenal word I love it so much
Already I begin by harvesting some wheat which also provides us with hay I head to the traveling cart where things we need for the shipping collection are being sold but I’m not in a rush to get them so I’ll just save my money for now I do purchase a common mushroom for the
Community center though I chopped down some trees then I grabbed the chair from my house I returned to the forest and used this chair to get into the secret Woods without breaking the log in front of the entrance I did this to see if l boxes
Can spawn in the secret woods and it turns out they can I did it for the sake of science basically that’s that’s my excuse I also used this as an opportunity to get some hardwood and catch the wood skip I head to the beach and repair the broken bridge using 300
Pieces of wood this unlocks the tide pool area there are three benefits associated with this number one we can collect forage items here number two the Crimson fish can only be caught in this area and number three I assume loot boxes can spawn here so now we can
Actually get to those in the future I head to the saloon and talk to all of the villagers there then I donate the wood skip to the community center our hot peppers are ready for Harvest on day 34 I donate some artifacts to the museum check out my
Crab pots and ask Clint to crack open some js I donate several items to the museum receive nine pumpkin seeds as a reward and head to willly shop where I don’t buy anything because he is not there that is disappointing I wanted to buy the lead bobber before I tried to
Catch the Crimson fish regardless I make my way over to the area the Crimson fish spawns in and completely and utterly fail to catch it I’m not going to sugarcoat it that was one of the worst attempts I’ve ever made at catching a fish I bump into William as I leave the
Beach and I can’t stay mad at him this is the first time he has ever let me down so we’re good no hard feelings it is what it is I I do a bit of fishing to catch a Dorado I’m very happy about that very happy
Indeed on day 35 you will notice that my bank account is looking nice and juicy that is because I finally convinced myself to sell some of the items I’ve been keeping not a lot though I’m still working on fixing my habit of keeping literally everything I find just in case
I need it in the future I had to Robbins and ask her to build a coupe for us after leaving Robins I turn around and go back into her shop purchase 50 wood and use it to make a chest I buy some bait and two crab pots from Willie and
Set them up at the beach and that’s all I did today for some reason I must have been feeling incredibly lazy I harvest an ancient fruit and some poies on Day 36 I believe that is the first ancient fruit we have harvested which is always a big moment for me in
Every playthrough I send a diamond to Gus for his birthday because well it’s Gus like he’s just a really really good person and deserves a nice birthday present there’s no other reason I donate a chicken statue to the museum then I spend the rest of the day in the mines
Collecting iron and gold ore Gustavo visits us on day 37 and gives us the mini jukebox I am absolutely elated right now I love the mini jukebox so much our red cabbage is ready for Harvest which makes me even happier normally I end up getting red cabbage seeds from the traveling cart
Around the end of fall and donate the red cabbage to the community center during winter so this is a very nice change I received some lovely items from the loot boxes in the Town Center Ginger a seed maker an oil maker starfruit seeds an artifact and those four loot
Boxes were really really close to each other too I had a feeling summer was going to be a good season for us but it has completely surpassed any and all expectations I had and it’s only the 9th day of summer too there’s still plenty of time left I put put an ancient fruit
Into a seed maker and continue opening loot boxes I’m actually going to drive myself crazy with how often I say the word loot box but I have to keep saying it I have to commit to the bit if I stop saying loot box then I might as well end
The playthrough right now because of how disappointed I will be myself for not having the strength to keep saying it I make a few donations to the community center then I continue opening Loop boxes okay I at this point I would like to apologize if anyone is getting
Annoyed with me saying Loop box over and over again but I I can’t stop now I get a radioactive Stone in a loot box I don’t know what to do with this I was hoping I would be able to place it on the ground and break it to get some
Radioactive ore but nope I just have a big lump of radioactive Stone I collect some row which is good I need to ship that our final loot box of the day contains the fossilized leg which will come in handy on Ginger Island Day 38 I donate a bottle of wine
To the community center and a dwarf scroll to the museum that is three of the four Scrolls donated one more and we will be able to talk to the dwarf and become their friend I asked Clint to crack open some geod make some more donations to the museum and spend the
Rest of the day in the mines as you may have guessed I collected iron and gold ore our summer Spangles are ready for Harvest on day 39 I love these flowers they’re very pretty also today is when the luau takes place I add a gold star
Ice pip to the soup and spend some time interacting with the Villagers you know because I care about them all just so much it’s it’s totally not because I’m just trying to get maximum hearts with everyone as soon as I can okay okay no yeah yeah it is that’s what I’m trying
To do anyway H not important the ice pip gets us the best reaction from the governor which means we get even more friendship points with the Villagers day 40 is hops tomatoes and peppers collection day it looks like our melons will be ready tomorrow too so things are going pretty nicely for us
Which is you know nice I visit the traveling cart purchase absolutely nothing then go to bed so I can go to that not that’s not even funny uh then I go to bed so I can skip to tomorrow and harvest my melons speaking of on day 41 I harvest my
Melons it felt so good harvesting all of them I need to buy more like 500 more at least I donate a melon and five gold star melons to the community center then I sell the rest to Pier I use our Newfound Fortune to purchase an apple tree sapling and 500 melon
Seeds I love this game so much when things go well it’s like having a constant stream of Happiness flowing through my body I asked Robin to upgrade the coupe donate a couple of items to the community center plant my apple tree sapling and make quality sprinklers I spend the rest of the day
Planting my melon seeds thankfully I managed to get all of them planted before the day ends and because it’s raining I didn’t even have to water them I am having too much good luck right now I’m suspicious normally that means bad things are about to happen but you know
What I’m a different person now I’m going to embrace this good luck and hope it continues in fact no I’m not going to hope it continues I know it’s going to continue I am manifesting it I donate a blueberry to the community center on Day 42 I purchased the Iridium rod from
Willie so I can attach the lead bobber to it and now it is Vengeance time the Crimson fish embarrassed me the last time I tried to catch it but this time this time the exact same thing happened also my first lead bobber was entirely used up so I went to attach the second
One to my fishing rod and it wasn’t in my inventory this was quite the curule no need to panic though because it turns out I put it into the chest beside my crab pots by mistake what can I say once a scallywag always a scallywag I buy another lead bobber just
To be safe and prepare for battle once more to the surprise of absolutely everybody including myself I actually caught the Crimson fish if there was an award for the best stardy Valley player of all time I would not win it but I feel like I would be one of the
Nominees actually no I wouldn’t it took me like four in-game years to achieve perfection without mods I I I don’t know where I’m going with this if I’m if I’m being completely honest I’ve actually just hurt my own feelings I feel pretty sad right now um
Uh yeah I I throw a green bean and a Blackberry into kegs before I before I got to bed day 43 is spent clearing space on the farm I can already tell I’m going to end up using the few bombs I have to take down some trees at some
Point because I’m too lazy to chop them all down myself day 44 is loot box day we get tea leaves in the first one at the risk of sounding like a broken record nice we need that for the shipping collection also I find pineapple seeds in another loot box box
This takes some of the pressure off us because now we don’t have to rely on finding them on Ginger Island in order to complete the shipping collection also I’ve been thinking about how the items in the loot boxes might not be useful after we complete the community center in the museum I believe
What I’m going to do is when I complete two of my goals I will change the settings of the loot boxes I will increase the maximum am oh I don’t I don’t know if I can say those two words together it like it might be physically
Impossible for me to do it let me going to take it really slow and we’re going to see what happens I will increase the maximum amount of items oh I did it in a loot Box by one increase the amount of gold we get from each loot box and
Increase the probability of getting a rare item just a little bit this way the loot boxes won’t become useless basically with that being said if I feel like we’re getting too many good items or too much gold from loot boxes then I’ll tone it down basically I’ll try to
Keep it balanced throughout the entire playthrough and I will do this every time we complete two goals it’s also extra incentive for us to complete our goals too so I think it’s a good idea all around our corn is ready for Harvest on day 45 I also collect a star fruit and some
Blueberries it’s also at this point that I decide to stop keeping everything I’ve gathered so far my mentality was I wanted to keep all of the items just in case I need them for crafting and cooking recipes next year but there’s really no need for me to worry about any
Of that right now and we’re missing out on a ton of of gold by keeping these items so I throw quite a few things into my shipping bin I get a couple of slime jack fish and a deluxe Scarecrow from a loop box which I’m happy about I need to
Find another way of saying something made me happy this playthrough is really testing my vocabulary I won’t lie I donate a corn a pepper and five gold star corn to the community center the rest of the day as well as days 46 through 50 are spent in the mines
Collecting iron and gold ore and clearing out space on the farm a few notable things did happen during that period of time I used the gold I got from selling a bunch of items to purchase all of the bundles in the vault room this means the desert is
Unlocked that is exquisite news gther pays a visit to the farm and gives us the key to the sewers as a reward for donating 60 items to the museum now we can meet kobis and start increasing our friendship with him also I finally interact with the dwarf for the first
Time I I purchased two crocuses from the traveling cart one for the shipping bin and one for the community center finally it is time to purchase some animals for our farm please welcome Gil Thunder and Hawk the chickens and bond the duck I also ask Robin to build a barn for us
All right we are back to normal on day 51 more importantly it is loot box time I’m going to be honest I have nothing left to ramble about while I open these loot boxes I’m sure I’ll have new topics to talk about during fall all but for
Now my head is empty and my brain cells have gone on vacation the trend of receiving artifacts fish and seeds continues with the odd piece of furniture thrown in every once in a while I do get another Tea Leaf which I can throw into a keg to
Make green tea so this was a successful run I also get some ginger which is another good pickup I finally watch Caroline’s two hard cut scene which means she will send us the crafting recipe for tea saplings tomorrow morning I get an orange in a
Loot box I don’t know why but I found that funny when it happened this was a really interesting one though I got a spook fish a snake skull which will be useful on Ginger Island and a slime ball I can’t do anything with the slime ball
As far as I know but it’s still a cool find our final loot box of Summer gives us a grape starter a hot pepper and two anchovies anchovies anchovies I don’t know how to pronounce that uh any whs do we get our first eggs
On day 52 I did not mean to make that sound um yeah we get our first eggs on day 52 so this is my favorite day so far because of that I donate several items to the museum ask Clint to crack open some geodes donate more items to the museum
Ask Clint to crack open more geodes donate more items ask Clint to open more geod and donate one more item to the museum I am so glad I said all of that without messing up I did not want to have to record me saying that again Pier
Shop is still closed on Wednesdays just a quick update for you all in case anyone has forgotten I know I certainly did I donate a poppy a maple syrup and a pomegranate to the community center then I plant my ancient seeds I head into the forest and put wooden Pats to connect
Some trees to a chest after placing tappers on the trees now the oak resin that is produced by these trees will automatically go into the chest just in case anybody wants to do this you need to have the generic mod config menu mod installed say that three times fast I’ll have a
Link to this mod in the description scroll to the bottom of the settings menu and you will see an option called mod options click on this option then click on automate at the top of the list under the enabled connectors heading you can select what flooring or paths can be
Used to connect things to a chest I really hope that made sense also I realized that the trees in the forest are pine trees so I moved the tappers and chest to the bus stop so I can get Oak resin from the two oak trees here
All of our melons are ready for Harvest on day 53 collecting all of them took a bit of time but it was so incredibly satisfying I sell every crop in my inventory to pier and purchase 25 wheat seeds I need more wheat for the community center I
Buy the final backpack upgrade and ask Robin to upgrade our Coupe for the final time I plant the wheat seeds visit Sandy in the desert purchase five beet and rhubarb seeds and enter the skull Caverns I used to be terrible at going through this place but I’ve done it so
Many times in the last few playthroughs that I am officially at the point where I am not terrible at it with enough practice I believe I can eventually become all right at going through the skull Cavern a void chicken has appeared in our Coupe on day 54 I call it Jeff in
A perfect world that is the name I would give to my pet giraffe in stardo Valley but alas there are no giraffes in stardew Valley that is deeply upsetting I decid to connect the maple tree at the bus stop to the chest so I can get maple syrup as well as the two
Oak resin I watch a cut scene that shows a bunch of crabs in willly shop Gus shows up and says he’ll take care of the crabs Gus then tells us that he’ll be having a special offer on crab cakes for the next few days I do a bit of fishing and catch
The red snapper then I purchase two lead Bobbers and run to the saloon where I buy 50 crab cakes eating one of these gives you a plus one speed boost for basically the entire day so it’s worth buying a good few of them when they’re
On sale I had to the sewers because I want to catch our second legendary fish the mutant carp it took so long for this fish to show up like a really really long time but thankfully it eventually did I Rondevu with my friends in the
Saloon at the end of the night I asked Robin to upgrade our Baron on day 55 then I spent 10,000 gold on grass starter I did not realize it would cost that much I regret that purchase Francis the rabbit has joined her family let’s all give him a warm welcome and of
Course we can’t forget about love enjoy the cow either to end the day I head to the desert where I catch a sandfish and the Scorpion Carp Day 56 the final day of summer the first thing I do is harvest the wheat that has grown I also Harvest a
Pineapple today is already a sensational day just because of that I donate 10 wheat to the community center and purchase a battery pack and red cabbage seeds from the traveling cart before summer ends I want to give you all an update on on the progress we have made
In certain areas first we have the shipping collection the loot boxes have really helped with this there are quite a few items here that we wouldn’t have gotten and been able to ship if we hadn’t found them in loot boxes a lot of the things we still have to ship are
Forage items crops and animal products I am a bit worried about the radioactive bar and the banana for the radioactive bar I need to unlock Mr Key’s Walnut Room and hope we get the quest that changes the mines or skull Caverns so we can get access to
Radioactive ore in either of those two locations for the banana I need to unlock the island Trader collect five dragon teeth in the volcano dungeon swap the Dragon Teeth for a banana tree sapling and plant the sapling banana trees take 28 days to grow so we need to
Get to Ginger Island by the middle of fall at the latest if we want to make sure we get a banana before the end of the year next we have the fishing collection there’s not much to say about this one it isn’t really affected by the
Loot boxes because finding a fish in a loot box does not add it to the collection we still need to physically catch every fish but we are doing pretty well like I said at the end of spring though we do need to catch the legend fish after we missed it during spring
But we are good for everything else in terms of the museum collection this is the area that was affected by the loot boxes the most in my opinion we’re already pretty close to completing this collection thanks to all of the minerals and artifacts we found in loot boxes I’m
Going to go on record and say that we are % going to complete this collection before the end of winter maybe even before the end of fall we’ll see in terms of the community center we need a large goat milk or a piece of wool either one will do here because we only
Have to donate one more item to complete this bundle once our barn has been upgraded I will buy a goat and that will take care of this one we need a pumpkin and an eggplant which we can easily get in Fall that also applies to the
Hazelnut we need one more fish the tiger trout again this is something we can get in fall for the Truffle all I have to do is upgrade my barn one more time and purchase a pig so that’s really handy if I upgrade my house I’ll have access to
The kitchen and I will be able to make a fried egg and a macki roll I planted an apple tree sapling during summer so we’ll get the three apples we need during fall the tappers I set up will give me an oak resin in a few days and
I’ve got a rabbit so that covers the rabbit’s foot finally I also have a duck so that’s the duck feather sorted so I would say things are looking really good for us right now I know we’ve only just finished summer but I’m going to go ahead and say that
The loot boxes do have quite a big effect on a playthrough I kind of saw that coming but I didn’t think it would be this good anyway summer was a fantastic season for us I’m looking forward to seeing what happens during fall day 57 the first day of fall we
Begin with a little Corn Harvest which is a nice way to start the new season I pick up some eggs in the ceop one of which is a void egg I tossed this void egg into the mayonnaise machine to make void mayonnaise then I plant some ancient seeds I head to peers and
Purchase five of each fall seed and 687 pumpkin seeds I do a bit of fishing at the river and catch the tiger trout then I move up to the area behind joam Mar for some more fishing a legendary fish called The Angler appears in this location this is probably the easiest legendary
Fish to catch so that’s very nice for us I return to pier and sell my corn then I spent the rest of the day planting the seeds I bought it took the entire day but I got almost everything planted I didn’t get everything watered but just
Like last season that’s not a big deal I plant the remaining seeds on the morning of day 58 it’s raining too which means I don’t have to water these ones I open my first loot box and receive a mineral and a furnace you know what I will gratefully accept that furnace the
Wizard would like some ectoplasm so we will get that for him in the near future the next four items we receive from loot boxes are a moral an oyster a yam seed and a ruby next I get a suit of armor and a sandfish I have so many
Decorations I really need to start using them we pick up a radioactive ore sweet a stone owl and some boots are added to her inventory followed by a duck mayonnaise I picked up a hazelnut for the community center and donate that and the tiger trout every fishing bundle has
Now been completed also the crafts room has been completed I catch a walleye at the river then I take a walk through the forest where the remaining loot boxes provide us with fish a blue Jazz a winter root and a coral finally I catch a midnight carp before the day ends I
Collect an oak resin on day 59th and I donate some items to the museum and I donate the oak resin to the community center also I accidentally skipped the cut scene where Willie gives us the copper pan so I’m going to reenact that scene all right Willie how how are you
How are you getting on uh not too bad yourself I’m feeling good thank you how are you Ash sure I I can’t complain anyway listen here is a copper pan oh yeah cheers made sound no bman you can use you can use that to collect some treasure from water sources oh sweet
Sweet thank you so much all right uh go away now stop talking to me good luck go on away now go on away go on Good Luck now go on go on away I head into the mines where I get an ectoplasm almost immediately that took a lot less time
Than I thought it would I’ll bring it to the wizard and that will be his special order completed I do a bit of fishing at the beach to catch some more fallfish the wizard sends us the crafting recipe for the mini Obelisk on day 60 as a reward for completing his
Special order also lonus sends us a macki roll this is actually really good timing I can bring this to the community center I do want to point out though that lonus said and I quote the mountain lake has been kind to me lately I would like to share my good fortune with you
Did he find this Macky roll in the lake I I mean if if so if he actually did that he is the single greatest forager that has ever lived I doned the macki roll then I buy a new goat for her Farm I call them mellow then and I went to
Sleep yeah it was it was one of those lazy days again all right day 61 we begin with a Corn Harvest the BOK Cho are also ready I take a look at the traveling cart hoping to find a truffle but it’s not being sold which is a little upsetting
To be honest with you I sell my car to Pier then I ask Clint to crack open our geod we’re now at the point where it’ll be more beneficial for us to trade our Omni gelds for artifact troves in the desert and crack them open instead so
I’m going to try to get a solid 15 to 20 artifact troves during the next couple of weeks some more fishing is on the agenda as I catch a c cucumber I give Elliot a crab cake for his birthday then I throw the items I’ve collected today
Into the shipping bin as well as this I throw some other items into the shipping bin too quite a few items actually I pick up a piece of oil in the coupe and deliver it to the community center I pick up a duck feather on day 62 I also
Arrive at Robins way too early so I just kind of stand outside awkwardly and just wait for her shop to open I must admit my time management skills are astronomically poor I finally enter her shop and watch a cut scene in which Robin gives us the crafting recipes for
The flute block and the drum block I also ask her to upgrade our barn as soon as it’s finished I’m going to buy a pig because we really really need to get a truffle as soon as we can for the community center I donate a duck feather
Purchase a pale from Marne and milk my cow I’m going to be honest here I was really excited for our next round of loot boxes so the rest of today as well as day 63 and 64 were spent clearing out the farm and doing basically nothing
Else on day 65 I pick up all of the items that I’ve accumulated in the coupe I need quite a few of these for the shipping collection so that was a lovely start to the day our cranberries amaran and eggplants have grown so I harvest
Those then I open the first loot box we get kale an egg and a bean starter I also found a loot box that was hiding behind the barn if there’s one thing that I’ve learned from this playthrough so far it’s that I really need to pay close attention to my surroundings or
I’m guaranteed to miss a few loot boxes also I think the game has got on to the fact that I love using lead Bobbers while I’m fishing because I got one in a loot box Coral garlic and an egg are found in the next loot box followed by another egg a mineral yam
Seeds spring seeds a plum and a common mushroom I take a quick break from loot box hunting to accept a Quest from Demetrius he wants us to catch 10 tiger trout that’s actually a nice and easy Quest back to loot boxes now and we pick up another furnace in this one also I
Feel really happy when I find more than one of a crop or a flower in a loot box it’s such a beautiful sight every time I pick up hypers speed grow which is an item you can normally only get in the later stages of the game so that is
Stupendous it’s off to the beach now where we find one loot box in the main area but there isn’t one in the tide pool area unfortunately some more Oak resin is ready so I collect that then I sprinkle the hypers speed grow on the rear seed I planted we get a slime ball
In the first loot box we open in the forest followed by a spook fish in the next loot box I like the design of that fish so I’m always happy when I see it Sam’s old guitar makes an appearance for the second time I believe yeah we got
This in a loot box in summer too I should clarify it’s a weapon unfortunately it isn’t of much use to us at this point though I do a lap around the forest to find the remaining loot boxes and I must say I love this routine I always feel so relaxed walking around
This Forest you know my soul feels at peace so the fact that I can open loot boxes while I’m doing it just makes it even better to finish off the day I donate a rabbit’s foot at the community center along with an eggplant day 66 I visit Rob first thing
In the morning and ask her to upgrade her house so I can make a fried egg now I have some absolutely heartbreaking news for you all somebody has destroyed our chest at the bus stop at this point I’m starting to wonder if some of these villagers simply do not like me but that
Doesn’t make too much sense because I’ve been giving everyone gifts every week and birthday presents and doing Quests for them and talking to them I’ve basically been doing everything I can for them they’re being a bit ungrateful in my opinion anyway with our barn upgraded I head to mares and ask her to
Add a pig to her Farm I call this pig Big B I decide to spend the rest of the day fishing I want to catch tiger trout for demetrius’s Quest I did the same thing on day 67 I also went around talking to the villagers not to increase
My friendship with them though no not at all you see I was investigating the case of a destroyed chest I wanted to get to the bottom of things and find out who was doing it I came to the conclusion that literally nobody in this town can be trusted except for Gus Willie Marney
Kobus and the dwarf everybody else has been added to my list of enemies some pumpkins are ready for Harvest on day 68 along with our fairy roses and yams I purchase a rare crow and a Beat at the traveling cart sell most of my crops to Pier buy back some gold star pumpkins
For krobus and donate a pumpkin to the community center the pantry room has been fully completed which means we have unlocked the greenhouse that’s good in fact I would say it is very good but I am getting really nervous about the truffle I need to complete the community center and
Unlock Ginger Island before the end of fall if I want to have a chance of getting a banana and completing the shipping collection so we might be in a little bit of trouble depending on how long it takes us to get this truffle I send my pickaxe to Clint so he can
Upgrade it and that’s it for today day 69 is a beautiful day I collect a piece of wool which I need for the shipping collection and I plant red cabbage rhubarb and beet seeds in the greenhouse also for shipping purposes with our house upgraded I cook a Fred egg then I
Get to work on harvesting all of the pumpkins that have grown also our apple tree has produced its first Apple beautiful stuff that means we’ll have the three apples we need on day 71 I sell my crops to Pier which bumps us up to almost 300,000 gold I purchased a
Full stack of pumpkin seeds donate the fried egg asked Robin to build a pond on the farm and begin planting all of the pumpkin seeds I bought unsurprisingly I do not get all of them planted before the day ends Clint sends us her pickaxe on Day 70 I plant the rest of the
Pumpkin seeds then I send my axe to Clint so he can upgrade that too after all of the gold I’ve given to Clint I really really hope he doesn’t do something to ruin our day in this playthrough he does it every time though so my hopes are not high I head to the
Adventurers Guild where I sell my obsidian edge sword and purchase the lava Katana I also purchased 250 explosive ammo which I can use with my slingshot to get through the skull Caverns quicker in the future on day 71 I collect the two apples I need from her tree I give the
Dwarf a present and purchase 50 Mega bombs from him I ask Robin to build a second pond on her Farm throw a sturgeon into the First Pond and head to the skull Caverns I’m mainly focusing on collecting Omni geals here if I get something like a prismatic Shard or a
Good bit of aridium ore then I won’t complain obviously but omon Gs are our main priority right now clinty wiy sends us her axe on Day 72 more importantly though it’s everyone’s favorite time time of the week it is loot box time we get a gold bar nice that’s a good start
Followed by a baked fish in an unfortunate turn of events though we cannot open any more loot boxes today because it’s time for the stardy Valley Fair I set up my Grange display and I think it looks pretty decent we come in first place and receive a delicious
1,000 star tokens I make sure to collect my items from the Grange display then I bet 999 tokens on green I spined the wheel and it actually lands on green I am shocked honestly I know the wheel is like rigged to land on green more than orange but I’ve always had terrible luck
With this wheel case in point right now I bet 800 tokens on green and it lands on orange that is unfortunate instead of continuing to lose my tokens on the wheel I play the slingshot game over and over again until I reach around 2,500 tokens then again
Then one more time finally I use my token tokens to buy a rarecrow and a stardrop with the stardy Valley Fair over and done with I donate three apples to the community center before going to sleep now all I need is a truffle Evelyn drops by the farm on day
73 and gives us the garden pot I would like to add Evelyn to the list of villagers that I actually trust she should have been there from the beginning that’s my bad that one’s on me next it’s time to resume our loot box collecting Adventure our first one gives
Us a void egg and two normal eggs I really do wish we got this at the start of the playthrough they would have come in handy then but I can still sell these now so it’s all good our second Loop box contains an artifact and three different seeds followed by a mineral
And a loom at the beach we don’t have a loom actually now that I think about it so that’s a useful item for us I accept willly special order to collect 100 pieces of bug meat then I get some spaghetti in a loot box something really cool happened next I found a golden
Walnut in a loot box this is extremely interesting I really wasn’t expecting to find this in that loot box it makes me wonder if we can get key gems in loot boxes too I assume we can so hopefully we get some soon and maybe we’ll get some more walnuts too maybe hopefully
Please I really would like that I head to the mines where I spend the rest of the day collecting bug meat for wiie special order I ask Clint to upgrade my axe on day 74 then I do a quick lap around the forest to see if any more
Loot boxes have appeared I did not find any oh well it’s back to the mines to continue working on Willie special order on day 75 our Pig still has not found a truffle look I really don’t mean to sound impatient here but I really really need that truffle so give me one soon
Please like really soon like like tomorrow soon I throw a slime jack fish into the second Pond and collect some milk from our cow and goat before clearing out the coupe I really need to pick up an item called the auto Grabber it’ll collect everything for us so we won’t have to
Milk our animals and clean up the coupe I head to robins and ask her to build a shed I’ll put all of the chests on the farm into this at some point probably during winter though because there’s quite a few things I still have to do
Before the end of the season once again it is off to the mines to finish collecting bug meat Clint returns her axe to us on day 76 so I sent him my hoe so we can upgrade that too a sweet Jem bur is ready for Harvest normally I would bring
The first sweet gurry I get to the old Master canoli statue in the secret Woods you can get a star drop by doing this but because one of our goals for the first year is to complete the shipping collection it’s going to go into the shipping bin instead I chopped down the
Big log in front of the entrance to the secret Woods then I pick up a Chantel I’m glad I finally did this because now I can stop using my chair to get into the secret woods every time I go to collect hardwood I purchased 50 salads
In the saloon then it’s time for an adventure through the skull Cavern burs again our main goal here is to collect Omni geod and to hopefully get a dinosaur egg from a pepper Rex I collect some slime Jack RW from a pond on day 77 I also still have not gotten that
Truffle this is concerning at this point our red cabbage is ready though so I can toss that into the shipping bin once again it’s off to the skull Caverns I was doing pretty well until I got knocked out yeah yeah this one is on me
I I wasn’t paying attention at all and I paid the price for it I didn’t lose any Omni geod so I’m still counting this as a victory but I was a bit embarrassed about the whole situation so I I made my way home and just went to sleep Clint
Sends us our hoe on day 78 I immediately send it back to him to be upgraded again Big B I’m not playing games anymore I need that ruffle I’m not like I’m not joking this is serious give me that ruffle any as you may have guessed it is
Back to the skull Caverns for yet another Omni geode collection run I’m spending spending quite a bit of time in here but it will all be worth it when I trade my Omni geot for artifact troves fantastic news as our Pig finally gives us a truffle on day 79 I feel so
Relieved right now I was legitimately starting to think I wasn’t going to get a truffle before the end of fall I I actually feel over the moon right now I get some pretty cool stuff in our first loot box I am especially pleased with the arrowhead artifact because that’s
Something I haven’t donated to the museum yet the second loot box yields four Deluxe grow sweet while footage of me opening loot boxes and accepting a special order from The Wizard plays I would like to talk about my plan for ginger Island I’m not going to sugarcoat
It the last couple of days of fall are going to be very stressful like I said during summer it takes 28 days for a banana tree to grow so I need to have a banana tree planted before the final day of fall ends my plan is simple but there
Is very little room for error with this one we cannot afford to make any mistakes I need to get the ginger Island collect 10 golden walnuts to unlock the west side of the island collect another 20 golden walnuts to unlock the island Farmhouse and collect a final 10 walnuts
To unlock the island Trader I also need to collect five Dragon tooth in the volcano dungeon so basically I need to collect 40 golden walnuts in total and five Dragon tooth that’s going to be tough really tough no doubt about that but I’m going to be really optimistic
Here I can do it well I I have to do it really because if I don’t then I’ll fail the goal to complete the shipping collection which wouldn’t be good I would actually start crying if that happened I donate the Truffle to fully complete the community center then I
Head into the mines in search of a prismatic slime I managed to find one and defeat it at the very last minute like literally very last minute too it was 1:50 a.m. when I defeated it and obtained the Prismatic jelly on day 80 May Lewis sends us a letter Thanking us
For completing the bulletin board bundles this is always a f fantastic letter to receive because it means we’ve also received two full hearts of Friendship with the Villagers at this point it’s basically set in stone that we’re going to reach maximum friendship with everybody except Leo we basically
Have all of winter to get him from zero friendship Hearts to 10 that’s going to be really difficult if not impossible for me I’m not feeling confident about that friendship goal anymore in fact I think we might fail it I toss a dinosaur egg into the incubator in the coupe
Harvest the rhubarb that is grown and send my water in can to Clint next up is a pumpkin harvest there are so many pumpkins on the farm my serotonin levels are going through the roof right now I head to the desert and exchanged the Omni geod I’ve collected
So far for artifact troves then I watched the cuts scene showing the grand reopening of the community center it feels good to have completed it before winter but all I’m focused on right now is getting the ginger Island as quickly as possible I sell my crops to Pier
Bumping her bank account up to a tasty 300,000 is gold I had to Clint to ask him to crack open my artifact troves but he won’t do it because he’s upgrading my watering can I completely forgot that was a thing you know what this is my fault Clint actually didn’t do anything
Wrong in this situation surprisingly enough it wasn’t on him it’s on me I donate some artifacts to the museum give the Prismatic jelly to the wizard and collect some items in the forest it looks like somebody broke the loot box these were in but we were still able to
Get them off the floor thankfully next up is a trip to the secret Woods to collect hardwood I can’t remember how much hardwood I have in total so I’m really hoping this will get us to the magical number of 200 so we can repair the boat
Tomorrow I also find a loot box in the secret Woods even as we approach the end of fall I still get really excited every time I open one of these things day 81 is another pumpkin harvest day there’s not as many as there was yesterday but
It’s still nice to get some more I chopped down all of the logs on the farm Farm to get more hardwood by the end of this chopping session I have around 140 but I’m sure I have more hardwood in one of the many many many chests on the farm
Another trip to the secret Woods is on the table for you guessed it more hardwood after finding some more hardwood in the chest I’ve said hardwood quite a few times today I apologize I have a grand total of 196 we need 200 to repair the boat this
Is not good I sell my pumpkins to pier and head to cleanse to crack open my gelds except I can’t and I already made this mistake yesterday in fact that that’s actually kind of embarrassing that I made this mistake two days in a row I donate the idium bars and battery
Packs needed for the boat repair but like I said we don’t have enough hardwood unfortunately I was so upset by this that I went to sleep Clint sends us our watering can on day 82 I also found a log on my farm this was here the entire time which
Means I could have chopped it down and donated the hardwood yesterday I’m not going to focus on the that though because if I do I’ll get really upset so instead I’m going to look at the positive in this situation now we have enough hardwood for the boat repair I
Head to Clint to finally have my artifact troves opened up but he isn’t there you know what I’m just going to move on I’m not even going to give him any attention in this situation I’m going to pretend this didn’t happen I don’t care for Clint anymore he doesn’t
Exist in my mind I bring the hardwood to Wily shop then I head to the saloon the boat will be repaired tomorrow so I have two days to collect 40 golden walnuts and five dragon tooth I buy 100 coffees and 50 salads in preparation of the challenge I will be facing tomorrow I
Toss a wheat a melon and a garlic into seed makers to get their respective seeds these will be used on Ginger Island I also make five flute blocks which will also be used on Ginger Island the final item on the agenda for today is purchasing 150 Mega bombs from the
Dwarf day 83 the boat has been repaired so we can finally get to Ginger Island except we can’t go into town because this Spirits e Festival is being set up but it’s okay you see going through town to get to Willie shop was plan a now
It’s time for Plan B I make a beach warp totem and use it to teleport to the beach I head into Willies and finally travel to Ginger Island all right no messing around let’s get down to Brass taxs it is of vital importance that I make zero mistakes during the next 2
Days I need to do this absolutely flawlessly complete and utter Precision at efficiency I collect a walnut in the forest then I guess where every gem involved in the puzzle goes this does take a bit of time but I do get a correct and receive five golden walnuts
I hit the tree in Leo’s treehouse with my axe to receive another then I talk to the parrot to unlock the northern section of the island along the way to the volcano I make sure to grab every Walnut I come across I am using every single neuron in my brain right now
Every brain cell has been activated and is working in complete Unison arm with my mega bombs salads coffees and crab cakes I power my way through the volcano dungeon I avoid most of the enemies besides a monster called the lava lurk these monsters can drop a dragon tooth
When defeated so I make sure to take care of them every time I see them using Mega bombs to blow up rocks gives us a few walnuts the crab cakes combined with coffee also gives us a plus two speed boost I find the skeleton area I’m not
Entirely sure how to describe it but basically there’s a good chance of getting at least one Dragon tooth here which is exactly what I get in this situation I’m under quite a bit of pressure here but the thing is pressure creates diamonds I’m not calling myself a diamond that’s really arrogant I would
Never do that what I will say is that I’m making my way through the dungeon quite quickly which I’m very thankful for I’ve also collected a good few walnuts along the way at almost 11:00 p.m. I reach the end of the dungeon I collect two more walnuts here bringing
Us up to a total of 21 and I receive a prismatic Shard I believe this this is my third Prismatic Shard I think I got two more during my adventures in the skull Caverns I will have to double check that though when I have more time
In the future I unlock the west side of the island and collect a few more walnuts before I pass out at the end of the day I currently have 16 walnuts so tomorrow I need to collect 14 more and get three more Dragon tooth I’m quite happy with how today went honestly that
Takes a bit of pressure off of us but make no mistake about it tomorrow is still going to be pretty stressful but we can do it I know we can day 84 the final day of fall I turn my coffees into triple shot espressos and immediately head to Ginger Island I crack open
Muscle nodes to receive two golden walnuts collect one in the Shipwreck collect one hidden in the sand then another in the sand I collect one from a bush dig up another hidden one defeat the group of tiger slimes find a walnut in a bush dig one up find another in a
Bush dig another up and find one more in a bush to bring us up to a total of 30 golden walnuts I spent 20 to unlock The Farmhouse then another 10 to unlock the island Trader honestly that was the hard part so at this point I started to relax
A bit I head to the volcano dungeon where I obtain the dragon tooths dragon teeth this has happened before I’m not sure what exactly the plural is I’m going to say dragon teeth at this point I have all the dragon teeth I need so I am feeling absolutely magnificent right now
At 8:00 p.m. I head to the island Trader and purchase a banana tree sapling I plant it on my farm and I breathe a massive sigh of relief I head home and stand on my front porch as I take in the final night of fall that was a very
Eventful season we’ll say considering everything that happened I’m yeah I’m pretty happy with how it went I would say we’re in a really good position heading into winter so I will see you all then Day 85 the first day of winter the game has changed we can no longer plant any crops here on our farm in stardy Valley we can plant winter seeds to get winter forage but that’s about it I clear out the coupe and I am very happy with the
Amount of items we have just picked up all of these items get thrown into the shipping bin I meet the shadow guy at the bus stop I track him down to the bush beside the community center and receive the magnifying glass now that we have acquired this we can start
Collecting secret notes I head to Sandy shop in the desert and purchase 100 beet seeds I will plant these seeds on Ginger Island you can collect five golden walnuts by harvesting crops on the farm there hence why I purchased these seeds I pick up some quality sprinklers on the
Farm except a special order from Gus to bring him 24 eggs and head to Ginger Island I clear out some space on the farm here and plant the bead seeds along with the garlic seed a melon seed and a wheat seed just before the day ends I decide I
Want to give kobis a gold star pumpkin for his birthday I accidentally toss this pumpkin into a keg I retrieve a second pumpkin and accidentally complete a Quest from Caroline to give her a pumpkin third time is the charm as I finally managed to give kobus a pumpkin
On my third attempt I send my watering can to Clint on day 86 next it’s time for her first loot box opening of winter we receive a blue discus a mineral a common mushroom and an apricot in our first loot box we get ginger ale in our
Second loot box drinking this gives a boost to our luck so this should come in handy at some point in the future next we get honey that’s it just just plain old honey I take a quick break from loot box opening to start the Wizard’s Quest before receiving eggplant Parmesan a
Salmon and a melon seed a pair of boots a slime ball and a basic log our next that’s another Furniture item I will probably never use corn seeds uh braier this happened in a previous season as well I can’t pronounce this braier I believe braier braier I don’t know how
To pronounce I’m sorry an artifact a lampost a mineral a carp more fish and a green bean are added to our inventory I make a stop in the saloon to drop off some eggs for Gus not enough to complete his special order but still quite a few we receive milk a blueberry unmilled
Rice a parsnip two oysters More Boots a pepper a fish mayonnaise another apricot another lampost Squid Ink ravioli a fiddlehead fern a parsnip a flamingo and a mayonnaise machine I spent some time fishing at the river where I catch a perch and a link Cod I head to the
Sewers and ask kobis to unlock the entrance to the mutant bug lay I catch the Slime Jack open the chest at the end of the area and receive the dark Talisman The this is the item that unlocks the entrance to the next area we need to go to as part of the Wizard’s
Quest I head to the Wizard’s Tower because for some reason I thought the item I had to give him was the dark Talisman this is not the case I have just wasted quite a bit of time I want to end the day on a positive note rather
Than that little oopsie so I head to the beach where I catch a squid and dig up the ground this provides us with some winter forage I make some winter seeds on the morning of day 87 I plant these then I continue with the Wizard’s Quest I catch a void salmon in
The witch’s swamp followed by a void mayonnaise I give this void mayonnaise to the goblin henchmen enter the witch’s Hut and collect the Wizard’s ink I deliver the Wizard’s ink to The Wizard Of course completing his quest now we can purchase obelisks the gold clock and
Junimo Huts for our farm in his Tower next on the agenda is a trip to Ginger Island I catch a lion fish then I open a loot box and receive two minerals a spring seed and a scythe this is the first time I’ve seen a tool in a loot
Box does that mean we can get iridium Tools in these hopefully we can get some if that’s possible it would be really cool to get an idium axe or an aridium watering can for example we would save money and we wouldn’t have to use five idium bars upgrading that tool I catch a
Blue discus open another loot box then yet another loot box and that is it for today cck sends our watering can back to us on day 88 I finally asked Robin to add a silo to the farm it’s a bit late but I’m glad I remembered to pick this
Up in Winter now we can make sure our animals will have plenty of hay to keep them fed during this season I asked Clint to crack open some artifact troves and geodes donate a good few items to the museum and purchase a stardrop from kobis I purchased four trout soups from
Willly catch the glacier fish and send a duck feather to Leo I purchase a rare seed from the traveling cart on day 89 I plant it in the greenhouse then it’s off to Ginger Island I acquire a golden Walnut then I leave the island and make my way to the skull Caverns instead
We’ve almost completed the museum collection at this point so there’s going to be a heavy focus on obtaining geod during the next week or two I also picked up an autog Grabber in a chest here sweet I begin day 90 by placing the autog Grabber in the coupe I place a
Chest beside the autog Grabber so everything that it collects will be placed inside the chest I asked Robin to build a shed on her Farm just like pretty much every other stardy Valley playthrough I’ve done we’re going to have at least two fully upgraded sheds full of kegs the wine we produce in
These sheds will help us raise enough gold to purchase the more expensive items we need to achieve Perfection I purchased 10 stacks of wood which will almost exclusively be used to make kegs in the future but I do use some of it to make around 40 tappers I also make some
Tree fertilizer I head to the Quarry and use bombs to clear the area out not only does this free up a ton of space here but it also gives us quite a few secret notes I plant all of the acorns I have making sure to sprinkle fertilizer on
Them as I do finally I connect the first few rows of trees to the nearby chest when they’re fully grown and I put tappers on them all of the oak resin they produce will automatically go into that chest day 91 is spent in the skull Caverns I won’t lie I’m really beginning
To love the skull Caverns it’s actually pretty satisfying making my way through the floors now I dig up an artifact on day 92 Clint wants us to defeat 50 bats which is a nice and easy special order I wanted to go to Ginger Island but the Festival of ice takes place today so
Willly shop is closed unfortunately Pam proving she is a beacon of dedication and commitment is still willing to drive us to the desert so I head there and dig up another artifact it’s off to the Festival of ice for the rest of the day I pick up a
Pumpkin soup from the traveling cart because it gives us some bonus luck when we eat it as always I do not allow myself to win the fishing competition this Victory is reserved exclusively for Willie it would legitimately upset me so much if Lewis did not announce him as
The winner I find some fish and a flamingo and a loot box on day 93 I head in Clint and crack open some geod and artifact troves I make a couple of donations to the museum then it’s back to the farm to open some more loot boxes
It feels like every time I get a baked fish in a loot box it’s the only item in that loot box interesting it’s off to the beach where I pick up a seed maker a cockle a sunflower an anchovy and a winter root it’s Ginger Island time now as I show
The wheat melon and garlic I grew to the frog in the cave on our farm this earns us 15 gold and walnuts I go home to pick up my flute blocks then I return to Ginger Island to pay 20 golden wallets to have the island
Resort built I fish up a walnut from a little Pond dig up another Walnut dig up two artifact troves and use my flute blocks to complete the mermaid’s puzzle earning another five walnuts I dig up a walnut in the Pirate Cove catch a stingray and harvest the
Beats that I’ve grown on our farm this rewards us with another five walnuts I get a chair two shad and a loom in a loot box then I dig up yet another another golden Walnut and a pearl I get cranberry seeds and a banana pudding in
A loop box and I think at this point it’s safe to say that it’s absolutely worth exploring Ginger Island for loot boxes I unlock the bridge to The Dig Site Area free Professor snail and use bombs to break the rocks in this area I donate two items to the field office
Open another loot box then I dig up another Walnut along with an ostrich egg I collect a few more walnuts before the day ends the words golden Walnut and loot box are going to haunt my nightmares I cannot believe how many times I’ve said these words today alone I’m
Yeah I’m I’m really sorry that you all have to listen to me say those words so many times I tossed the ostrich egg into the shipping bin on Day 94 then I open another loot box also I have collected a total of 80 walnuts at this point I have
A few ideas on how we can get more so I think it’s time for a little golden Walnut hunting session I collect one from a bush earn two more by answering two questions at the field office earn another two by donating some items in the same place face go fishing at the
Dig site to pick up the fossilized spine and try to get a golden coconut from a tree I had no luck with this unfortunately I dig up a snake vertebrae on day 95 then I return to Pelican town where I visit the Quarry and put tappers
On the oak trees that have grown I harvest the winter forage that has appeared make some more winter seeds and plant all of them a dinosaur egg has hatched so I call our new baby dinosaur FEA yeah I accidentally clicked on the default name it gave us I didn’t
Actually want to call it that but oh well what can you do I deliver some eggs to Gus bringing us up to a total of 24 which is what he asked for someone has destroyed a loot box again shocker I get trout soup a coconut a dagger a pair of
Shoes a Chantel a leak some decorative items a cactus fruit and Sam’s old guitar I now have three of Sam’s old guitars it’s getting a bit weird at this point also how many guitars does Sam need why has he thrown away three of his old guitars why did he need three in the
First place are there more broken guitars where am I who am I why am I it’s off to the mines for the rest of the day to collect Frozen geod and defeat bats for Clint special order I managed to get a golden coconut on day 96 then I complete the Simon Says
Game in a cave to earn three Golden One Luts I spent the rest of the day fishing for of course more Golden One Lots day 97 we have now collected a total of 91 Golden One Lots we’re almost there we’re actually so close now I dig up a walnut
Donate two items to the field office make a monster musk by two heaters and a good bit of hay from Marney and crack open a golden coconut to receive a golden Walnut the rest of the day is spent in the mines collecting Frozen geodes and finishing off Clint’s special
Order Clint sends us the crafting recipe for the geod crusher on the morning of day 98 also Gus sends us the mini fridge for completing his special order I break a muscle node on Ginger Island and receive a golden Walnut then it’s off to the volcano dungeon I use my watering
Can to make a bridge to the left side of the entrance area then I go through a door leading to two hidden golden walnuts I spend the majority of the day going through the volcano defeating monsters and breaking rocks to collect more golden walnuts I do make make time
To visit the Pirate Cave at the end of the day though I play a game of darts three times to earn three more walnuts also I managed to play a perfect game basically for this game of darts you need to score 301 points a perfect game requires you to earn 60 points five
Times in a row then earn one more point I actually got pretty nervous during this for some reason but I managed to do it honestly that might be what I’m most proud of achieving during this entire playthrough so far I gain access to Mr Key’s Walnut Room on
Day 99 I accept his quest to bring him four Prismatic shards all of the time I’ve spent in the skull caverns and in the mines has given us a plentiful amount of Prismatic shards so I don’t mind giving them away for this Quest I purchase some bait trout soups and Lead
Bobbers from Willie then I pay somebody to teleport me back to the farm after collecting my geod I accept an order from Caroline she wants us to grow and ship 100 pineapples that that is not happening and I do not know why I accepted that
Quest I mean don’t get me wrong I would love to complete that Quest because the reward is the crafting recipe for the solar panel but we don’t have enough time to grow that many pineapples I crack open my geodes and I don’t receive a ghost crystal or a lunarite which I
Believe are the final two minerals I need to donate to the museum I deliver four Prismatic shards to Mr key completing his order and earning 40 key gems I use these gems to purchase 100 magic bait now it is time to do something I wasn’t
Able to do during spring it is time to catch the legend like I said at the end of spring magic bait allows us to catch the legend during any season so armed with nothing but sheer willpower I failed to catch the legend this is going to be rough day 100 starts in a
Delightful way as our beloved loot boxes have appeared again the first one is actually really good a solar Essence a topaz and a phoenix ring as far as I know when you get knocked out while wearing this ring you get back half of your maximum health when you
Wake up it also can only be found in chest in the volcano dungeon our second chest gives us a mineral an oyster an egg two sardines and a common mushroom while footage of me opening loot boxes plays I want to say something about my plan for the next batch of loot boxes
Next week at this point we’re really close to completing the museum collection and catching every fish those are two of our goals I said before that when I complete two goals I will adjust the settings of the loot boxes as a reward we should have both of these
Goals completed at some point next week so we’re finally going to see what happens when the amount of loot boxes that appear is increased as well as this we’ll see what happens when the amount of gold we get is increased and the chance of finding a rare item is
Increased I am very excited to say the least also I apologize if these Rambles while I’m opening Loop box boxes aren’t your thing I’ve tried to find a good balance of me listing out every item I get and doing these Rambles so hopefully the whole loot boxes aspect is still
Enjoyable for you to watch I’m pretty happy with how it’s turned out so far but you know there’s always room for improvement so we’ll see how things go but for now I’m going to stick with a mix of rambling and listing every item I get it’s off to the night market for the
Rest of the day where I enter the submarine and do some fishing to catch the blob fish the midnight squid and the spook fish the only fish that remains for us to catch is of course the legend I turned some coffees I bought in the saloon last night in the triple shot
Espressos on day 101 I harvest the winter forage that has grown and use them and some other winter forage I had to make winter seeds which I plant in water then it’s off to the mountain lake where I once again failed to catch the legend look at how many Nautilus shells
There are at the beach on day one 102 look I know it’s not really a big deal but I needed something nice after that failed attempt to catching the legend yesterday so I’m like this means the world to me right now I use my remaining key gems to buy 20 more magic
Bait just in case along with 10 key seasoning I purchased lead Bobbers and a couple of trap Bobbers from Willie then I used the key seasoning I bought to make a gold star seaon pudding this gives us a plus five to our fishing skill I eat this equip a trap bobber to
My fishing rod and prepare for the biggest challenge of this playthrough so far I caught the legend first try I really do not understand this game sometimes I have struggled so much I have failed to catch the legend so many times before this then I eat a seafoam
Pudding and use a trap bobber and I catch it with no trouble at all I do not understand I’m not going to lie though I am really proud of myself right now not only have we caught the legend we’ve also completed the fishing collection which means that one of our four goals
For this year has been completed after purchasing some Mega bombs from the dwarf I head into the mines where I of course collect Frozen geod I also spent day 103 collecting Frozen geod also on day3 Willie sends us a star drop for completing the fishing collection it’s kind of funny to me how
Willie says in his letter that it’s been passed down through his family for a thousand years then he finally gives it to someone outside his family and we eat it I I would be a bit annoyed about that if I was wiie I had the Clint on day 104
And finally received the ghost crystal once again I purchase Mega bombs from the dwarf and spend the rest of the day as well as day 105 collecting Frozen shelds on day 106 I enter Clint shop crack open my geod and receive lunarite I donate this to the museum and nothing
Happens because I forgot to take the dinosaur egg with me I could have just gone back to my farm and collected it from the chest it was in but I was so annoyed with myself that I just went to sleep instead our winter forage is ready
For Harvest on day 107 you know it’s been fun harvesting this forage and turning them into seeds but I’m afraid this is our final harvesting session for winter I donate a dinosaur egg to the museum fully completing the collection I earn a star drop as a reward but that is
Not the only reward we receive no you see that’s our second goal completed which means it’s time to improve the quality of the loot boxes the results of this will be seen when we open them tomorrow in the meantime I accept an order from Mr key which
Requires us to basically catch all five legendary fish again I may have accepted his order but I’m not going to do it I’m staying well away from fishing for a while at least I use five walnuts to unlock the mailbox outside our Ginger Island Farmhouse then I use another 20
To have the warp Tower built this allows us to teleport back to Pelican town from Ginger Island all right let’s not waste any time day 108 is loot box day our first one contains squid in ravioli an artifact for the island field office a fish and a
Statue green tea and an artifact are found in the second Loop box followed by a sword two copper bars another statue a pepper a cheese press a bean Hot Pot an eel and a plant all of these loot boxes were located on the farm to it feels like we’re already getting more loot
Boxes and more items but we’re not necessarily getting any rare items that could change though so we’ll see what happens with the rest of the loot boxes I get a Thorns ring in a loot box which is a good find there was a keg in that
Same loot box too I will say it almost feels like we’re back on day one with how quickly your inventory is filling up I know that might sound like a complaint but honestly it makes me pretty happy it’s nice getting a ton of items this does mean however that I won’t be able
To list every item I receive because I would be here for a long long long time if I did that now that there’s more items in every loot box I get a tuna in a loot box that’s it it feels like I’m getting a ton of cooked dishes now which
I certainly will not complain about I also found a pair of Genie shoes so of course I’m going to wear them for the rest of this playthrough it’s been a while since I’ve seen a deluxe scarecrow so I was very pleased to get one in a loot box meanwhile the loom has slowly
Been making more and more appearances opening all of these loot boxes has made me so excited to see what happens when I complete another two goals especially when it comes to increasing the chance of getting a rare item will we get an aridium Axe 10 Prismatic shards a sweet gem Berry
Multiple key gems who knows that does pose the question of how many goals do I set for the second year I was originally planning on setting four goals but the more goals we have the the more goals we can complete the more goals we complete the more times we can adjust the
Settings of our loot boxes I will give it some thought and list my goals for the second year at the end of winter also look at this little sneaky loot box I went through the bushy area to collect a hidden golden Walnut and found a loot box here that really
Surprised me some bad news now as even on Ginger Island our loot boxes are not safe another has been broken this is all always a very sad moment day 109 is a very laid-back day which I am pretty grateful for because honestly hunting all of those loot boxes yesterday took a
Lot out of me I head to the Feast of the winter star festival and give a summer spangle to Caroline Jodie then gives me a purple mushroom thanks on day 110 I have once again made the error of going to Robins too early at this point I fear this is a
Habit I will not be able to break instead of waiting I head to the mines and do some fishing to collect trash I accepted a special order from lonus to put 20 pieces of trash into a bin and this is one of the easiest ways to get
That trash on day 111 lonus is um uh I I I I don’t know I actually don’t know how to describe this let’s just move on um I head to Robins you will notice the time at the top right it happened why like okay I get it you want
To go for a swim but during winter like it has to be freezing why why would you I asked Robin to upgrade one of her sheds um that’s what I did that’s the entire I’m really confused why did lonus do that all right day2 let’s forget about yesterday and
Focus entirely on today the final day of our first year look at that we made it Well Done us I collect the oak resin that has been deposited in the chest at the Quarry collect a banana from our banana tree and throw it into the shipping bin I have now officially not
Completed my goal to do the entire shipping collection you will notice two blank spaces in the screenshots on the screen right now one is for the banana which we have just taken care of the other is for the radioactive bar I do not have a radioactive bar I also do not
Have enough radioactive ore to make a radioactive bar right now this means we have failed our goal to complete the shipping collection s at times but that is not all I also reached maximum friendship with every villager except Leo he’s at like two hearts so I I
Failed that goal too so overall we failed two goals and completed two goals for our first year you know what I’m not too disappointed by that it sucks yeah that we failed those goals but we got really close so I’m happy with how far we’ve gotten now let’s talk about our
Goals for year two I have decided to set another four goals number one craft every item number two cook every recipe number three ask kobus to be our roommate and number four earn a total of 10 million gold these goals should keep us on track and help us make steady progress
Throughout year 2 of course I also want to complete the two goals I failed this year also at the end of this playthrough I’m going to make some really big changes to the loot box settings and see how Wild Things get with them any hom I hope you have enjoyed watching the first
Year unfold I will see you all in year two day 113 the first day of her second year begins with a visit from Kent who has just returned to pelicant town now we have to get him and Leo two maximum Hearts but still I suppose that’s not
Too bad I clear the farm of some debris that has appeared mainly fiber and grass I don’t mind though it’s honestly pretty satisfying getting rid of this stuff with the Scythe I purchased just over 500 cauliflower seeds from Pier then I spend the rest of the day planting all
Of them I’m hoping to have at least 200,000 Gold by the end of spring so we can plant a ton of starfruit seeds at the beginning of summer so we shall be planting quite a few cauliflower seeds this season I accept a Quest from Robin to collect
And deliver 80 hardwood to her on day 114 the reward for this special order is that a new bed will be added to her shop we don’t get a crafting recipe so it’s not really important for us to complete this one I sell some pumpkin seats to
Pier and use the gold I received to purchase a ticket to Ginger Island I clean up the farm here then I accept a special order from Mr Keith to deliver four Prismatic shards to him I don’t like giving Prismatic shards away at this point but there are still quite a
Few few things I need to purchase from a shop so this has to be done unfortunately just before I head to bed I talked to birdie to start her Quest day 115 is the first loot box opening session of year 2 how very exciting the first loot Box gives us five rainbow
Trout a lamp post and an oyster this is followed by another rainbow trout a tea sapling boots nine blueberries a mineral and a cooked dish I am in desperate need of some gold so I throw a few items into the shipping bin then I receive a wilted
Bouquet and a keg from a loot box kegs are probably the item I want the most at this point so I’m very happy about this next I receive a void Essence an artifact a tropical Curry a mineral an eggplant an artifact pancakes two decorative items and another artifact I
Spot a deluxe scarecrow and other items on the ground outside willly shop so I quickly scoop them up I decided to check the tide pool area and I’m glad I did because I found a loot box that contains a soul sapper ring a lobster and a parsnip soup it’s while I’m collecting
These loot boxes that I realize how much this is going to help us with the cooking and crafting recipes we’ve received so many items that are needed for these various recipes so I think the whole process of crafting every item and cooking every dish is going to be a lot
More convenient than it normally is which is especially good news for us because both of those are goals I said for year two it is also at this point that I wish I installed the mod that adds a third back pack upgrade to the game we could really do with the extra
Inventory space right about now but you know live and learn and it does add a bit of a challenge element to the playthrough so I suppose it’s not all bad once again the game has decided to taunt Me by spawning a loot box in a place I cannot reach it’s actually kind
Of funny when this happens now I’m not even annoyed by it anymore I find Harvey’s Mallet in a loot box just like Alex’s bat and Sam’s old guitar it is another weapon that you can’t normally obtain speaking of Sam’s old guitar I receive another one in a loot box I purchased
Some coffees from Gus then I finish the day by doing a lap on the forest opening loot boxes as I do now that I’ve realized just how many of these items will help us with the various recipes I can’t help but smile every time I get
Even the most basic of items like a void essence or a garlic or any crop really all in all I would say this was a very successful day of loot box opening I quickly Harvest a sweet G burry in the greenhouse before passing out on day 116
I turn my coffees into triple shot espressos then I give the momento birdie gave us to Kent I pick up some items on the beach on Ginger Island then I open up a loot box I receive Haley’s iron these unobtainable weapons would have been nice to get at the start of the
Game but I can still treat them as like collector items at this point I might dedicate a room in my house to displaying all of the weapons I get I plant some ancient seeds then I I open up another loot box followed by you guessed it another loot box I receive a
Pair of boots which I will happily add to my shoe collection and a rusty sword which I will kind of unhappily add to my weapon collection I guess nothing against the rusty sword it just pales in comparison to haly’s iron I receive a snake vertebrae pick up some items from
The ground and give the Gourmet tomato salt to Gus who gives us a stardy valley Rose in return I buy 500 cauliflower seeds then I spot a loot box inside Pier’s shop I somehow didn’t see this when I walked in I’m not sure how I
Managed to do that I spent the rest of the day planting most of the cauliflower seeds I purchased I plant a few more cauliflower seeds on the morning of day7 I pay a visit the Clint who isn’t there shocker I sell some items to pier and find some loot boxes in the desert
It honestly never crossed my mind to check for loot boxes in this location unless I am terribly mistaken I I think this is the first time I’ve actually opened the loot box here I give the stardy valley Rose to Sandy who gives us the advanced TV remote I spend the rest
Of the day in the skull Caverns I pay a visit to Robin shop on day 118 where I purchase some wood I was going to use this wood to have a shed upgraded but I can no longer afford to upgrade the shed after buying the wood so instead I just
Asked Robin to build a brand new shed on the farm I give the TV remote to George receive an Arctic Shard sell some sales to PE here and use the gold I get from that to puras a workbench from Robin I give the Arctic Shard to the wizard and
Receive a worm once again it’s back to Pi to sell more salads I head to Ginger Island where I collect three bananas and realize I forgot to give the worm to Willie I sell even more salace to Pier so I can afford another ticket to Ginger Island give the warm to William receive
The Pirates locket and give it to birdie completing her Quest she rewards us with gold and walnuts and the crafting recipe for fairy dust I deliver four Prismatic shards to Mr key and use the key gems I receive as a reward to purchase nothing I want to buy peer missing stock list so
Pier will start selling every seed during any season I need 50 gems for this so I’m going to save up until I can afford it I find a loot box in the jungle and place a banana on a Podium to receive three more golden walnuts I collect some Oak resin on day
119 and add more kegs to The Keg shed I’m also making sure to send gifts to both Leo and Kent I would like to reach maximum friendship with both of them as soon as I can next stop is the adventurers Guild I’m pretty close to completing the remaining monster
Eradication goals so I spend the rest of the day as well as days 120 and 121 inside the mines working on them also the old abandoned Georgia Mart has been struck by lightning interesting day 122 is another loot box day I won’t lie at this point point I
Genuinely considered adding the mod I talked about earlier that adds another backpack upgrade to the game but I stayed strong I am an absolute Beacon of willpower and perseverance that and I’m too lazy to add the mod at this point so it just wasn’t happening another thought I had
That’s related to the whole loot boxes thing is a mod that lets you view all of the items you have stored in chests from one menu for example we have around 40 chests on the farm with random items in them this mod would allow us to see
Every item in these chests and take items from these chests without actually going through any of them it would make things a lot more convenient for us to say the least but like I said I do like that there is a bit of a challenge attached to the whole loot box thing in
Terms of managing all of the items we get and sorting our inventory and again I’m very lazy so I can’t be bothered adding another mod at this point at the end of the day I donate four items to the final bundle in the abandoned Georgia mer I asked Robin to upgrade our
Shed on day 123 I also purchased two mini fridges I spent some time cutting grass to add more hate to The Silo got to keep our animals happy then I spend the remainder of the day chopping down trees for wood I already have quite a bit of wood but
I’m always happy to get more day 124 is cauliflower Harvest day our bank account has been in complete shambles for the last few days so I am very happy about this I sell all of my cauliflower to pier and purchase another 500 cauliflower seeds I also realized that I
Accepted a special order to harvest and ship 100 cauliflower so selling all of the cauliflower I had wasn’t exactly the smartest Choice I’ve made but we will be able to buy back our cauliflower at a later date so it’s all good over on Ginger Island I finally received the
Quest that changes the skull Caverns this means I can get radioactive ore we will also receive 40 key gems if we reach floor 100 so I really want to complete this Quest I head to the saloon and buy some coffees and salads turn my coffees into triple shot espressos and
Purchase some Mega bombs from the dwarf and some explosive ammo from Maryland once again I have to sell some salice to pier in order to be able to afford a bus ticket to the desert once I get to the desert I trade 10 iridium bars for the desert warp totem crafting
Recipe make some staircases and craft the desert warp totem I spend the rest of the day planting my cauliflower seeds I immediately warped to the desert on day 25 I’m taking absolutely zero chances here I really want to reach floor 100 in the skull Caverns there are
Two reasons for this number one is I of course want to complete Mr Key’s Quest and number two I haven’t actually landed on floor 100 yet in this playthrough this means I haven’t watched the cuts scene where Mr key gives us a drink that boosts our maximum health by 25 points I
Want that thanks to a combination of the staircases salads explosive ammo and and bombs I eventually make it to floor 100 this wasn’t easy I’ll be honest but it also could have been a lot worse I mean I have spent quite a bit of time in the
Skull Cavern so I would have been just a little bit upset with myself if I hadn’t made it to floor 100 but I did so I receed the Boost to my maximum health along with 40 key gems what an absolutely marvelous day on day26 I finally get started on cleaning up the
Storage situation I’m sure at least a couple of you have seen all of the chests on my farm and thought to yourselves wow I really hope he cleans up his farm soon I actually cannot believe how many random chests full of random items he has just scattered
Around the farm well rest assured I will put my entire being into making this storage shed look good that being said I do take a quick break to harvest some cauliflower that was kind of poor timing actually now that I think about it maybe I’m not putting my entire being into
Making a nice storage shed it’s more like 95% of my being anyway I toss a radioactive bar into the shipping bin which means the shipping collection has finally been completed that is one of the goals we failed during our first year done and dusted nice I head to the desert and
Trade void Essence for the void ghost pendant I give this to kobus asking him to be our roommate and with that we have completed our goal to have kobus move in with us but that is also another two gos completed which means I can improve the settings of the loot boxes for the
Second time I buy back 77 cauliflower which combined with the cauliflower I harvested today will result in a shipping more than enough to complete the special order to ship 100 cauliflower I spend the rest of the day continuing to work on the storage shed I can indeed confirm the shipping
Collection has been completed on day 127 which is a lovely site more cauliflower is ready for Harvest which is even more lovely again the rest of the day spent organizing all of our items I also quickly accept an order from Robin to collect 1,000 pieces of stone surprise surprise the 128 is spent
Working on the shed some fantastic news as day 129 is loot box day my favorite time of the week the amount of gold we get the chance of getting rare items and the overall quality of the items we get has been improved so I’m very excited to
See what we get here it might be placebo effect but I feel like I’m already seeing a difference especially when it comes to the amount of an item we get as in we’re getting multiple of the same cooking dish or multiple fish I also get
A star fruit in a loot box which to me is evidence that we’re well on the way to getting some high tier crops in items maybe we’ll see a sweet gem bery or an ancient fruit soon I also find a golden Walnut in a loot box achieving Perfection requires you to collect 130
Golden walnuts so finding these in the loot boxes is actually helping us a ton it gives us a bit of leeway when it comes to finding all of the walnuts let’s say I’ve received four of the five walnuts you get from fishing I could spend more time fishing to get that one
Remaining Walnut or I could just say well I’ve got a golden Walnut from a loot box so I can just leave the fishing one alone I don’t actually need it anymore that’s a really nice bonus that I hadn’t considered before also the amount of gold we’re getting is sort of
Hit or Miss now sometimes my gold will increase by 300 or so when I open a loot box then I’ll open a different loot box and receiver around 2,000 gold so by the time I complete the remaining goals and adjust the settings I could be getting
Around 4 or 5,000 gold from each loot box which would be very nice I take a break from opening loot boxes to collect some Oak resin and ask Robin to upgrade our house also a loot box appeared right beside the shipping bin on Ginger Island
Every time I tried to open it I opened the shipping bin menu Instead This was actually kind of funny to me so I didn’t mind not being able to get that one actually saying that with my luck I guarantee there was a prismatic Shard or
A golden walnot or both in that loot box oh well I guess we’ll never know I purchased Pier’s missing stock list and the key to the town for Mr key just in case anybody does not know the key to the town allows us to enter any building
Regardless of the time for example Pier shop normally opens at 9:00 a.m. but with this key we can enter a shop before then it’s more for convenience and saving a bit of time than anything else I collect two artifacts for the field office for a chest open a few more loot
Boxes but don’t get anything interesting and donate the two artifacts the island field office collection has been fully completed I received nine golden walnuts a mango tree sapling and a banana tree sapling as rewards I purchase some salads and coffees in the saloon along with some
Mega bombs from the dwarf before the day ends a mini cauliflower harvesting session takes place on day 130 oh also G what was on Ginger Island yesterday so I purchased the tropical curry cooking recipe from him as well as a gold star bottle of mango wine I
Donate the mango wine to finish off the final bundle the abandoned Georgia Mart will be replaced with a theater overnight I give Pier’s missing stock list to pier and sell my cauliflower I also found a loot box inside the shop again then I had to the desert where I
Opened some loot boxes here now that I know they spawn here I’ll be sure to check this place out every week the rest of the day as well as days 131 and 132 are spent in the skull Caverns working on the monster eradication goals on day
133 I’ve decided to start putting all of the ingredients needed for cooking recipes into the mini fridges I have I want to get an idea of how many items I still need to collect for these recipes the answer very few items actually I purchase the seeds of the crops I still
Need for these recipes from along with the flower seeds that I will need for a crafting recipe in the secret Woods I give a sweet gem bury to the old Master canoli statue in exchange for a stardrop then I plant all of the seeds I bought earlier today you will notice I
Purchased 25 garlic seeds that is because we will need 10 garlic to craft an item in the future I am happy to announce on day 134 that once the crops have grown we will have every item we need for the cooking recipes that is absolutely tremendous news the day gets
Even better as many many many cauliflowers are ready for Harvest I decide to toss around 200 of these into kegs to make cauliflower juice I sell the rest of my cauliflower to Pier next stop is Robins where I ask her to add two new rooms to her house completely
Free of charge I might add which is very kind of her I also ask her to upgrade the third shed on the farm next I set up a crafting station in her house the workbench lets us craft things using the items in any chest beside it so I
Get to work on Gathering all of the items I need for the crafting recipes and putting them into the chest around the workbench similar to the cooking recipes I already have almost every item needed for these recipes I will be entirely honest and say that this is in
Large part thanks to the loot boxes there are at least a few items I would not have right now if I hadn’t found them in loot boxes or garlic and Bok Cho are ready for Harvest on day 135 I got to say bok choy one of the
Coolest names I’ve ever heard for a vegetable anyway I plant some mahogany tree seeds and sprinkle fertilizer on them I need quite a bit of hardwood for crafting recipes so I want to make sure these grow as quickly as possible next on the agenda is a trip to the desert
Where I do a bit of foraging then I accept a special order from Gunther he wants us to collect 100 Bones the reward for this is a crafting recipe so of course I accept it I pick up a clam at the beach and some bananas on Ginger
Island I also collect some Cinder shards and dragon teeth from a chest I accept an order from Mr key to bring him 100 each of different colored items I dig up a golden Walnut and collect another Walnut from my bush I opened some loot boxes on the ginger Island Farm on day
136 look I’m going to be completely honest here I don’t know how to make this entertaining anymore I’ve ran out of things to ramble about that are actually related to the playthrough and and there’s too many items in these loot box to list them all I could start
Rambling about random things but if there’s one thing you need to know about me it’s that when I start rambling about something I do not know when to close my mouth it’s it’s a bit of a problem really like I really want to be mysterious and cool but I simply do not
Know how to stop talking any homs I head to the flower festival where I purchased the tub of flowers crafting recipe and a rarecrow then I decid to dance with with nobody yeah you see my dancing skills are so good that I have actually been banned from participating in the flower
Dance apparently I would make all the other villagers look terrible so Mir Lewis said I just have to watch everyone else dance fair enough when I return home I take all of the items I need to purchase the obelisks in the Wizard’s Tower and put them into a chest I still
Need a few more Dragon Teeth bananas and clams but other than that I’m all good I begin day 137 by putting a battery into a box in the tunnel beside the bus stop and placing a rainbow shell into a box near the bath house I put 10 beads into
The fridge in Mir Lewis’s house purchased 74 Georgia colas in the saloon collect some bananas from a chest on Ginger Island and drop off some items in Mr Key’s Walnut Room I believe I only need to drop off 34 more red items to complete his order I make a desert warp
Totem teleport to the desert and put a solar Essence into the mouth of the dragon skeleton and that is it for today I collect cauliflower juice from kegs on day 138 and find the casino membership card just outside our house just to clarify this card appears here after you
Delivered the battery Rainbow Shell beets and solar Essence to the places I delivered them yesterday I sell my cauliflower juice to Pier purchase 34 spaghettis and 75 coffees from Gus turn my coffees into triple shot espressos as always and deliver the spaghetti to Mr key completing his order and earning 40
Key gems I use these gems to purchase the heavy Tapper and Deluxe fertilizer crafting recipes then I spend the rest of the day as well as day 139 going through the volcano dungeon the purpose of this was to collect Dragon Teeth and work on the monster eradication goals
Artichokes yams red cabbage fairy roses and Taro roots are ready on day 140 I tossed these into a mini fridge collect a couple of Oak resin at the bus stop collect quite a bit more Oak resin at the Quarry and purchase two movie tickets I give one of these tickets to
Kent in the theater I buy popcorn for him and watch a movie called The Brave Little sapling which Kent seems to enjoy the theater will help us reach Max friendship with Kent and Leo even quicker so I’m very happy it has been unlocked I harvest some pineapples and
Ancient fruit on Ginger Island and placed them into a chest beside seed makers to get pineapple and ancient fruit seeds I head to Robin’s shop and purchase all of the crafting recipes she has for sale collect my seeds from the seed maker chest and plant them in the greenhouse now that I’ve taken
Everything I need for the crafting and cooking recipes and the obelisks and put them in the chest I can safely begin selling pretty much everything else I have this also means that when I open loop boxes in the future I can sell all of the items I get from them I will be
Holding on to the items I need to make EGS though so copper and iron bars Oak resin and wood wood and I will also make sure I keep items I can give to Kent and Leo as gifts but other than that we’re about to start making a ton of gold and
With that I think it’s time to say goodbye to our second spring I’m going to be honest I achieved a lot more than I expected to achieve this season we got a ton of prep work done in terms of the crafting and cooking recipes our friendships with Leo and Kent are
Looking pretty good and overall I would say we are well on our way to achieving Perfection I look forward to seeing what happens in summer day 141 I start by heading to the sewers and purchasing two crafting recipes and now I’m going to completely change the format of this video at this
Point the only things I have left to do to achieve Perfection are the following build the four obelisks and the golden clock finish off the Slime and Dougies monster eradication goals get Kent and Leo to maximum friendship level up my foraging skill one more time obtain one
More star drop by getting crobos to 12 and 1 half hearts unlock a couple more crafting and cooking recipes and find three more golden walnuts So to avoid a situation where I talk about a bunch of things that aren’t really important or at least more so
Than I normally do which is quite a bit I’m going to talk about what I did each week instead of each day with that out of the way days 141 through 147 are spent accepting a special order to once again bring Mr key a bunch of different colored items I
Also Harvest ancient fruit buy back some ancient fruit that I sold and toss the ancient fruit into seed makers I purchase starf fruit seeds from Sandy and plant them on the farm I open up some loot boxes and from this point forward I won’t be showing me opening
Them all up instead I will put all of the items I receive from them into chests and show them all at the end of each season also here is a quick update on the greenhouse it is almost entirely filled with ancient fruit seeds there’s also a few corn seeds and pineapple
Seeds which I will replace with ancient fruit seeds in the future finally I spend quite a bit of time working on the remaining monster eradication goals during days 148 through 154 I received the final star drop I needed from kobis which honestly wasn’t difficult at all
We’re able to give crob is a gift every day because he’s a roommate which greatly speeds up the whole process I finish off the monster eradication goals by defeating the final douy I needed I’m always really happy to cross this one off the list I spent some time in the
Volcano dungeon where I use Golden wallnuts to unlock the shortcut to the shop and I purchased a cooking and crafting recipe from the dwarf here once again I open up some loot boxes collect Oak resin from the Quarry and harvest star fruit I toss some of the starfruit
Into to The Keg shed and sell the rest of them to Pier I asked Robin to add a seller to the house purchase two cinema tickets buy some coffees in the saloon and some starfruit seeds from Sandy and watch the Journey of the prairie king movie with Kent I plant the starfruit
Seeds collect more Oak resin and begin filling up a second shed with kegs I also get started on creating an ancient fruit Empire on the ginger Island Farm here is a bit of a progress update on how the farm looks to begin days 155 through
161 it’s not much but it’s honest work I actually cannot believe I referenced that Meme in 2023 what am I doing I exchang some golden walnuts for key gems and once again I accept the different colored item special order from Mr key we have also finally received a special
Order from Caroline completing her special order will reward us with the solar panel crafting recipe I’ve put a ton of work into collecting as many pineapple seeds as possible so I am absolutely positively prepared for for the special order there is one small problem though Caroline wants us to grow
And ship 100 Tower roots not 100 pineapples that is a bit of a curve ball to say the least but there is no way I’m going to allow myself to miss out on that crafting recipe I collect some key seasoning from a chest and I use that to make a gold
Star lucky lunch eating this will give a nice boost to our luck I collect some star fruit from a keg shed sell it to Pierre and buy the luck speed grow I head to Ginger Island and exchange bone fragments for 36 tarot tubers bringing
Us up to a total of 43 which I plant with the deluxe speed grow the plan is to harvest all of the tower Roots when they’re ready and put them into seed makers I will then plant all of the seeds we get from these seed makers I
Sell some items to pier and actually I don’t think I need to say I sold things to Pier anymore unless I make like a couple hundred thousand gold from it so you won’t have to listen to me say that anymore I head to the casino where I eat
Eat my lucky lunch to boost our luck and spend quite a bit of time using the slot machines eventually I earn 8,900 key coins so I spend some gold to bring us up to a total of 10,000 I used these to purchase the alien rarecrow I plant more ancient
Fruit seeds on Ginger Island buy a rare Crow from the dwarf and collect one rarecrow and a skeleton statue from the rewards available to us at the Museum I didn’t mean to pick up the skeleton statue there’s there’s actually a second rare crow in the museum that’s that’s
What I actually wanted to pick up not the skeleton statue I return a short while later to collect the aforementioned second rear Crow then I start opening up loot boxes actually why am I mentioning this I already said I’m just going to show every item I get at
The end of the season there’s no reason for me to mention this anymore I apologize that that was just a bit of a lacad isical moment on my part I collect some starfruit wine plant some summer forage seeds and harvest the first batch of tower roots that have grown I tossed
These into a seed maker and plant the resulting 26 tarot tubers another starfruit seed shopping spree is on the agenda along with the routine acquisition of deluxe speed grow I plant the starf fruit seeds on Ginger Island I watch a movie with Kent Harvest some Tower Roots toss them into a seed
Maker and use bombs to break the rocks at the dig site the goal here is of course to obtain more bone fragments I’ve already got some bone fragments with me that I obtained from defeating skeletons so I take my alarmingly sized collection of Bones to the island Trader
I exchanged these for another 42 tarot tubers which I pled on the ginger Island Farm I make sure to put them close to the river so they grow faster all right we’re almost at the end of summer nice days 162 through 168 are spent harvesting starf fruit purchasing
The final three crafting recipes you can get from Mr key along with Mr Key’s hat for some reason harvesting summer forage watch watching a movie with Kent I really want to get this friendship goal out of the way and sending a duck feather to Leo for his birthday which
Results in US reaching maximum friendship with him now only Kent remains I harvest all of the tower roots that have grown along with a ton of star fruit throw the tower Roots into the shipping bin Harvest even more star fruit and toss them into keg shed number
One and keg shed number two I visit Robin and buy a couple stacks of wood then I had to Clint so I can get copper ore and coal I received the CRA in recipe for the solar panel collect Oak resin and cook almost every recipe I
Have unlocked so far I retrieve a few ingredients I need from the chest where I’ve kept all of the loot box items I’ve received during summer and make a few more dishes I then repeat this process for the crafting recipes making every item I’ve unlocked so far I buy tomato
Seeds because I need them for a couple of cooking recipes along with some extra cooking ingredients just to be on the safe side I finish off the season by planting my tomato seeds also I was going to show a footage of me opening every chest I store the loot box
Items in but that footage is like 2 minutes long so in the spirit of saving time I am instead going to put screenshots of the items I received on the screen I will have three separate groups of screenshots and I’ll show each group on the screen for like 10 seconds
Maybe but of course do feel free to pause the video if you need more time to look at them I’ll still be here waiting patiently also a handy Fe feature of the automate mod is that I can use wood Pathways to connect the chest to the shipping
Bin every item that can be thrown into the shipping bin will automatically be deposited into it that is very handy very handy indeed I receive around 71,000 gold for the items I got in loot boxes I thought I’d get around 100,000 gold at least but you know not every
Loot box can be a winner moving on to the season of fall now as we begin days 169 9 through 175 I collect starfruit wine from a keg shed not just once but twice and it was very very nice also some fantastic news as I realize I have learned the recipe
For roasted hazelnuts on the last day of summer this is perfect timing as Kent loves roasted hazelnuts not only that but we only need three hazelnuts to make the dish and hazelnuts are a fall forage item I decide to reset my foraging perk as I want to choose the perk that gives
Us a chance to C two of any forage item we pick up it’s movie time once again Kent is receiving the royalty treatment today as I get a star drop sorb for him unfortunately Kent isn’t the biggest fan of the movie that is playing this month this means we won’t get any friendship
Points for the movie aspect but we will still get the bonus 50 friendship points for getting him the snacks he loves I sell my starfruit wind toer and choose the foraging perk I mentioned earlier Deluxe speed grow has quickly become my new favorite item in the game I collect
The fruit in the Batcave and plant the fall forward seeds I made a mini ancient fruit harvesting session takes place and I got to say our ancient fruit Empire is really coming along nicely now thanks to the planting of more seeds I’ve decided to plant ancient fruit seeds on the farm
In pelicant town as well as on the ginger Island farm this will help us get even more ancient fruit seeds and ancient fruit has now been added to the growing list of words that I have said way too many times during this playthrough I use the fall forage I
Harvested along with the forage I kept in the chest to make more fall seeds which I plant the goal is to max out our foraging skill by the end of fall I’ve been Dilly ding for far too long when it comes to that more ancient fruit is
Ready delicious I stand on my farm for a few seconds not entirely sure what I was doing here I collect more wine sell it to peer I cannot emphasize how much I enjoy using Deluxe speed grow and present a magnificent dish of roasted hazelnut the Kent moving on to days 176
Through 182 I begin by harvesting the fall forage that has grown I used that forage along with the forage I had in the chest to make more fall Siege which I of course plant again good news as the tomatoes in the greenhouse are ready along with a few ancient fruit which I
Toss into kegs I make a fruit salad and a fish stew and with that I have cooked every recipe I’ve unlocked at this point I give roasted hazelnuts to Kent maxing out his friendship that also means I have achieved the goal I set for the first year to reach
Maximum friendship with every villager I head to the Wizard’s Tower and have him built the island Obelisk on our farm I decided to get that one first because I’m going to be going back and forth between our Ginger Island farm and the Pelican Town Farm quite a bit for the
Rest of this playthrough I harvest a colossal amount of ancient fruit uh you know actually I take that bag it’s not a colossal amount not yet anyway I’m still still waiting for the rest of the ancient fruit to grow I harvest some fall forage collect Oak
Resin from the Quarry actually yeah I I don’t need to mention collecting Oak resin anymore it’s it’s kind of a given that I’m going to collect it every Sunday in order to keep making kegs I there’s a lot of things I don’t need to mention anymore I’m wasting so much of
Your time I’m sorry I really am but I can’t help it um I learned how to make blackberry cobbler and I immediately make a blackberry cobbler just to get it out of the way I fill the remaining spaces in The Keg shed Harvest ancient fruit and plant fall
Seeds for the duration of days 183 through 187 I fill up the Kegs and for the final time I harvest full forage we have finally reached level 10 in foraging at this point all I need to do in terms of the golds we said is to earn
A total of 10 million gold craft two more items and cook five more dishes in terms of achieving Perfection I also need to craft the two items and cook the five dishes for that as well as Bu The Golden clock and build the three remaining obelisks on our farm once
Again it is time to change the format of this video only slightly though we have very little to do at this point so for the remainder of fall as well as the entirety of winter I will only be talking about the important things that happened during those periods of time
With that being said during days 188 to 196 I learned how to cook crab cakes make a crab cake keep my cegs fully stocked with ancient fruit ask Robin to build a third shed on her farm and attend the spirits eeve Festival where I buy the last rarecrow I need and the
Jacko Lantern crafting recipe immediately following the festival I return home and make a Jacko Lantern then on the final day of fall I learned how to make fiddlehead Rosado cook the dish unlock the crafting recipe for the deluxe scarecrow and craft it that was the final item I needed to craft also
This time I’m actually going to let the footage of me going through the items I got from loot Box’s play instead of just showing screenshots of the items primarily because I do want to talk about a few things before fall ends firstly just to go back to the topic of
Crafting recipes crafting every item was one of our goals which means that that is the sixth goal we have completed so it is time once again to improve the settings of the loot boxes our final two goals are to earn 10 million gold and cook every dish the cooking every dish
Goal you unlock the final recipe on the last day of winter in year 2 so that is the earliest we will be able to complete all of our Golds and improve the loot box settings for the fourth time as for earning a total of 10 million gold I do
Think it’s possible for us to achieve that before the end of winter the ginger Island Farm is covered in ancient fruit so we basically have an unlimited supply of those for a kegs speaking of kegs I already have two sheds full of kegs but I also asked Robin to build a third shed
On the farm that’s basically our safety net you’ll see after I finish showing off the loot box items that one of the things I do during this final day of fall is I fill up the new shed it isn’t upgraded yet so we can still add more in
The future which again you know that’s just a way of really trying to ensure that I do reach that 10 million gold Mark by the end of winter I got to say I’m really excited about this playthrough ending not in like a oh I can’t wait for this playthrough to be
Over I’m sick of it type of away but rather I’m just excited to see how winter and maybe even year three go maybe will I even have to go into year three or will I do the impossible will I finally achieve perfection in one of my playthroughs on day
224 no I’m sorry for the spoiler but no it’s me that’s not happening as much as I enjoy playing stard Valley and as many hours as I’ve spent playing this game which happens to be like 880 something hours at this point uh yeah the the last thing I have to do
In every playthrough is build the golden clock that won’t be any different here I already know for a fact I’m going to have to go into year three to get the gold I need for it but honestly that doesn’t bother me you know like I’ve
Said I’ve had a lot of fun with this play through so I don’t mind going even further with it and spending more time on this I assume the footage of me going through the items has ended so let’s move on for the remainder of the final
Day of fall I fill up the new shed with kegs connect the chest to the shipping bin and take a moment to bask in the glory of our ancient Fruit Farm I collect ancient fruit wine from her first and second sheds sell all of it to
Pier pick up some items on the ground any shop continue my mission to single-handedly keep the saloon of Business by buying copious amounts of coffee and build the Earth and ocean obelisks also look I know my farm is still a mess believe me I’m well aware
Of it I promise it will look absolutely Sterling by the end of this playthrough I earned 55,000 gold from the loot box items this month I will be completely honest and say that I didn’t open all of the loot boxes this time hence the lower amount of gold days 197 through
224 it’s time to talk about winter I head to the sewer and reset my farming perks I want to choose the perk that gives a 40% bonus to the amount of gold we get from selling Artisan Goods this is important for us because wine is an
Artisan good I get to work on cleaning up the farm in preparation for the decorating I’ll be doing soon I had to sleep and choose the wrong perk what’s even worse is I never went back to the sewers to reset the perks and get that 40% bonus I am the opposite of smart
Sometimes the loot box opening adventure begins again I won’t be showing me opening up loot boxes outside of this little segment here I’ll just show all of the items I get at the end of winter it is incredibly satisfying harvesting all of this ancient fruit I am genuinely
Over the moon with how much ancient fruit we have growing here I learn how to make a poppy seed muffin and I cook it of course real quick I would like to thank Robin for allowing us to buy wood from her I’ve already spent so much time
Chopping down trees I would actually cry if I couldn’t buy wood also I I guess I would like to say thank you to Clint for selling iron and copper ore yeah he he does tend to try to sabotage me at least once during every playthrough but I mean
He is helping us to make the copper and iron bars we need for kegs so I I guess I’m grateful or whatever I learn how to make brusketta and as always I also cook the dish I collect ancient fruit wine from one two three sheds and I take the
Ancient fruit I was keeping in one two three sheds I sell all of these items to Pier which pushes us up to total earnings of 10.2 million gold that is the third goal we set for year 2 and our seventh goal overall completed the only goal we have left is to cook
Every dish I head to the Wizard’s Tower and built the fourth and final Obelisk the desert Obelisk oh also I asked Robin to upgrade our third shed the reason why I didn’t show that is because I didn’t want to spoil how the farm looks but don’t worry I will reveal the farm in
All its Glory really soon I learned how to make shrimp cocktail and cook it and with that the final goal has been completed nice but we’re not done yet no see we still need to achieve Perfection all we have to do for that is buy the golden clock
It does cost 10 million gold but at the same time we can earn that gold pretty easily by continuing to make and sell ancient fruit wine also as it is the final day of winter I’m going to show screenshots of the items I found in loot boxes during the season on the screen
Again feel free to pause the video if you need more time to look at the pictures I’ve also decided not to sell these items instead I’m going to keep them here so I can compare them to the items we get from the loot boxes we open
In Spring of year 3 I also mentioned that we completed our eighth and final goal that means the loot boxes will be even better in year three also also you can’t actually see me do it because these are screenshots but I took the wedding ring and a beanie out of the
Chest here I head to Emily’s house and use her sewing machine to dye my pants black I retrieve a pair of crystal shoes from a chest and return to the sewing machine where I use a piece of cloth and a geode to make a gray hoodie it looks
Good but not great it just doesn’t have that level of Sterling that I’m looking for is Sterling this a word well it is now I suppose I return once more and combine a field snack with a piece of cloth to make a denim jacket that is what I’m looking for now I feel
Completely at peace with myself no but in all seriousness I do actually really like this outfit the denim jacket looks pretty nice especially when it’s paired with the crystal shoes also I have an announcement behold trash can I have also decided to put the wedding ring I mentioned earlier into a chest
Beside the trash can it just felt natural to me to put these two beautiful items beside each other and that is the end of winter and the end of our second year all that is left for us to do now is to build the golden clock let’s just
Get right to it days 225 to 252 AKA all of spring in year 3 begin with a visit from Grandpa he is very happy with the progress we have made here on Pay to Win Farm I clear out the wood fiber and rocks that have appeared on the farm
Then I buy two stacks of grass starter these will be used to make the farm look more aesthetically pleasing I would like to give you all a sneak peak of the items we have gotten from our first round of loot box opening you will notice we have received 54 largeot bass
And 36 cookies among other items I feel like I may have made the loot boxes just a little bit too good at this point so I definitely won’t be selling any of these items just in case anybody is curious here is the settings I used for the loot
Boxes after I completed six goals and here is the settings I’m using now it’s safe to say the quality of the items in the loop boxes have absolutely increased too as I’m starting to get things like legendary fish in them now any wh all of spring has spent harvesting ancient
Fruit and throwing them into the kegs along with the typical loot box opening sessions every week on the final day of spring I collect all of the ancient fruit and ancient fruit wine from 1 2 three chess I sell everything to Pier which brings me up to over 10 million
Gold I head to the Wizard’s Tower and finally purchased the golden clock which I place in the center of the farm as always here is a look at all of the items I received from loot boxes during the last 4 weeks now that we have essentially reached the end of the
Playthrough I would like to give you all my final definitive thoughts on the loot boxes first of all they added a brand new level of fun to the game for me I was pretty much always excited when it came time to hunt them down and open up
All of the loot boxes every week especially in the early stages of the game when each loot box had the potential to help us with the community center and the museum collection but even after completing both of those it was still nice to consistently receive
Items that I could uh you know give to villagers or use them in crafting and cooking recipes I do remember being worried that the loot boxes would eventually be useless but I was completely wrong about that they provided us with some kind of benefit the entire time being able to
Get golden walnuts for them was a very nice bonus too I probably don’t even need to say this but the loot boxes absolutely made the game easier if I was short on gold I could sell the items I got I always had items I could give to
The villagers as gifts I completed some bundles in the community center with less stress than normal the museum collection was a lot more convenient to say the least overall the loot boxes made quite a few aspects of the game a lot more convenient if not just downright easier I would definitely
Recommend downloading the Overworld chess mod and giving this a try if you ever get bored of playing the game normally on day 200 53 a couple of notifications pop up letting us know that we have achieved Perfection I’m ready to head to the summit and watch
The final cut scene but before I do I would like to show you all some screenshots first we have the storage shed it’s nothing fancy but I think it looks okay and it kept their Farm tidy because I wasn’t throwing my items into random chests on the farm we also have
One of the three keg sheds I was able to fill the shed entirely with kegs because of the automate mod what I did was put ancient fruit into the chest which would then be put into the kegs the wine that was produced would go right back into
The chest we have our Greenhouse which again nothing fancy I just have a ton of ancient fruit growing here it’s the same story with the ginger Island Farm or as I called it the ancient fruit Empire this is really what helped us earn 10 million gold we have our house
If you’ve seen my previous playthroughs then I’m sure this looks familiar I pretty much decorate my house like this every single time finally we have the farm I really do think this is the nicest looking Farm I have ever made I am so happy with how it turned out
Forget about achieving Perfection this right here is what I’m most proud of I could happily look at this picture for hours now let’s have a bit of fun with the loot boxes one last time I have doubled the values I last use for the loot boxes because I’m curious is to
What kind of effect that will have on them the first loot box I open gives us over 5 million gold and thousands of items this repeats with every loot box I open this is incredibly satisfying I could happily spend the entire day just opening these up but I think it’s time
For us to say goodbye to the loot boxes I head to the summit where the final cut scene in the game plays and that is the end of our journey and so we have arrived at the final play through in this video the easy mode playthrough the goal for this
One is simple we must achieve Perfection within 100 12 days AKA one year there are a couple of things I want to mention before we get started the first and most important thing is easy mode is not an official mode in the game as in you
Can’t do it without using mods I wanted to start with that because it is bad news for some people who don’t have access to these mods I start with idium tools the the Iridium fishing rod the tractor from the tractor mod both backpack upgrades and Elliot’s pencil I
Will also be using the automate mod I do have the shop overhaul mod installed but I don’t know if I will actually use this mod that will be decided at some point during spring also I will be starting on the first day of spring in year 2 so I
Can get access to all of the cooking recipes by the end of winter this also allows me to meet Kent and get him to maximum friendship Hearts basically this makes it possible for us to actually achieve Perfection within 112 days finally I’m going to show footage of me
Getting everything set up just in case anybody wants to play on easy mode themselves here is how you do it all right let’s get started with preparing for the play through the first step is to use the cjb items menu mod to give us idium tools and the idium
Fishing rod and Elliot’s pencil of course this doesn’t actually help us at all I just kind of added it in for the meme the next step is to use the cjb cheats menu mod to give us enough gold to purchase the two backpack upgrades in regards to the Tractor I don’t need to
Get Robin to build it for us I can just press the backspace key and it will appear beside me here are the settings I will be using for the tractor just in case anybody is interested I was having problems with Wily shop the first few times I tried to get everything set up
It seems like if you skip straight to year two you will be locked out of his shop so to get around this I head to Willies and watch the cuts scene where he gives us the fishing rod now his shop is open the final step is to use the cheats menu
To set the date to the final day of winter in year 1 when we wake up tomorrow it will be the first day of spring in year 2 and that covers everything I think so let’s get started day one begins with a visit from Kent he introduces himself to us but more
Importantly he adds himself to the list of villagers we can give gifts to Mary drops by next accompanied by a dog she wants to know if we will adopt the dog the day I reject her offer is the day I realize I am no longer capable of having
Emotions of course I adopt the dog I lovingly name it cheese in honor of the world famous cheese expert James may also known for his time on a show called Top Gear but his work in the world of cheese is more important in my opinion I grab the box of parsnip seeds mayor
Lewis also kindly left for us and get to work on clearing the farm surprisingly enough I don’t use the tractor immediately no you see I want to be able to say that I at least planted something without using the tractor granted I am using iridium tools so that isn’t
Exactly something to brag about but look it’s nearly Christmas all right so if you all let me have this one small victory then I will consider it a Collective present from all of you to me do we have a deal I use the tractor to
Chop down some trees and I make a chest where I deposit the goods I’ve acquired along with some tools because we are starting in year 2 we have some mail to read the first letter notifies us that the cost of raw materials at Robin and Clint’s shops have
Increased that is not exactly the best news for us to get on our first day but we have the tractor so I think we’ll be okay in this area next up is a load of gibberish quite frankly from the Georgia Corporation long story short the mine is
Now open that’s it that’s the entire letter that’s all they should have said I watch a cut scene where Lewis shows us the community center once a hive of hustle Andor bustle it is now but a mere reminder of what the town once was if only somebody could repair the community
Center maybe a sense of solidarity could be brought back to the residents of pelicant town once again we shall return to the community center later and see what we can do the special orders board has been built in the Town Center just in case anybody
Does not know what this is It’s a board and you can use it to accept special orders I visit the bulletin board not to be confused with the aforementioned special orders board where I see that mney is looking to receive a flounder I’m going to accept this Quest because I want to help
Marney okay I know it’s actually because completing quests gives us friendship points for the Villager we help all right all right no I’m lying It’s really because we get money for completing these quests and to quote CM Punk I’m not here to make friends I’m here to make
Money at the special orders board not to be confused with the bulletin board Robin has two special orders for us I choose her order to collect 1,000 pieces of stone in one week there are a couple of reasons for this number one the reward for completing this special order
Is a crafting recipe for a stone chest number two we get to keep the stone We Gather and number three the tractor will make it laughably easy to complete this one I head to the mines where Marilyn gives us the rusty sword I head into the mines and magically pull the tractor out
Of my pocket I am immediately reminded of why I had so much fun during the original easy mode playthrough it is so incredibly satisfying breaking rocks this way it’s almost like going up to a vending machine that dispenses dopamine every single time you press the button
And the best part about it it’s free another fantastic benefit of the tractor is the effect it has on Floors that are full of monsters normally going through one of these floors with the rusty sword takes all of the neurons in my body away and replaces them with sad face emojis
But the tractor trivializes this whole process and turns those sad faces into happy faces not only are we collecting a ton of stone we’re also getting copper ore geodes coal and various gems I open a chest on floor 20 and receive the steel small sword this is a very nice
Upgrade I almost feel bad for the monsters we will encounter now that I’m equipped with this sword one of the monsters I defeat drops an ancient seed at this point one of the slimes could drag me off the tractor steal it and use it to destroy my house and I would not
Mind at all I would still be way too happy about getting the engent seed to even care about that I make it to floor 40 at around 8:00 p.m. the the goal is to reach floor 80 by the end of the day I’m sure other people could make it to
Floor 120 aka the bottom of the mines by the end of the first day with the tractor but uh I’m yeah I’m not good enough to do that that reminds me actually a YouTuber and streamer called habo made a 100 days video where they started on day one of year 2 and
Achieved Perfection on the final day of year 2 I would highly recommend checking that video out if you get the chance not only is it interesting and enter aining but it’s also very impressive that habo managed to do that I will have the link to that video in the description of this
One I obtain the bone sword from a skeleton which increases our power even more I managed to make it to floor 79 but unfortunately I pass out before I can make it to floor 80 I missed out on my goal by one single floor you know
What I’m happy with that I think that’s pretty good all things considered I managed to level up my Mining and combat skills a bit today two Clint pays us a visit on the morning of day two he gives us the crafting recipe for the furnace I make 10
Furnaces place them down beside my house place a chest beside them and toss my coal copper and iron ores into the chest like I said I am using the automate mod so the furnaces will smelt the ores by themselves Robin sends us the crafting recipe for the stone chest as a way of
Rewarding us for completing her challenge to collect 1,000 pieces of stone I don’t think she knows I used a tractor to do this and I would like to keep it that way I would be so upset if she took the crafting recipe away from
Me after finding out I used a bit of a scallywag method to obtain the stone I head to the beach where I do a bit of fishing I catch a flounder and give it to Marney to complete the quest she gave us I buy a deluxe speed grow donate some
Items to the museum and collect the three rewards available to me an ancient seed the crafting recipe for ancient seeds and nine cauliflower seeds I go into Clint’s shop throw my items into a chest and ask him to break open the various geodes I obtained yesterday I
Donate the items I received from this to the museum then I return to the general store to buy one of each spring seed that I don’t have yet just to clarify we can buy garlic seeds and Deluxe speed grow because we started in year 2 I
Plant my seeds then I return to the mines to continue our mission to reach floor 120 right now I’m not too concerned with collecting things like gold ore and breaking every Rock I just want to get through the mines as fast as I can I received the obsidian edge sword on
Floor 90 followed by a star drop on floor 100 while the Boost it gives to our maximum energy is very nice the only thing that will actually require us to use energy is fishing because of a beautiful vehicle known as the tractor at around 1:00 a.m. I uncover a ladder
And make it down to the final floor I obtain the skull key this key is used to open the door to the skull caverns and area we will hopefully reach in the very near future we need to defeat 10 green slimes to gain access to Maryland shop
So I spend the short remainder of the night working on this I reach level five in mining and I choose the perk that gives us extra ores mother has decided to send us 500 gold on day three what an absolutely marvelous gift to receive I am feeling tremendously lazy today so I
Decideed to use the tractor to water my seeds next I decided to do a bit of landscaping on the farm and by Landscaping I mean I completely destroyed every tree and stone on the farm if there is one thing I cannot stand it is feeling like my farm is
Cluttered I simply do not like the vibe that it produces also chopping down trees gives you foraging XP so this was a win-win here is a look at Robin shop with the shop overhaul mod installed like I said in the intro I’m not going to buy
Anything that is added by this mod yet I will wait and see how spring goes before I make a decision on want to do I do however ask Robin to add a silo to the farm this way when I get rid of the grass on my farm it will add hay to The
Silo also look at chees sleeping by the furnaces he’s such a sleepy boy I do a little foraging run and already we’re getting gold star daffodils these will be excellent gifts for the villagers Clint would like us to bring him 35 copper ores we get to keep the
Ores after he inspects them which is very good for us the general store is closed on Wednesdays thank you for inconveniencing me sir I talk to Elliot on the beach and pick up some clams I make my way to the forest where I use the tractor to decimate the local tree
Population the log that blocks the entrance to the secret Woods has been removed so we now have access to this area too I genuinely cannot even begin to describe how satisfying this is and like I said we also get foraging XP for doing this as well as things like wood
Mixed seeds and fiber I make sure to replant some trees after my escapades I also plant some treee seeds on the farm I want to make sure I have a steady supply of wood throughout the entire year I plant a rice choot beside the Little Pond and toss a few items into
The shipping bin I’m going to be making a very conscious effort to ship every item as soon as possible it’s off to the mines for the rest of the night where I utilize my trusty tractor to get the copper or Clint asked for I’ve got a
Little bit of time left at the end of the night so I quickly plant the mix seeds I have I reach level five in foraging so I choose the perk that gives us a chance to get two of any forage item we pick up Mr William would like us
To catch three carp on day four that’s not a bad Quest at all I will happily accept that one it is Kent’s birthday so I give him a gold star daffodil you know what Kenny I will now be referring to Kent as Kenny for no reason other than
Kent reminds me of Kenny from The Walking Dead games I present the copper or to Clint completing his quest I have been very productive so far I am feeling pretty proud of myself I must say I buy as many potato seeds as I can then I
Spend the rest of the day fishing some bubbles pop up which is very fortunate because bubbles make fish appear quicker I think I’m not entirely sure I don’t really know the whole bubbles lore if I’m being honest I don’t know how these work day five begins with the harvesting
Of parsnips while I may not be the biggest parsnip fan in the world carrots are infinitely Superior in my humble opinion I still hold them in high regard as they were the first crop I ever harvested in this beautiful little game the rest of the day spent fishing it is
Raining which means we have the opportunity to get catfish and Shad I want to get both for the fishing collection of course but I am primarily focusing on Catfish as they sell for a pretty penny I make a scarecrow on day six and plop it down in front of the ancient
Seed I planted not only will this ensure the safety of the seed it also prevents a scenario in which I have to throw hands with a crow who has decided that my anent seed would make for a tasty snack now that the silo has been built I
Can safely convert the grass on the farm to Hay William wants us to catch four anvy as much as it pains me to do this I’m going to pass on this Quest I have big plans for the very near future and they do not involve fishing they involve
The mines I spend the rest of the day in this location collecting gold ore gems and overall just working on increasing my mining skill I watch the queen of sauce TV show on day seven and learned how to make pizza also I forgot to mention reruns of the queen of sauce TV
Show play every Wednesday we missed out on every cooking recipe in year one so these reruns are how we will learn the recipes we missed I’m also going to be completely honest here I don’t know if by watching every rerun in year 2 we will be guaranteed to learn all the
Recipes we missed in year one I hope that’s how it works but there could very well be a possibility that we will get to the final day of year two and be missing a cooking recipe if that happens then we have failed this Challenge and that would not be very cash money I
Consider buying a rare seed and a coffee bean at the traveling cart but I decide against it I will be making big money moves very soon so I don’t want to be making any purchases right now that and I also can’t afford these two items so
You know there you go I head to the community center and read the golden scroll if I’m being honest read is a bit of an exaggeration because I have no idea what it says I cannot read the language it is written in not yet anyway you see that that’s a little bit of
Foreshadowing I don’t know if I’m making a YouTube video or an M Night shamalan movie at this point once again it is off to the minds for the rest of the day I am fully aware that I’m spending quite a bit of time in this location but this is
All part of my master plan all shall be revealed in due time the wizard sends us a letter on day eight he is aware that we went into the community center and found the golden scroll he wants us to pay him a visit in his Tower if I got a
Letter from somebody called M rasmodius telling me that their sources let him know that we’ve been exploring a local building and told me to meet him in his Tower in the forest I would immediately leave town and never look back some potatoes and parsnips are ready for
Harvest not enough to be excited about but I’m still grateful for these crops I visit the wizard and he teaches me how to read the scroll in the community center it seems like the wizard is under the impression that I’m going to rebuild the community center the wizard thinks
Too highly of me that’s not me saying I’m going to go for the Georgia route though actually no that’s that’s exactly what I’m saying I’m doing the jger route I figure I might as well let you all know now so you can click off the video
If you don’t want to watch a playthrough where somebody doesn’t repair the community center I understand if that’s what you decide to do I do not blame you at all the reason why I’m doing this is it’s a lot easier to complete the Geo route and unlock Ginger Island than it is to
Complete the community center and the sooner we get to Ginger Island the more likely we are to achieve Perfection by the end of the year once again it is back to our home away from home the mines using the tractor and the mines gives me the same sense of happiness I
Felt watching Cody rhods make his return at WrestleMania 38 for any of you who don’t watch wrestling I am basically very happy right now I reach level 10 in mining and choose the perk that gives a 50% bonus to the money we earn from selling metal bars
Like Triple H putting on a new outfit the game has changed I earn almost 40,000 gold mainly because of the gold bars I sold Demetrius blesses us with his presence on day nine he has a proposition for us we can either choose to have mushrooms grow in the cave on
The farm or we can have fruit show up in the cave ordinarily I would go with the fruit because it makes it easier to get the fruit I need for the shipping collection but I want to challenge myself just a teeny bit considering how easy I’ve made things already so I go
For the mushrooms instead a bunch of potatoes have grown so I collect them are there enough potatoes for me to be excited about yes absolutely yes especially because it’s all potatoes potatoes are Sensational I will be honest I do feel like my laziness has reached New Heights
As I use my tractor to water the few seeds that are still growing also I have not forgotten about working on my friendship with the Villagers I’m making sure to give marvelous gifts to all of them the one thing I don’t want to happen is to fall behind on our
Friendships it is very easy for me to forget about talking to the villagers and giving them some nice items so I’m making sure I stay on top of it I also want to make somewhat of a good impression on these people before I put the final nail in the coffin of the community
Center speaking of which it is time to do exactly that I head to Georgia Mart and byy a Georgia membership the Georgia route has now officially begun but make no mistake about it I did not sell out I bought in I did this for all of the
Villagers okay no I did this for a few of the villagers I did this to make sure I can get to Ginger Island really quickly all right I I did it because I like the color blue and Georgia Martis blue the wizard has a special order for us he
Would like us to defeat a prismatic slime collect the Prismatic jelly it drops and bring it to him I will get around to this eventually but for now I want to catch the fish that show up in the mines I go to floor 20 because I
Want to start with the stone fish I catch a ghostfish followed by another ghostfish next we have a third ghostfish fourth one does pop up and I do catch it but this one is iridium quality as opposed to Gold quality so I’m not too annoyed about this one of course next we
Have a fifth ghostfish followed by a sixth ghostfish yeah this this isn’t working I swap the floor 60 so I can get the ice pip I catch a ghostfish then I pass out on day 10 I watch a queen of sauc run and learn how to make hlaw
Demetrius wants a cave carrot I have plenty of these so I will happily accept this Quest I make my way to joja Mart where I spend 40,000 gold to unlock the BS to the desert part one of my master plan has just been achieved I give a
Carrot to Demetrius as he requested I am such a good person then I return to the Minds to continue our fishing Adventure will I have better luck today than I did yesterday no no not at all the same thing happened I kept getting ghostfish at this point the playthrough might as
Well be called I played 12 days of stardew Valley and was haunted by the ghostfish once again I opt for a change of scenery I do some fishing on floor 100 where something not that chill happened I got a bunch of trash I did not catch the lava eel
That is it that is the entire day I’m going to cry day 11 let’s just forget about yesterday it’s not Cannon all right yesterday never happened I impatiently await Pam’s arrival at the bus stop purchase a bus ticket and arrive at the desert I immediately enter
The skull caverns and of course I call upon my ly Steed aka the tractor I pick up crystal shoes on floor 22 I love these shoes this skull Cavern run is already a massive success anything that happens after this is just a lovely bonus I’m not too concerned
About breaking every Rock I find on the early floors the main priority is getting to around level 100 as fast as possible that is when we will start getting quite a bit of aridium or thanks to the perk I picked at mining level 10 a rium bars sell for 1,500 gold as soon
As we start throwing the idium or into furnaces there won’t be enough yeast in the world for the amount of bread we’ll be making on top of this we’re also picking up a lot of really good items we can get dinosaur eggs from the pepper Rex monsters as well as a decent amount
Of copper iron and gold ore diamonds emeralds and pretty much every other gem we can give these gems to the villagers Omni geod are also easy to get now so that will help us with the museum collection there are also chests in the skull Caverns that will give us some
Valuable items I make it to floor 134 at 700 p.m. floor 134 is not significant or important in any way shape or form I do not know why I specifically mentioned it here anyway at this point I’ve got over 300 iridium ore a couple hundred copper
Iron and gold ore various gems and even a prismatic Shard I get a crystarium from a chest and pick up another Prismatic Shard on floor 159 it turns out it’s pretty easy to get Prismatic shards when you can break every rock on a floor in like 10 seconds
Who would have th at around midnight I make the executive decision to to leave the skull Cavern I am very happy with the loot I have acquired here today I exchang a prismatic Shard for the Galaxy sword make 21 furnaces pop them beside the existing furnaces and toss my ores
And coal into the chest attached to them I did have a bit of a silly goose moment though I wanted to put a diamond into the crystarium I picked up today but I passed out before I could Mr key sends us a letter on day 12 he has challenged
Us to make it the floor 25 of the skull Caverns already done brochacho give me my money when I opened the chest beside my furnaces my eyes were blessed with a beautiful sight 31 iridium bars are ready I make a sizable donation to the museum sell my purple gold to Clint and
Start the process of opening up all of the geodes I have this was a gargantuan task and took up many many many many minutes of my time as I went from cracking open geod to donating the items I received to cracking open more geod and so on and so forth
Despite donating a small percentage of my lifespan to this task I do have to admit that it was absolutely worth it as we get multiple Prismatic shards and the museum is quickly filling up I am strong enough also to admit when I have made a mistake and this is unfortunately one of those
Moments basically I realized after I was done with all of this that it would have been more worthwhile to go through the magma geodes and normal geod first as opposed to the Omni geodes the reason for this being we can trade our Omni geodes for for artifact
Troves in the desert actually you know what mistake isn’t the right word for it as the great Bob Ross once said there are no mistakes just happy accidents speaking of happy accidents I go into the Joo Mart and purchase the mcart upgrade yeah look I’m not proud of the
Fact that I’m doing the joer route ignore everything I said previously I’m actually very ashamed of it it is time now for us to work on the special order the wizard gave us just to refresh your memory in case you have forgotten he wants us to find a prismatic slime
Collect the Prismatic jelly it drops and deliver it to him this whole process of obtaining Prismatic jelly has always been very Hit or Miss for me and make no mistake about it today was a Miss of seismic proportions my frustration levels Rose higher and higher as a prismatic slime
Simply refused to show up dare I even say that my frustration was so strong that it registered on the RoR scale I’m exaggerating for comedic purposes of course only slightly though I was truly a bit miffed about this whole Kur fuffle the end result of this whole ordeal was
I did not obtain the Prismatic jelly this was an upsetting end to a good day long story short 9 out of 10 gother pays us a visit on day 13 He thanks us for our contributions to the museum and gives us the key to the Sewer as a thank
You sweet now we can meet kobus and work on our friendship with him Mr key has given us our 10,000 gold reward for reaching floor 25 of the skull Caverns all right listen I need everybody right now to agree that we won’t tell Mr key that I used a tractor
To go through the skull Caverns I don’t think he would be too pleased with me if this information was revealed to him moving on quickly now some cauliflower is ready for Harvest today is already a fantastic day this is making me feel a lot better about the Prismatic jelly
Incident I toss some gold an idium bars into the shipping bin I’m already starting to feel like a bit of an entrepreneur and I do a quick forage run at the bus stop I probably did not have to mention that but it’s something small that brings me happiness so I want to
Share that the good news train continues to roll steadily along the tracks as the egg Festival takes place today I buy 985 strawberry seeds which honestly caught me off guard I did not think I would be able to buy that many this is going to
Put us in a very good position later in Spring next up is the egg hunt I’m not going to sugarcoat it I absolutely steamrolled the competition here I collected egg after egg after egg with a completely unparalleled amount of speed and efficiency I almost felt bad for the
Villagers competing against me almost so much so that I made myself believe that every one of these villagers was given the option of adopting the dog Marney brought to her Farm on day one and they all said no that is the only reason reason why I will be able to sleep tonight without
Constantly thinking about how I took a friendly competition this seriously also planting all of these strawberry seeds I bought has led to a significant increase in the production of serotonin in my body I also earn over 100,000 gold from the sale of aridium and gold bars I love this game I love
This game so much when it goes well it just goes well mother has sent us a pink cake on day 14 I learned how to make hash browns which by the way has hash browns are incredible hash browns and a nice cup of tea is always a phenomenal
Way to start the day I head to the beach and used 300 pieces of wood to rebuild the broken bridge now we can access the tide pool area this is a wonderful little area I am always very happy when I unlock it I enter the sewer for the first time and
Introduce myself to kobis I buy two crafting recipes and a star drop from him our shopping spree continues as I pay $35 5,000 gold to unlock the greenhouse next stop is Robins where I ask her to build a coupe on the farm again I also buy multiple crafting recipes from
Her finally I head to the mines where I ruined my day once again I failed to obtain Prismatic jelly I am the opposite of happy right now Evelyn shows up on day 15 to brighten up her day she gives us the garden pot this allows us to grow
A crop inside it assuming the garden pot is indoors we can grow a seed from any season in it for example starfruit seeds can only be planted during summer on the farm but if I was to go to Sandy shop in the desert and purchase a starfruit seed
I could plant it in the garden pot I’m not going to do that though I don’t know why I even said all of that moving on very quickly now I harvest some spring forage that has grown make some spring seeds and plant them I felt like our smelting situation was not as efficient
As it could be so so to rectify that dilemma I made some more furnaces now we will be producing dozens if not millions of bars every day it is salmon Berry season which normally would be a very good thing for us as salmon berries are a decent source of energy during
Spring however we have something better than salmonberries at our disposable complete unlimited share willpower and the tractor I give Pam a par snip as a thank you for being our personal bus driver and I give a pink cake to Marne just because I feel bad for the way
Lewis treats her if you are not aware of the whole situation Marne wants to be in a relationship with Lewis he does not want to be in a relationship with her but still strings her along that is diabolical Behavior I know I normally use words like diabolical in like a
Comedic sense this is not one of those moments I’m being seriously right now I purchased the bridge upgrade Pam has a special order for us she wants some potato juice we don’t have any kegs right now but I feel like this special order will give us the motivation we
Need to start producing kegs so I accept it there is one small problem though you unlock the crafting recipe for kegs when you reach level eight and farming yeah we need to hustle with this one we have 14 days to do all of the following reach level eight in farming
Make tappers attach them to oak trees wait 7 days for them to produce Oak Risin make kegs put potatoes into the kegs wait 4 days for them to produce potato juice and give it the Pam yeah that’s not happening I will not be able to do that I’m just going to give up
Before I even get started on this one also I have decided that I will not be using the shop overhaul mod it is simply too good to use alongside an easy mode playthrough to make myself feel better about not utilizing the shop overhaul mod I decide to purchase 25 of each
Spring seed along with an extra 25 parsnip seeds our farm is looking splendiferous with all of the strawberry seeds we have planted but I believe it could look even more Splendid with the planting of even more seeds of various types so that is exactly what I do we
Now have over 1,200 seeds planted on the farm and you know what that still isn’t enough I want to get to the point where the entire Farm is covered with seeds then and only then will my appetite for seeds be satiated in rather Dreadful news however
I am too late to purchase a ticket to the desert but even if I had not been late I still wouldn’t even have enough gold to afford a ticket wo is me and me is wo and we is Mo in lie of a skull Cavern Adventure I
Opt to go through the mines the primary goal here is to collect copper ore which will be used for the production of more furnaces and copper bars day 16 begins with the most satisfying watering session of all time I could feel my right arm begin to shake
Slightly out of excitement as the ground turned from light brown to dark brown this is what easy mode is all about having the power to water over a th000 crops in the space of 30 seconds I sell some cave carrots to Caroline’s husband and use the money to fund my trip to the
Desert where I enter the skull Caverns I have begun incorporating the spicy eel dish into my skull Cavern skyling sessions the spicy eel dish gives a plus one to our speed when we eat it this speed bonus also affects the speed of the tractor which is just gravy I get a
Rain totem in a chest on floor 128 which is a very nice pickup I am very happy about that one I end up completing the pepper Rex monster eradication goal tonight which I was not expecting but I will gracefully accept just after 1:00 a.m. the satisfaction I feel regarding
The state of my inventory is so high that I decide to use a warp totem to get back home I toss every ore I have into my furnaces except of course for the copper ore these are used to make more furnaces all of which I manage to place before the
Night is over it is day 17 and the script for this video is already over 6,000 words spring is going to be like 50 minutes long I hope you’ve all got a nice drink and maybe even some snacks with you because I’m only just getting
Started I will be so happy if I can start every morning off by watering a field of seeds I do not know why but it is a feeling I can only describe as a purification of the soul I sell some idium bars the Clint then I fulfill the
Prophecy and buy the final upgrade in Georgia mer what prophecy is that you may ask I don’t know it’s sort of a plot hole really any HS I visit Haley and Emily’s house where they are arguing Haley does not want to clean under the cushions unfortunately for them I am not
Here to resolve their argument or to help them Reach a compromise no you see I am here on very important business I combine a piece of cloth with a field snack to make a denim jacket that is the important business which I am sure we
Can all agree is a far more valuable use of time than helping Emily and Haley with their Kur fuffle I asked Robin to upgrade the coupe on her Farm then it is off to the Quarry where I continue the tradition of eradicating the nature Vibe of every location I visit I plant many
Tree saplings here though so technically I’m actually making the place more environmentally friendly I spend quite a bit of time in the skull Caverns I find some idium sprinklers in a chest on floor 63 while I won’t need these for the main Farm they could be useful in the
Greenhouse I also find a cowboy hat on floor 135 which means it is officially time to retire the straw hat I received for winning the egg hunt I remain here until around 1:00 a.m. at which point I head to the desert Trader and exchange my Omni geod for artifact
Troves I also exchanged diamonds for triple shot espressos and rubies for spicy eels if we consume both of these items at the same time we will get plus two speed boost I deposit the ores I collected into the furnaces chest save for the copper ores which I use to make more
Furnaces I would like to begin day 18 by showing you what a typical hardwood collection run looks like I literally just drive the tractor through the secret Woods I break all six three stumps here which gives us 12 hardwood every time I also catch the wood skip while I’m here
Next up is a very special cut scene Morris the manager of the local Georg Mar has thrown a little celebration for us you know what I may not be the biggest fan of Georgia but it’s nice to feel appreciated and that is exactly how the members of Georgia have made me feel
They also gave me a soda machine so I no longer feel bad for taking the Georgia approach I wanted to give kobus a horse radish but I can’t as I’ve already given him two gifts this week that is deeply upsetting I sell 111 irar the Clint earning us a
Tasty 160,000 gold I immediately purchased 250 coal before starting the process of having all of our artifact troves broken open we are getting some nice things like a pearl a treasure chest and various artifacts I donate said artifacts to the museum then I check how much progress we have made it
Turns out we have made quite a bit of progress I only have to donate one more mineral which is marble I can get this from Frozen geod and Omni geodes I still have to donate 16 artifacts which honestly isn’t too bad I can get most of
Them from artifact troves and I can use the tractor to easily dig up the ground to get the others so overall I would say things are looking pretty nice for us in this area I finally introduced myself to Sandy the owner of the shop in the
Desert I should have done this sooner my bad I buy 25 rhubarb and beet seeds along with a full stack of deluxe speed grow 100 starfruit seeds are also acquired during this little shopping spree I give Pamela a prismatic Shard as a birthday present she responds by
Telling me to go away you know what I’ve heard worse from people who I respect a lot more so this didn’t bother me the wizard has requested a cave carrot I love getting handy quests like this one I buy 25 garlic seeds and one of each fruit tree sappling I then spent 5,000
Gold on sugar I don’t know why I did that a nice blue wallpaper and flooring is on sale so I decide to scoop them up I plant the garlic and rhubarb seeds I bought plant the fruit tree saplings and get my Greenhouse setup I have four iridium sprinklers thanks to the time I
Spent in the skull Cavern so I don’t have to worry about coming in here and watering the seeds every day the seeds in question being starfruit seeds and beet seeds I also sprinkled Deluxe speed grow on them I do have some unfortunate news though it seems like my very being
Has been infected with the Georgia Gene without even realizing what I was doing I converted my house from a cozy cottage to a shrine dedicated to Georgia I even turned off the fireplace perhaps a metaphor for the manner in which my heart has been turned cold after allowing the community center to be
Destroyed I decide that a moment of peace is needed not only because of my conversion to a fully-fledged Georgia member but also because the last 18 days have been nothing short of hectic I sit on a chair on my porch and do nothing for the rest of the night
This was absolutely therapeutic I listened to the hum of the furnaces the smooth crackling tickling my ears and observ the natural beauty of the farm my soul once again feels at peace the beating of my heart has slowed and I feel absolutely Sterling I needed this reset I needed it
So much but enough Dilly dallying let’s get back to business William sends us a letter on day 19 he wants us to come to to his shop when we get the chance he also said something a bit weird at the end P.S I have noticed that my left hand
Shakes when I eat dirt this is the first time it’s happened during my 25e streak of eating dirt every day do you know anything about this I am starting to get a bit concerned uh no no sorry Willie I I don’t know anything about that moving on
Now from that uh situation I toss a dinosaur egg into the incubator in the coupe a lizard will hatch from it in 12 days many parsnips are ready for Harvest after collecting those I head to the Quarry where I entered the mines I make it to the end where I obtained the golden
Scythe this was an absolutely grueling task one which I almost failed many times it took every ounce of passion and dedication of my body to obtain this wonderful tool and I am not being serious at all it took like maybe 20 seconds at the most to do this which
Makes sense of course because I’m using the tractor I ask Robin to upgrade the coupe no I don’t actually I can’t afford it that’s kind of embarrassing uh I sell so I really embarrassed the Clint then I return to robins and actually have the coupe upgraded this time I head to the
Shop owned by Abigail’s father where I purchase 50 of each spring seed I plant all of these seeds then I do my regular hardwood collection run in the secret Woods it is time now to begin a very special Mission given to us by the wizard I meet him at the mountain area
Where he instructs us to head to the mutant bugler an area that can be found in the sewers our good acquaintance kobus gives us a hand as he opens the door to the mutant bugler before I head in however I decide that now is the
Perfect time to do a bit of fishing a legendary fish called the mutant carp can be caught here in the sewers in what has become a bit of a trend when it comes to fishing the fish I wanted in this case the mutant carp did not show
Up with a heavy heart I enter the mutant bugler where I attempt to catch another new fish called the Slime Jack thankfully this fish actually does appear and I catch it I meticulously maneuver my way through the area and collect the dark Talisman at the end in
What would end up being a terrible decision I spend the rest of the night fishing in the sewers trying to catch the elusive mutant carp I failed I am awoken on day 20 by the sound of cheese snoring loudly he’s such a gooda dog do get it like like like
Good dog but like GAA because of GAA I’m sorry I harvest some kale then I collect some more hardwood I’m going to stop mentioning the hardwood collecting thing from now on you can just assume I collect hardwood pretty much every day I make nine lightning rods and place them
A bit haphazardly on the farm I’m not too concerned with the visual aesthetic of the farm right now though I’m all about the productivity side of it I Venture into the skull caverns and at this point there’s not much to say about the skull Cavern runs that I haven’t
Said before we’re getting a ton of omni geodes ores and gems every single time it’s also a lot less stressful than normal skull Cavern runs I said it before I will say it again it is so incredibly satisfying doing this with the tractor I get another crystarium on
Floor 84 followed by two rain totems on floor 86 and one more on floor 100 I trade my Omni Jews for artifact troves then I spend the rest of the day in the mines with a heavy f us on collecting artifacts using the hoe to dig up the ground here yields significant results
As I get multiple artifacts I still need to donate to the museum I reach level five in farming so I choose the perk that gives us a 10% bonus to the gold we get from selling crops I learn how to make a complete breakfast on day 21 and
A beautiful sight awaits me when I leave the house all of the strawberries have fully grown which means it is time for our first strawberry Harvest blue Jazz Two Lips and potatoes are also ready for collection also also if you use a rain totem on a stormy day there will be a
Storm on the following day to so that is exactly what I do here I’m going to do this a couple more times so we can get more battery packs speaking of battery packs the lightning rods I created yesterday have produced some so I collect them a battery pack is a very
Valuable item for multiple reasons they are needed for a couple of crafting recipes and we need them to repair the boat that will take us to Ginger Island our bank account is looking pretty miserable right now so I sell some Ian bars to Clint I sell my strawberries ask
Robin to build a barn for us and buy some chickens ducks and rabbits for a coupe the following animals have joined the family Ria Finn and J D the chickens Dominic Damian Jimmy Jay and solo the Ducks and Paul Roman Sammy and Hornswoggle the rabbits I bu bu two Auto
Grabbers from Marney I have given her a ton of money today along with a rare seed and a coffee bean from the traveling cart I put an autog Grabber into the coupe and say hello to her new animals then I plant a coffee bean right
In front of a scarecrow to keep it safy wafy I spend the rest of the day fishing I want to get to fishing level 9 at least before the end of spring days 22 to 26 are also spent fishing some other things happened during that period of
Time that I would also like to talk about however I reached level 10 in farming so I choose the perk that makes crops grow 10% faster an ancient fruit appeared along with some spring forage I created a seed maker along with some more spring seeds I did some frolicking
Through my little lightning rod area collecting battery packs as I did before planting the spring seeds I made I used another rain totem tossed an ancient fruit into a seed maker harvested beets and planted two ancient seeds and a rear seed Sebastian wanted a sard lovely I
Was able to get that for him very easily I decided to give a prismatic Shard to Abigail and her father then I bought all of the fruit tree saplings a second time I didn’t want to run the risk of the ones I planted on the farm not growing
Properly so these were thrown into the greenhouse very soon after I made this purchase kobis was next up on our list of gift recipients followed by the aforementioned planting of fruit trees in the greenhouse I attended the flower Dance Festival where I purchased the tub of crafting recipe along with a rare
Crow I decided to ask nobody to dance with me here quite frankly I am not comfortable with any of them dancing with me or even being near me in any capacity I do not want that nothing against the villagers I simply do not wish to partake in any of that back to
The present day now as we begin day 27 with our second and final strawberry Harvest of spring many other crops and forage items grew During the period I spent fishing but I decided I would wait until now to harvest them so that we could all enjoy it together I collect
The battery packs that I’ve accumulated in the chest Harvest a tantalizing amount of starf fruit in the greenhouse and toss all of the starf fruit into the shipping bin I do not toss all of my other crops in there however only one or two of them each so they’ll be crossed
Off the list of items I need to ship as part of the shipping collection I’m going to show me collecting hardwood here just because this was the moment when I got enough hardwood to repair the boat in willly shop I grab a piece of wool from the autog Grabber make some
Tree fertilizer and plant some mahogany tree seeds in the Quarry I’m going to need a significant amount of hardwood in the future so these mahogany seeds will be a lifesaver I sprinkle fertilizer on all of the seeds I have planted here and ask Robin to upgrade the barn I give
Emily a piece of wool for her birthday I am actually really surprised I’m still making good progress on her friendships and I check the special orders board the wizard is giving us a second chance to acquire the Prismatic G jelly that is tremendously kind of him but I’m going
To have to decline you see I just won’t have enough time to go to the mines today or tomorrow I have other things in mind so instead I accept demetrius’s order to catch 20 ocean fish hopefully rasmodius has enough kindness in his heart to give us another opportunity in
The future I enter willly shop where the big man himself Mr William shows us his dilapidated boat he says he needs 200 hardwood five bars and five battery packs to repair it well Mr Will I Am have I got news for you I have all of
Those things with me right now how did I know you would require all of these materials I’m actually a sidekick not a sidekick no but a sidekick you see my partner in crime told me that I would need all of these things to repair the boat hence me being here with these
Items in other news Willie wants us to catch a sardine okay now he’s just being greedy I have done way too much for him today already I’m going to pass on that Quest as I predicted we are going to fail Pam special order to bring her
Potato juice it’s not all bad though it did motivate me to plant oak trees in the Quarry and unlock the crafting recipe for kegs so I think I’m going to consider this a yeah well you know I’ll call it a win despite not actually completing the order some good did come
Out of it I use a rain totem then I spend the rest of the day at the beach working on demetrius’s order I’m also going to use this as an opportunity to talk about my plan for tomorrow in short I have two options option number one focus on catching the legend fish the
Legend only shows up in spring on a rainy day when you have reached level 10 in fishing I used a rain totem to make sure it rains tomorrow and I’m currently level 9 in fishing so I can buy a trout soup which will bump me up to level 10
The problem is I’ve pretty much always struggled with catching the Legend So so if I go with this option it’s almost a guarantee that I will be spending the entire day fishing there is also a decent chance that I won’t catch the fish at all which would end spring on a
Bit of a sad note and I don’t really want that option number two is I spend the entire day on Ginger Island I already like the sound of that and the thing is too tomorrow isn’t my last chance to catch the legend there’s an item called magic bait this type of bait
Allows you to catch any fish in any season which means I can still catch the legend in summer or fall or winter yeah I’m going to go to Ginger Island tomorrow I’ve just convinced myself uh all right let’s uh let’s move on to the final day of spring on day 28 I checked
The progress I have made on this special order I only have to catch six more fish to complete it nice here is an update on how our friendships have been going you can tell sure away which villagers had a birthday in Spring Pam and Emily are on
Five hearts a couple of villages are on four Hearts most villagers are on three or two hearts and a small amount are only on one heart I’m not concerned about those villagers by the time their birthdays come around I’ll be able to give them a gold star items that they
Love which will give us a bonus three hearts of Friendship with them so overall I am very happy with how this whole thing is going of course it goes without saying that we had easy access to gifts thanks to the Tractor we used it to get gems in the mines and it also
Boosted our foraging level which resulted in us picking up silver and gold star Forge items which also make great gifts for the villagers the final Harvest of the season comes in the form of cauliflower I kind of wish it was potatoes or even better another strawberry Harvest for even more gold
But this is still nice I spend some time fishing at the beach to complete the special order Demetrius gave us I immediately receive a reward of100 gold but I will also receive the crafting recipe for the computer in the mail tomorrow I buy 15 crab pots and set them
Up along the boardwalk making sure to fill them up with bait as I do I pay 1,000 gold to be able to purchase a ticket to Ginger Island considering I single-handedly retrieved all of the items that were used to repair this boat I don’t think it’s necessarily fair that
I have to pay to be able to use it but I mean at least that money is going to William so I will let this one slide I finally set foot upon the Sandy Shores of Ginger Island and I immediately get to work collecting golden walnuts in the
Forest area I collect a second Walnut from a bush then I obtain a third one by using an axe on a tree in Leo’s Treehouse I watch a Cuts scene where I introduce myself to Leo or at least I try to introduce myself to Leo I have to
Collect a total of 10 walnuts before he’ll speak to me the good thing about using the tractor is it makes finding golden walnuts a lot easier or at least it would but I forgot to bring my hoe with me I feel very foolish right now I
Run home and grab my hoe and the copper pan I kind of panicked and decided to bring that with me too just in case I spend another 1,000 gold on a ticket I’m not mad I just think I should get some sort of discount on the ticket at least
Then as I was saying the good thing about using the tractor is it makes finding golden walnuts a lot easier I can just equip my hole while I’m on the tractor and it will dig up a big patch of land in like 3 seconds so finding all
Of the walnuts that are hidden in the sand is a walk in the park I make sure to collect every Walnut I have access to in this area at this very moment before I enter the volcano dungeon the first thing I do here is use my watering can
To create a path leading to the left side of the entrance I go through a door here and collect two golden walnuts on the other side the rest of the day spent going through the volcano dungeon I obtained quite a few golden walnuts here by defeating monsters and breaking rocks
I am also getting some valuable items like a dragon tooth pineapple seeds Cinder shards and journal scraps some of these Journal scraps will reveal the locations of hidden golden walnuts when I read them just to very quickly give my thoughts on Spring I feel like the first
28 days went pretty well comparing this play through to the original easy mode playthrough I am already making far more progress in this one I repaired the community center the last time I did this so I didn’t get to Ginger Island until the start of winter in that one
But in this playthrough not only I made it to Ginger Island already I have also collected around 20 golden walnuts on the last day of spring I hope you have all enjoyed watching my escapades during this season and again I do want to emphasize that the point of this whole
Easy mode playthrough isn’t a Showcase of skill or anything like that it’s more so just trying to have as much fun as possible with the upgraded tools and the tractor I understand a playthrough like this isn’t everybody’s cup of tea so if you’ve made it to this point and you’re
Still 50/50 on the whole easy mode concept then that’s complet completely understandable I just hope you found it entertaining up to this point any HST I will not waste any more of your time I wasn’t able to make it to the end of the volcano dungeon before I passed out
Unfortunately but that’s okay I can come back here tomorrow and avenge myself and with that I will see you all in summer day 29 the first day of summer I say goodbye to the remnants of the spring crops which is always a Bittersweet moment I hate seeing all of
These wilted remains but there are many more crops we can plant this season that will continue the Legacy that was started by last season’s crops I decide to make five idium sprinklers these shall be used on the ginger Island Farm William has sent me a letter in which he
Tells me about how he had to drag me back to the boat last night after I passed out on Ginger Island okay what what do do you want to medal or even a cookie because I can give you both of those things that was very kind of you
William thank you we also receive the crafting recipe for the computer as a reward for completing the special order Demetrius gave us it is time for the routine chopping down of trees if there is one thing I never want to be short of during this playthrough it is wood that
Would be a dire situation just in case you don’t know what a dire situation is it is like a normal situation but it is d I buy 450 starfruit seeds from Sandy a purchase which I’m sure I will repeat many times during summer and I accept a
Quest from Maru she wants Jade I have Jade she has money I want money as a professional businessman and part-time entrepreneur I can sense when a deal can be made and this is one of those moments I purchased 25 of most of the summer seeds along with 50 of a couple of the
Summer seeds I also buy 100 of my favorite item Deluxe speed grow we are truly being blessed today as Lady Luck herself has decided to shine a light upon us we have been given a third opportunity to get Prismatic jelly the unfortunate aspect of this is both of these special orders
Have a crafting recipe attached to them in a perfect world I would be able to accept both of these right now but as we can only choose one I decide to choose the Prismatic jelly order I head to Robins where I do not have enough money
To upgrade the barn so I asked her to upgrade her house instead back on the farm I plant all of the seeds I bought today I am already very excited to see everything grow especially the starfruit seeds it is going to feel cathartic harvesting all of this star fruit and
Seeing the effect it has on our bank account I toss a garlic into a seed maker so I can get garlic seeds then I head to the boardwalk at the tide poool area we have a very important mission to complete here that mission is to catch our first legendary fish the Crimson
Fish I catch a super cucumber followed by a super cucumber next up is a lingot and a halibut for a second there I thought we were going to keep getting super cucumbers I did get to a point where I felt like the Crimson fish was not going to show up tonight but
Thankfully it eventually did it also isn’t a particularly difficult fish to catch so all in all this was a rather enjoyable experience I was feeling pretty good about myself and wanted to keep the fishing train going so I head to the sewers where the mutant carp does
Not show up and I pass out I buy a melon seed a wheat seed and theux speed grow on the morning of day 30 next up on our list of super duper important things to do is to use 10 golden walnuts to unlock the west side of Ginger Island as always
Using the tractor to clear out the farm is nothing short of a phenomenal experience I wish I could do it over and over again but alas I am a very busy bee I plant the wheat melon and garlic seeds I have that I take a moment to absolutely annihilate the natural beauty
Of the beach in my defense I got a golden Walnut by doing this I collect a walnut in the Shipwreck pour some water on an innocent creature I apologize but that was a necessary evil I need this golden Walnut and I use the tractor to make the process of finding the walnuts
That are hidden in the ground a lot easier and by easier I mean I kind of just do nothing I just drive around and let the golden walnuts come to me I defeat a group of tiger slimes and dig up a patch of dirt which Nets us a
Further two walnuts I find one in a bush followed by another in a bush and long story short I collect almost every golden Walnut you can find on this side of the island I will however make sure to specifically mention any future walnuts I find in this area I make my
Way to the volcano dungeon where I used the slingshot to obtain a walnut before unlocking the Dig side area I do a bit of landscaping shall we say which provides us with bone fragments and artifacts I utilize the tractor and my brain I know I know I’m also surprised
That I’m using my brain it took a while for the cogs to start turning and for the cobwebs to be cleaned up but believe me my brain is and has been working at 101% power during this entire run so far I do not want to fail this challenge
That would be just a little bit embarrassing considering how easy it is The Farmhouse here on Ginger island has been repaired which means I can now sleep on the island on day 31 I remember I never made it to the end of the volcano dungeon when I
Came here at the end of spring that is a miscarriage of Justice I cannot allow things to remain this way I steamroll my way through the volcano dungeon collecting copious amounts of goodies and golden walnuts along the way I reached the shop on level five where I
Realize I cannot buy anything from the dwarf here because I haven’t donated all of the dwarf Scrolls to the museum there is one scroll absent from the colle ction I’m sure I have it lying in a chest somewhere so this is just me being lacad isical and forgetting to donate it
I really do need to take it to the museum soon though we will receive the dwarfish translation guide for doing so which will not only allow us to buy things from this shop but we will also be able to become friends with the dwarf in the mines and the sooner we do that
The better okay now that I’ve said that out loud I really should have donated that scroll sooner that could be a problem in the future and a big problem at that any H our journey through the dungeon went very well I acquired many more walnuts and made it to the end here I
Obtain a further two golden walnuts as well as a prismatic Shard changing course completely now I have found a Rainbow Shell at the beach what an absolutely marvelous piece of forage also I really wish we could go to more locations with the Minecarts they make getting around the area so much faster
It is time now to water our massive field full of seeds this is something that will have to be done daily as I refuse to use iridium sprinklers on this farm for some reason I don’t really know why I mean I know I have the tractor but
They would still be useful so I don’t know like maybe somewhere deep down inside of me some little part of me is just completely opposed to the idea of using sprinklers on this Farm I don’t know how to explain it I don’t even know why I’m saying this I’m off topic again
This is going to happen quite a bit I’m sorry uh but just to go back to the whole sprinkler thing again I am using in them in the greenhouse because I’m too lazy to go in there every day it is time now to end the day on a good note
It is time to get the Prismatic jelly you will notice I did not say I’m going to attempt to get the Jelly or we have the chance to end the day on a good note no there is no maybe there isn’t just a chance I am manifesting the appearance
Of a prismatic slime I will get the Jelly and this day will end on a positive note sure enough the pris IC slime does appear I defeat it and obtain The elusive jelly I kind of want to spread this jelly on some toast and see what it tastes like I run to the
Mountain area and use the dark Talisman to open up the entrance to the witch’s swamp I do a bit of fishing to obtain the void mayonnaise and give it to the single best character in the entire game the goblin henchmen and that isn’t just my opinion by the way the goblin
Henchman is objectively the best character in the entire game I mean just think of all of the moments that involve the goblin henchmen we have this moment here I return to the wizard and present him with his Magic ink we have now unlocked his shop which means we can buy
Junam muts the four obelisks and the golden clock we need to obtain all four obelisks and the golden clock to achieve Perfection so that is going to be a really easy thing for me to do and will not be timeconsuming stressful heartbreaking and just overall a soul crushing experience for me no I’m
Absolutely going to thoroughly enjoy earning enough gold to buy all of those items I finally give the Prismatic jelly to the wizard completing a special order I received 5,000 gold from the wizard on day 32 the crafting recipe for Monster musk has also been added to our repertoire a little harvesting session
Takes place next followed by a trip to the store owned by I I can’t think of anything else to describe this man as but I just I don’t want to say his name I don’t like him I bu 125 radish seeds gave a prismatic Shout To Jazz for her
Birthday and donate a couple of items to the museum the dwarf scroll was not one of these items I forgot about it again Clint cracks open a golden coconut for us which yields a golden Walnut I received marble from a frozen geode along with a few more new artifacts from
Artifact troves all of these items are of course donated gother better give me a very nice Christmas present this year I have been working overtime on basically making his museum look very nice I think I deserve a hot chocolate or a hash brown or even both as a thank
You I make a cherry bomb plant all of my radish seeds and spend a bit of time digging up the ground on the beach we can get golden coconuts and artifacts that can be donated to an office on the island by doing this so I will make sure
I do it as often as I can I talked to birdie who has a quest for us she gives us a momento which we will have to use to obtain in a pirates locket basically we give the momento to someone they give us an item in return we give that item
To someone else rinse and repeat until somebody gives us the Pirates locket unfortunately for birdie however my schedule has already been filled and so she will have to wait a while before I get around to doing that I use the Cherry Bomb I made to free Professor
Snail from the cave he was trapped in so I can begin donating items to the little Museum he has in his office I answer two questions related to the island in in record time to obtain two golden walnuts then I dig up another Walnut and an
Ostrich egg I toss this egg into the shipping bin I could have saved it and used it to get an ostrich in the barn on our farm but this egg is required for the shipping collection so I wanted to get it out of the way now day 33 begins
With the crafting of 70 tappers I head to the Quarry area where I chopped down just a couple of maple trees then I place tappers on the oak trees here I give the momento to Kent who gives us Gourmet tomato salt Gus is thrilled to receive this salt and in return gives us
A stardo valley Rose I decide to have an early night got to make sure we keep our sleeping pattern intact that is very important some radishes are ready for Harvest on day 34 the rest of the day spent going through the skull Caverns our skull Cavern escapades continue on days 35 through
38 I won’t lie I may be becoming slightly attached to the the thrill of breaking rocks breaking more rocks and breaking even more rocks in all seriousness though seeing little pieces of iridium ore and Prismatic shards fly towards my Farmer causes the dopamine receptors in my brain to light up every
Single time but make no mistake about it these skull Cavern runs aren’t being done just to prevent the production of sad Vibes in my body no they’re keeping the dream of achieving Perfection by the end of the year alive I will forever be grateful to both the skull Cavern and
The tractor for this some important things did happen outside of the skull Caverns during this period of time that I also want to mention William had a delicious special order for us he wants us to fetch 100 pieces of bug meat for him I gave Gus a diamond
For his birthday then I decided to keep spreading the Good Vibes as I give presents to everybody in the carpenter SL scientist SL Sebastian family it was maru’s birthday but I can’t leave the rest of her family out can I I mean I could actually I absolutely could but I decided to be
Nice here many different crops are ready for Harvest on day 39 melons starf fruit blueberries Tower Roots peppers tomatoes and hops are all added to her inventory some of these crops grew During the period I spent in the skull Caverns but again I wanted us all to be
Able to share this wonderful experience together I toss all of my starfruit into the shipping bin along with one each of the other crops before throwing everything else into a chest I want to make sure I’ve got everything I need for the cooking recipes in the
Future so I’m going to keep around 90% of my crops in a chesty Westy I harvest a sweet gem bery in the greenhouse and give it to my old pal the old Master canoli statue in the secret Woods I receive a star drop in return as a part-time businessman and a former
Entrepreneur I know a good deal when I see one and this was a good deal dare I even say it was a very good deal moving on now to the luau I toss a gold star melon into the soup I spend some time talking to the villagers then the
Governor tries the soup made by the entire town the melon I added gets the best reaction from the governor earning us half a friendship heart with the Villagers moving on to day 48 the remaining starf fruit are ready for Harvest I plant summer seeds because I want to make a Monumental amount of
Progress this season when it comes to my foraging skill I I want to make a Monumental amount of progress in general actually now that I think about it but like you know what I mean I have maneuvered the crab pots from the beach to the town river so I can continue
Getting sea creatures that are needed for the fishing collection I sell around 75 maybe 80% of the Iridium bars I have to Clint which pushes our bank account up to over 1.1 million gold we are finally the opposite of broke it took a while but we are officially a
Millionaire our bank account goes from tasty to tantalizing as I sell my crops I have big plans some may even call them really big plans that require two stacks of deluxe speed grow this is quite expensive but it will absolutely be worth it I also purchased 50 red cabbage
Seeds because for some reason I forgot to buy them at the start of summer oops I grab the wallpaper catalog while I’m here too then it’s off to the desert where I buy two full stacks of starfruit seeds I do a little foraging run this is
Something I will be doing as often as as I can to make sure I have a plentiful supply of coconuts and cactus fruit I reach an entirely new level of farming as I plant my starfruit seeds sprinkling Deluxe speed grow on them as I do this
Is the moment where I was no longer a humble planter of seeds nay I became a shining Beacon of hard work passion and hope not just for the residents of Pelican town but for every citizen in the region of stardo Valley as I planted my seeds and I chopped down trees an old
Irish saying popped into my mind it is a long one but I would like to share it with you all that translates in English to where there is hatred let me so love where there is injury pardon where there is doubt Faith where there is despair hope where there is Darkness light where
There is sadness joy that might be too much for a sturdy Valley video but I will take any opportunity I get to practice my Irish with today’s Irish lesson out of the way let us progress now to the minds where I gallivant around the area collecting bug
Meat for William I was not able to collect all 100 I needed so I shall return in the very near future to continue working on this I decide to expand my range of seeds on day 41 so I tossed Taro Roots ancient fruit and a pineapple into a seed maker up next on
The agenda is a visit to Sandy so I can give her the stardy valley Rose I receive the advanced TV remote in return I also buy 100 beat seeds while I’m here Shane wants a coconut I can take care of that very easily I give a prismatic
Shard to Alex for his birthday and I give the advanced TV remote to George he gives us the Arctic shard in return I need to pay a visit to the wizard but I make a quick stop in Mar’s first please give a warm welcome to four new goats yeah n perhaps and
Certainly as well as this tranquility and turbulence the cows have also joined the family I have made what I believe is the single best business deal of my entire life I gave the Arctic Shard to the wizard and he gave me a wiggling worm he got absolutely swindled in this one what can
I say when you’re good you’re good and I am a good Tradesman I collect the seeds produced by the seed maker then I watch a cut scene involving Abigail she is playing the flute in the rain I have no time for Dilly dallying so I skip this
Cut scene avoiding a scenario in which my farmer joins her instead I asked Robin to upgrade the barn it is at this point I noticed the time I want to go to Ginger Island but willly shop closes at 5:00 p.m. I make a beine for the beach I
Was listening to The Final Countdown during this and it really got me in the zone I felt it deep down in my soul I knew that I would make it on time unfortunately I arrived too late so that was very humbling I must say the good
News is I ran into Willie so so I was able to give him the worm I receive the Pirates locket for doing this now all I have to do is present this locket to birdie and her Mission will be completed but that will not be taking place tonight as I have rather important
Business to tend to I must return to the mines and continue collecting bug meat floors 15 and 16 are very lucrative areas in terms of bugs so I just farmed these two floors over and over again I eventually reached the first goal of collecting 100 bug meat I Dro this off
At willly shop before the night ends completing gold two you may notice I had over 100 bug meat in my inventory that is because I didn’t collect all 100 today so I went back to my farm and collected a bunch of meat from a chest
To make sure I would have enough when I dropped them off at Willies we are halfway through summer now as we have made it to day 42 as I am watering my field of seeds I can’t help but notice there is a patch of land in the bottom right of the farm
Which is completely Barren this will have to be rectified soon I plant pineapple and ancient fruit seeds along with Taro tubers in the greenhouse then I clean up the desert some absolute scallywag must have dug up all of the ground here so I use my pickaxe to make
It go back to normal I do not know who dug up the ground here that is a mystery I exchange a lot of omni gelds for artifact troves and I ask Clint to crack them all open I make a few donations to the museum and I am very happy to
Announce that this time I actually remembered to bring the final dwarf scroll with me also here is a progress update on the museum collection I have but three items left to donate two of them can be found by digging up the ground the third one can be obtained
During winter we will receive the magnifying glass during that season which will allow us to collect and read secret notes one of these notes reveals the location of the third artifact I head to the mines where I don’t introduce myself to the dwarf because I forgot to collect the dwarfish
Translation guide from the museum I’ll be honest at this point I have one brain cell left and it is just playing a video of Subway Surfers on a loop nevertheless I collect the translation guide then I finally actually introduce myself to the dwarf I purchase a crafting recipe from
Him and I give him the first of many many many gifts the dwarf loves gems so amethyst emeralds aquamarine those kind of things this will make getting him to Max Hearts pretty easy I reckon William is having a bit of fun at the beach he
Has taken the bug meat I gave him and he’s using it for fishing purposes he gives us the crafting recipe for the quality bobber thank you so much you are a star William I use a rain totem as soon as I step foot on the island of
Ginger I head into the cave on her Farm where I talk to the Frog inside I show him the melon wheat and garlic I grew which earns us 15 gold and walnuts I take back what what I said about the goblin henchmen being the best character
In the game uh the goblin henchmen did not give us 15 golden walnuts so the frog has officially taken his place I harvest the crops here which rewards us with more golden walnuts you can get a total of five by doing this and truth be
Told I was not keeping count of how many I harvested here so I don’t know how many I got I give the Pirates locket to birdie who rewards us with more walnuts and the crafting recipe for fairy dust I am very curious as to how many walnuts I
Obtained at this point so I check and I have collected 80 of them I am very pleasantly surprised I must say I was expecting to see a total of 40 maybe 50 at the most this has rejuvenated my spirits I am now more motivated than ever to complete this challenge I obtain
A golden coconut by digging up the ground at the beach then I unlocked the Island Resort I go a step further and spend even more walnuts to unlock the island Trader I buy a crafting recipe and a banana tree sapling here I find one of the three artifacts I need at the
Dig side very nice then I make a donation to the island field office this field office should be very easy to complete thanks to the Tractor I returned to the island Trader where I purchased another crafting recipe dig up a walnut collect another by fishing and earn another three by playing games of
Darts I dig up another Walnut then I do some fishing we can collect five by fishing so I would like to get that out of the way as as soon as I can I catch a super cucumber followed by a super cucumber I’m getting a bit of deja vu
Here thankfully I secure a lion fish then 1 2 3 four golden walnuts not bad not bad at all the harvesting of some radishes on day 43 yields another Walnut and just like the previous two series I have done on this channel the word Walnut has now
Lost all meaning for me I use a rain told him again the reason why will be revealed shortly and by shortly I mean right now I head to the north of the island where I find a bird that drops an amethyst I bring it to the forest where
I put it on a Podium when it’s raining on Ginger Island a bird will spawn in one of four locations the north south east or west of the island each bird will drop a gem and each gem must be placed on the corresponding Podium so because the bird spawned in the north
Today we put the amethyst on the top Podium collecting all four gems will give us five walnuts I donate a mummified frog to the field office earning two more golden walnuts despite all that has happened today is not a good day you see the two special orders this week are useless to
Me completing Wily’s order won’t give us a crafting recipe and I already got the recipe from Demetrius with a heart full of sadness I asked Clint to crack open a golden coconut I really wanted to get the fossilized skull because I need a f the field office but I received a banana
Tree sapling instead I do replenish some happiness however as I water my starfruit seeds I decide to work on the fishing collection for a while I am not going to acknowledge the first fish I caught I do catch a red mullet though and I buy some coffees in the saloon I
Also buy some salads pizzas and spaghetti which I can and have been using as gifts for the villagers the fishing Expedition continues as I catch a pike then I realize all of the fish I need stop appearing after 7:00 p.m. so that was pretty heartbreaking I had
Pretty bad luck today I’m going to go watch Sha of the Dead to cheer myself up Summer seeds have been planted on day 44 that is very important information and will absolutely change the trajectory of this playthrough so I wanted to mention that I return to the river where I catch
A rainbow trout then I head to the beach where an octopus a tilapia a puffer fish and a tuna are added to our collection as always I start my Ginger eyelid experience with a rain totem a bird in the forest aka the east side of the
Island drops a ruby which I place on the corresponding Podium I trade muscles for a mango tree sapling and plant it beside my banana tree sapling with this I have pretty much guaranteed that I will complete the shipping collection before the year ends normally the final four
Items I need are a mango a banana a radioactive ore and a radioactive bar here’s hoping I get access to Radioactive ore before the end of winter we now have a grand total of 93 golden walnuts I was very happy about this so I celebrate by going to sleep the fourth
And final rain totem has been used on day 45 the final rain totem for now I should say I will be using one more on this island at some point I will be sure to point out when that moment is is but what I can say is that it will probably
Occur during fall the third bird drops an emerald for us which is promptly placed on the podium there has been a lot of alliteration in this playthrough which I kind of regret because I’ve had to record so many lines multiple times and that’s because what I was saying was
Basically a tongue twister I struggled so much reading this script like like that line right there promply placed it took me like seven attempts to say it properly and I don’t even think I said it right there properly I don’t I I like to complain about small things anyway I
Catch a red snapper at the beach lovely I am glad that one has been taken care of red snappers only appear when it is raining so I may have forgotten about that one if I hadn’t caught it today I make a donation to the museum then I
Travel to the desert where I catch a sandfish and a scorpion carp I plant some coffee beans in the greenhouse I would eventually like to be able to make hundreds of coffee instead of spending money in the saloon my recent victories in the field of fishing have inspired me
To return turn to an area that previously defeated me the mines I catch the stonefish pretty much straight away which motivates me even further so I head to floor 60 where I catch an ice pip I cannot believe how well this is going I’m going to park the fishing here
For today though I do not want to push my luck and try to catch the lava eel I do have Sensational news though I have finally reached level 10 in fishing day 46 starts in a very productive manner I’ve decided to make a keg a preserve jar a mayonnaise machine my voice is
Going and a cheese press I plac chest beside these machines and fill them with all the items needed to make one each of wine juice Jam pickles pale ale cheese and mayonnaise this was done for shipping collection purposes I head to the river and the forest because I need to catch a
Dorado this takes a bit of time but the fish finally shows up and I catch it one more added to the collection I use my tractor to dig up the ground on the farm so I can try to get a snake vertebrae I have no luck with this today but rest
Assured I will obtain two snake vertebrae the final bird has appeared it drops an aquamarine it is time now for me to take on my mortal enemy the Simon Says game it takes me around 4 minutes but I Channel my inner Cody roads and I finish the story that’s not actually the best
Comparison now that I think about it considering he hasn’t actually finished his story if if you don’t know what I’m talking about basically Cody rhods is a wrestler and for months he was saying that beating Roman Reigns the current champion was something he had to do so
He wins the Royal Rumble faces Roman Reigns at WrestleMania and loses so he he didn’t finish the story but hopefully he can do it at next year’s WrestleMania I mean if I’m capable of finishing my story I have faith that he or indeed anybody else can
Finish their story I head to the area with the podiums where for some reason I completely forgot that I picked up the amethyst earlier I do not know how to explain this but I was convinced I did not see a bird today let us move on to
Tomorrow so we can see what I did to overcome this self-imposed roadblock I have placed in front of me day 47 begins with some fishing at the mountain lake where I catch a sturgeon this can be a tricky one so I definitely got lucky here with how easy it was to catch over
On Ginger Island I perform what I believed was a big brain move at the time the final two possible gems that could be placed on the podium are a topaz and an a aquar oh no I can do it are a topaz and an aqua marine there we
Go I collected both of these from a chest and placed the aqua marine on the final Podium earning five walnuts I now realized this was completely unnecessary as I saw the bird drop the blue Gem and I picked it up so I didn’t actually have
To guess whether it was the blue gem or a topaz you remember how I said my one brain cell just plays video of Subway Surfers on the loop well that has been upgraded or maybe downgraded depending on the way you see it there is now audio
Playing in my brain and that audio is somebody reading a story from Reddit something fantastic happened though that made me feel a lot better about that whole carfuffle I have collected over 100 walnuts and unlocked Mr Key’s Walnut Room I can now accept special orders
From Mr key earn key gems and use them to purchase things in this room the first of what I assume will be many orders requires us to bring 100 each of different colored items to Mr key this is always a fun one for me honestly it’s one of my favorite special orders for
Sure in terms of perfection I am at 25% I was slightly disappointed by this but then I realized summer isn’t even over I think we’re doing pretty well when you take that into consideration but again I am using the tractor and I started with the best tools so in no way
Is this me saying that I’m a great started Valley player or anything like that what I will say is that this is the most fun I’ve had with a playthrough in a long time and I’m including the playthrough with the loot boxes in that that one was fun don’t get me wrong but
This one is just on a whole another level of satisfying in other news I have quickly grown to love the Dig side area mainly because it is just another excuse for me to dig up large amounts of dirt I donate an item to the field office then
I returned to Pelican town where I purchased two lead Bobbers and two trap robers I give a strawberry to Demetrius for’s birthday then I hit the floor 100 of the mines long story short I was defeated by the lava eel once again here is a look at the fishing collection to begin day
48 I believe I have caught every fish that is exclusive to Summer at this point in terms of the fish I still need to catch and can catch right now we have the lava eel of course I am quite frankly terrified of my next encounter with that one there are two fish on
Ginger Island which I’m sure I will get around to at some point the void salmon can be caught in the witch’s swamp the mutant carp can be caught in the sewer and I can buy magic bait in Mr Key’s Walnut Room and use it to catch the
Legend I think that covers all of them actually there are fish that are exclusive to fall and winter that can be caught on Ginger Island right now but I’m I’m too lazy to get them so phenomenal news now is all of the starf fruit seeds I planted have grown I am
Running out of ways to describe my happiness and a convoluted way so what I will say is that the Vibes are very good right now we are about to make so much money from this I cannot wait to go to the store owned by the bootleg version of Matthew
MCC actually that’s an insult to Matthew I I very much enjoyed the role he played in a movie called The Gentleman so I I take that one back I’m talking about Pier all right I’ll just I’ll say his name just this one time anyway I make more summer seeds which I plant Pamela
Catches me going through a trash can that was unfortunate and I sell all of my star fruit I now have over 2 million gold at my disposal as a retired businessman and a freelance philanthropist I know that the smartest thing to do with this money is to invest
It so I do into three full stacks of deluxe speed grow and four stacks of starfruit seeds as I plant these seeds I am already incredibly excited at the thought of harvesting them all in the future I plant some more in the greenhouse and harvest some ancient
Fruit and Tower roots while I’m at it I do the same thing over on Ginger Island as I fill the entire farm with even more starfruit seeds day 49 begins in a rather disappointing way as none of the muscle nodes I break give us a golden Walnut not to worry though as I
Accidentally dug up a walnut to make up for it I gallivant around the beach on my tractor before harvesting some forage that has grown on the farm I make sure to replace the forage with more seeds selome I already embarrassed the Clint as our bank account was in shambles then
I watch a cut scene with Sebastian he offers to take us on a motorcycle ride some night no thank you I feel like I’m the first person in the history of stardo Valley to actually say no to that at the beginning of this year I would
Have said yes but I am a completely different person now I asked Robin to build a shed for us and buy four mini fridges along with a workbench a calendar and a telephone I deliver some items to Mr key completing his special order and earning 35 key gems I make the
Executive decision to not purchase anything with my gems it costs 140 gems to buy every crafting recipe that is being sold here so I’m going to save my gems until I can get all of them after that I’m going to aim for the key to the
Town and peer as missing stock list I just said his name by accident and of course I will buy some magic bait at some point so I can catch the legend I spent some time going through the volcano dungeon of course it is nice getting items like a dragon tooth and
Cinder shards but the priority here was making it to level five I buy a crafting and a cooking recipe from the dwarf here then I keep pushing forward I might as well I’m glad I did because I get a golden Walnut near the end I do some
Magic forging stuff with my Galaxy sword and an emerald to give it more speed I hunt for Coconuts on the morning of day 50 I still need to get the fossilized skull from a golden coconut and we can trade 10 coconuts for a golden coconut at the
Trader we can of course also get golden coconuts by shaking these trees our farm is looking splendiferous I must say I donate an item to the office go fishing to get another artifact and donate that too all I need is the fossilized skull and two snake vertebrae at the special
Orders board The Vibes are in limbo shall we say Clint and lonus have decided to offer a special orders we can only accept one the problem is both of these orders have a crafting recipe as a reward I need both of these recipes this is a very difficult Choice it’s like
Asking me to choose between water and Cherry Pepsi I want both of them in the end I choose Linus’s order I just hope Clint doesn’t hold this against me and will give me that special order again in the future speaking of Clint he cracks open the two golden coconuts and I don’t
Get the fossilized skull I feel like this is going to become a Trend which I am not looking forward to at all I place my fridges calendar and telephone in the house and collect fruit for my trees in the greenhouse I give an amethyst to the
Dwarf for his birthday I feel like this just saved us I don’t know if I would have been able to max out his friendship by the end of the year if I didn’t get the three bonus friendship Hearts from doing this I mean we still could fail
Like let’s be honest uh but we have a higher chance of succeeding now after purchasing a rare Crow from the dwarf I had the floor 100 of the mines thankfully I’m just here to get trash for Linus’s special order I make some decent progress but I don’t get all the
Trash I need before the night is over I finally visit the tree farm in the Quarry area on day 51 a lot of Oak resin has gathered in the chest here along with some maple syrup and pine toar I’m not entirely sure if I mentioned this
Before so I’ll just say it now the automate mod allows you to use flooring and Pathways to connect things to a chest in this instance I used wood Pathways to connect all of the trees with tappers on them to the chest which means all of the oak resin pinear and
Maple syrup automatically goes into the chest while I was collecting trash for linus’ order I unexpectedly hooked the lava eel even more unexpectedly I was able to catch it I’m still surprised that this happened but I certainly will not complain I am very glad that the
Lava eel has finally been added to the collection I wanted to ask Robin to upgrade the house but she isn’t here so I give Prismatic shouts to everybody in her family besides her was that spiteful of me to do absolutely yeah it was and I’ll do it again my Farmer does not take
Kindly to that kind of disrespect scandalous behavior from Robin here I throw the trash I collected into the dumpster for lonus finishing his order also here is a look at the mushroom cave Demetrius set up for us I have done the same thing here as I did at the Quarry
So all of the mushrooms automatically go into the chest it is time now for us to obtain the casino membership card I put a battery pack into a box in the tunnel beside the bus stop and a Rainbow Shell goes into the box at the train tracks I
Can’t do the next step right now because of the time so instead I go into the witch’s swamp where I catch a catfish and a second catfish and another one I see where this is going thankfully after five catfish I finally managed to secure a void salmon I buy two void eggs from
Kobis and as has become tradition I pass out without catching the mutant carp I am greeted by the sight of some lovely forage on day 52 what a beautiful start to the day I toss a void egg into the Mayo machine toss another egg and jam
Into the shipping bin and read a letter from lonus he has sent us the crafting recipe for fiber seeds this is a Bittersweet moment I’m glad we got this re recipe but it’s also a reminder of Clint’s special order that I couldn’t do I give William a catfish for his
Birthday then I watch a cut scene involving the proprietor of the local fishing shop himself crabs have invaded the shop but thankfully Gus shows up and helps Willie get rid of them I always get so happy when I watch this cut scene because it means crab cakes will be sold
In the saloon for the rest of the week it’s worth buying at least a few of them when this happens it is time now to get back to our mission of obtaining the casino membership card I put 10 beats in luc’s fridge and put a solar Essence
Into the mouth of the dragon skeleton in the desert I find the casino card hidden just outside our house I ask Robin to upgrade the shed I will ask her to upgrade her house another time I enter The Adventurous Guild and take a look at the monster eradication goals I have a
Bit of work to do with quite a few of them which isn’t too surprising considering I focused exclusively on getting through the mines as fast as I could and it has been pretty much the same with the skull Caverns at some point during fall or winter I will
Dedicate a few days to doing all of these we can’t use the boat to get to Ginger Island as the shop is closed so I make a warp totem and use it to teleport to the island I harvest a few Tower Roots while watering my starfruit seeds
Shake the trees to get some coconuts and enter the Walnut Room some fantastic news now is the danger in the Deep special order is available the mines have been given a makeover over for lack of a better term if we reach the bottom we will receive 50 key gems which is
Delightful we can also Find Radioactive ore in this new mine system which we of course need for the shipping collection I exchange my coconuts for two golden walnuts and then I make a deeply upsetting Discovery I never introduce myself to Leo this is the first time I’m
Watching the cut scene where we actually become his friend this isn’t just bad this is very bad I don’t know when his birthday is I hope it hasn’t happened yet because if it has I could be in a lot of trouble when it comes to maxing
Out his friendship I had a feeling I would forget something important during this playthrough so in a way I’m not really surprised this happened but it still sucks but as always we shall push forward these things happen you know that’s life it is what it is what can
You do in fact no let’s go a step further I’m going to use this as motivation to work even harder for the rest of this playthrough a conglomerate of Summer forage has appeared on day 53 I head to Clint where I crack open three golden coconuts and I don’t receive the
Fossilized skull wow I’m not going to give up yet though after collecting some coconuts from a chest I return to town then I make my way to the boat so I can reach Ginger Island the entire time all I was thinking to myself was I’m very
Hungry I collect more coconuts and buy a single golden coconut I give Leo a duck feather there can be no dilly dally with the process of increasing his friendship and crack open the golden coconut I get the fossilized skull n just kidding no I don’t I head to the mines to get started
On Mr Key’s special order I was having fun a lot of fun there I even say an infinite amount of fun until I reached floor 30 floors 30 to 40 are dark it is very difficult to see and I am straight up not having a good time nevertheless I
Persevere and make it through this difficult time is what I wish I could say the dark floors continue even after floor 40 I am suffering I’m not actually suffering I’m just being dramatic I pass out on floor 52 I finally decide to make some kegs on
Day 54 I have made 66 and while I do have everything I need to make 51 more I’m trying to decide if I want to sacrifice that much wood right now while I am placing these kegs in the shed I make up my mind that I absolutely want to make more
It simply does not feel right having this much empty space in this shed I craft the aforementioned 51 Kegs and add them to the shed this feels so much better I do want to fill it up entirely though so I will get to work on that
Pretty soon Gus is on Ginger Island so I buy the tropical curry cooking recipe from him I give Leo a duck feather and it turns out today is his birthday all right cards on the table here full transparency I got really lucky I was really nervous about Leo’s friendship
But this may have saved it I said the same thing about the dwarf we’ve gotten very lucky twice now that does not Bard well for the future we may have used all of our luck but anyway I head to the island Trader with what I believe is the
Last of my coconut reserves and get one golden coconut I am too late to go into Clint shop so I return to the mines instead I get some radioactive ore which I am very happy about by the end of the night I will definitely have enough to
Make a radioactive bar as well as some extra ore for future crafting recipes I make it down to floor 84 before I pass out not bad we’re basically 2/3 of the way there it’s straight back to the mines on day 55 there’s not much to say about this one other than it was
Actually a lot of fun I really enjoy the look of this mine system it is very aesthetically pleasing in my humble opinion I make it down to floor 120 at around 2 p.m. securing my 50 key gems I also obtained an extra Three Gems during the last 3 days from Monsters dropping
Them in the mines I head into Clint with my golden coconut and I receive pineapple seeds I might cry to cheer myself up I buy some new animals for the barn say hello to hi hello by Pig piggy and Fernando the pigs I spend five walnuts to unlock the mailbox beside the
House on Ginger Island then I spend a f further 20 walnuts to unlock the warp tower that will take us back to the farm in Pelican town I get a golden coconut by shaking a tree ordinarily I would be very happy about this but these golden coconuts have brought me nothing but
Misery and disappointment so far I head to the saloon at the end of the day this is one of the ways I have been consistently improving my friendships I go in here when I can and give gifts to everybody it works like a charm I buy
200 crab cakes I said earlier it’s worth picking up some of these when they go on sale so of course I’m going to ensure that my actions reflect my words day 56 the final day of summer has arrived I am already loving the speed boost I get
From eating a crab cake and drinking a coffee simultaneously I really do not want to go back to the normal walking speed After experiencing this I harvest all of the star fruit that has grown and this is without a doubt the single best moment in this entire playthrough so far
I feel more and more content with every star fruit I pick up I collect some Oak resin Pine toar and maple syrup from the Quarry area ask Robin to upgrade the house and sell my gold and silver star quality star fruit I’m keeping the normal starfruit for the
Kegs I buy 50 of each cooking item ask Clint to crack open a golden coconut I do not want to talk about what I got from it and visit Robins once more I decide to go on a bit of a spending spree here and buy seven stacks of wood
I use the oak resin I collected to make make 87 kegs which I place in The Keg shed it is now officially full I throw star fruit into a chest in front of the kegs so they will automatically be placed into the kegs I donate two artifacts to the museum I thought I
Donated the skull earlier so I’m glad I remember to bring it with me here but the good news is all I have left to donate is the artifact I can find after reading a secret note in Winter also uh that skull isn’t the same one I need for
The field office on Ginger Island unfortunately it’s a completely different one I trade 10 idium bars for the desert warp totem crafting recipe collect some coconuts and clear out some space at the bottom of the desert I plant around 50 Acorn seeds and sprinkle tree fertilizer on them I need to expand
My Oak resin Empire so I will be placing tappers on these trees when they have grown I do the smart thing place wooden Pathways beside the acorn seeds and connect the Pats to a chest this way I don’t have to deal with the hassle of doing this when they’re fully grown I
Head to the beach where I enjoy the dance of the Moonlight jellies festival and that is the end of summer just like spring a lot of things happened during this season a lot of that was good some was bad but that’s okay not every day is
Going to be a winner but overall I feel like we had a very productive 28 days I am cautiously optimistic when it comes to fall day 57 the first day of fall my personal favorite season I plant some ancient seeds then I head to the special orders
Board where my day is ruined before it even begins unfortunately I have been offered two orders that are of very little use to me there are no crafting recipes attached to either of these two orders so I’m just not going to bother with either of them that is a deeply
Upsetting start to this season okay I’m I’m being a little dramatic right now I will admit this isn’t actually a big deal I just I just like to complain it’s fun a visit to the General Store is on the table now is I buy 50 of each fall
Seed along with two full stacks of pumpkin seeds just like the previous two seasons I want to make sure I have access to all of the crops I can get during fall I also get three stacks of theux speed grow while I’m here I return to the farm where I begin planting every
Seed I bought I make sure to sprinkles speed grow on them and water them as I do I plant some pineapple seeds in the greenhouse then I teleport to good old Ginger Island I give a duck feather to Leo I really do not want to forget about
Him for the rest of this playthrough before watering the starfruit seeds on our Ginger Island Farm I replant some seeds and crack open muscle nodes on the beach I still need a couple of golden walnuts from these things I am not looking forward to trying to get them I
Dig up an artifact spot and I finally do not receive a snake vertebrae I shake the trees here to obtain a golden coconut and a few normal coconuts the danger in the Deep special order has been offered to us in Mr Key’s Walnut Room I’m going to go ahead and accept
This one I will never turn down an opportunity to receive 50 key gems our starf fruit is ready for Harvest on day 58 what a wonderful start to the day of course I replant the seeds got to keep the money train rolling I give a gold star melon to Penny as a birthday
Present this just earned us around three hearts of Friendship with her I make my way to Ginger Island where I take a few steps turn around and immediately leave the island I don’t know what was going through my mind here this was a certified lacad desal moment for sure
It’s off to the minds for the rest of the day the last time I was in this version of the mines I struggled quite a bit when I reached the dark floors but this time I came prepared I brought a glow ring with me as I push further and
Further through the mines I am reminded of the speech captain Captain Price gave during the final mission of Modern Warfare 2 out of all our vast array of nightmares this is the one we choose for ourselves we go forward like a breath exhaled from the earth with Vigor in our
Hearts and one goal in sight we will finish this special order the glow ring proves to be invaluable as I make it down to floor 105 before the day ends I learned how to make a pumpkin pie on day 59 I also har some Buck choice
And wheat I drop by the Quarry area to collect some goods from the chest there and ask Robin to build a chest for us it is back to the mines where I managed to reach floor 120 and complete Mr Key’s order at around midday this earns us a
Delicious 50 gems bringing us up to 139 We Are One More gem away from being able to afford all of the crafting recipes in the Walnut Room I’m also starting to get just a little bit nervous at this point when it comes to earning all of the gold I need to buy
The golden clock and the four obelisks I’m going to have to make sure I keep harvesting and planting starfruit here on Ginger Island I have a couple other ideas when it comes to making money but still that golden clock is definitely the biggest obstacle on the road to achieving Perfection I get a
Golden Walnut from a muscle node which is very nice then I teleport back to pelicant town I am very glad I bought that little teleportation station there it has proven to be very useful it is off to the skull Caverns for the rest of the day I won’t say anything about my
Escapades here this time instead I will let you listen to the soothing sounds of the tractor breaking rocks our farm is looking Bea beautiful on day 60 I am very excited about the future harvesting sessions that will take place here I give Shane a prismatic Shard normally I would be hesitant to
Hand out as many of these as I have but at this point I have so many Prismatic shards that I literally do not know what to do with them I could sell them but I’m going to be nice it is Christmas time after all I continue my giftgiving
Adventure as I provide the residents of pelicant town with items they love this totally isn’t me trying to make up for doing the Geo route nope not at all I am absolutely positively absolutely proud of the choice I made I’m lying I head to the sun room room in the general store
Where I finally watch Caroline’s two- heart cut scene tomorrow morning we will receive the crafting recipe for tea saplings I would like to formally apologize to gamer gar for taking so long to unlock tea saplings I will not let it happen again now it is time to do
Something I have quite frankly been putting off for a while it is time to spend a few days exclusively in the skull Cavern like I said I really need to earn a lot of gold this season so I want to get a ton of aridium ores which I can turn into iridium bars
This also will not be the last time I do this I can’t say for certain but I would be willing to bet I’m going to do this again during winter so with all of that being said days 61 through 67 are also spent in the skull
Cavarinos of course I also make time to give gifts and water my seeds during this period of time our pumpkin seeds are tantalizingly close to being fully grown on day 68 I will also be completely honest and say I did forget to feed my animals during the last
Couple of days so they’re not EX ly too pleased with me right now I did however Harvest quite a few crops and flowers during that period of time too I put everything I harvested into the chest you will notice the plentiful amount of pumpkins and star fruit I also made sure
To replant those seeds when I harvested those crops I would be quite the silly goose if I did not do that dare I even say I would be such a silly goose that I would have to live in a pond I asked Robin to upgrade the last shed I built
And I got started on filling it with kegs as well as this I asked Robin to build another shed for us this is without a doubt the busiest I have been during a playthrough this entire year we have a cut scene featuring Penny Vincent and Jazz now Vincent tells us how he saw
Sam lift Penny off the ground last night when they were climbing into a tree I think I speak for all of us when I say I wish Penny and Sam the absolute best in their future love life they will make a very nice couple I do some fishing at
The Forest River where I catch a tiger trout I catch a c cucumber at the beach become reacquainted with the trees on Ginger Island and crack open some muscle nodes which earns me another Walnut I catch a blue discus a golden Walnut and a stingray I return to the
Beach and get an albore then I finish the Night by catching the midnight carp except I don’t finish the day that way though you see there is still one more thing I must do I head to the area above Georgia Mark and I catch the angler fish admittedly this is the
Easiest legendary fish to catch but still this was a feel-good moment for me I asked Robin to build a pond for us on a 69 I sell some grapes and a metric ton of pumpkins to the local shopkeeper making sure to save a few gold star pumpkins for kobis I head into Georgia
Mart and spend half a million gold to have the Theater built we can start going there tomorrow this is going to be very beneficial when it comes to improving certain friendships I make 87 kegs which I place in the second keg shed I head to Clint where I ask him to
Crack open golden coconut and I receive a mango tree sapling that is exactly what I wanted thank you so much Clint I give a gold star pumpkin to kobis these will give a nice boost to her friendship with him and give on to Abigail too as
It is her birthday I have lost count of how many duck feathers I’ve given to Leo at this point I get three golden coconuts from the island Trader and watch a cut scene where the theater is constructed I make a tea sapling on Day 70 which I plant in the greenhouse this
Won’t be ready until the 22nd day of win winter so I need to come back here on that day and toss some tea leaves into a keg so I can make green tea for the shipping collection at this point I fully believe I am being sabotaged when it comes to
The golden coconuts there is no way I can be this unlucky maybe this is The Game’s way of getting back at me for playing on easy mode I head to the theater except I don’t really because I forgot that the geia Mart is still here
It’s going to take quite a while for me to get used to the theater being where the community center once was I give a ticket to Leo by 350 coffees in the saloon accidentally go to Georg Mart again and enter the theater I don’t know
How I feel about this I mean I like the color blue I also love the color purple but I do not like the vibe in this theater I have never seen the Georgia version of this theater so this just kind of feels wrong to me after watching
A movie with Leo I return home and toss all of the ingredients I need for cooking recipes into the fridges in the kitchen I am now almost fully prepared for the making of every dish in the future some ancient fruit are ready for Harvest on day 71 this is always a
Wonderful start to any day in any series I have done I take all of the idium and copper bars in my smelting chest buy 10 stacks of wood from Robin ask her to add a seller to the house and check the special orders board gother has blessed
Us with a lovely request he would like to receive 100 pieces of bone the best part about this is we will receive a crafting recipe for completing it so I of course accept his order I buy 300 coal from Clint attach tappers to the oak trees that have grown in the
Desert and place a chest beside them the oak resin Empire has just expanded substantially I give a sweet pee to Sandy for her birthday sell my able embarrassed the Clint and give a rabbit’s foot to Leo our banana tree has fully grown so I can start collecting
Bananas from it I have no luck with the muscle notes today but I do have some absolutely amazing news like unironically amazing news what you are about to witness is the single greatest moment I have experienced playing stardy Valley I dug up an artifact spot and got a snake vertebrae immediately after this
I dug up another artifact spot and got the second snake vertebrae I need I am so happy right now I could actually Cry tears of joy but let’s not dilly dally for too long I accept the Prismatic range order from Mr key throw a sturgeon
Into the pond so I can collect its row and turn it into caviar and I make 37 preserve jars I will be tossing all of my pumpkins into these I will say 37 jars is nowhere near enough I’m going to need a lot more coal I plop these preserved jars down on the
Road but rest assured I will be back to add more in the very near future the stardy Valley Fair takes place on Day 72 I set up my grin display and I must say I am content with how it looks Mir Lewis seems to agree with me as he Awards me
First place in the Grange display competition and gives me 1,000 star tokens I could bet all 1,000 of these tokens on Green in the Spin the Wheel game but quite frankly I do not trust that game at all I truly do believe that I would lose all of my tokens if I did
That so instead I spend a ludicrous amount of time playing the fishing game physically mentally emotionally and psychologically exhausted I trade my star tokens for a rarecrow and a star drop then I leave the festival that’s literally all I wanted to do I do not have the energy to talk to anyone here
Day 7 three is a massive pumpkin harvest day we have multiple joint pumpkins which is always a welcome addition to the farm the general store is closed on Wednesdays ah yes the consequences of my actions it would be open right now if I had rebuilt the community center but I
Didn’t so you know I head to a place that has become more and more reliable during the last few weeks Georgia mert I buy two stacks of pumpkin seeds toss my pumpkins into a chest to keep them safe Wy wafy and give a rabbit’s foot to
Robin as a thank you for making our house look absolutely Sterling I buy two full stacks of coal from Clint that cost me half a million gold I’m beginning to realize I make bad financial decisions I used this coal to make 161 preserve jars so I think this
Was worth it maybe it wasn’t but I’m going to tell myself it was so I can feel better about my spending habits a lovely little cut scene plays next where lonus and Willie invite Leo to live in Pelican town that was a very nice thing
For them to do this is one of my personal favorite cut scenes I collect two bananas and two mangoes from a tree and toss one of each into the shipping bin I plac a banana on a Podium and received three golden walnuts for doing so I donate the two snake vertebrae to
The field office and breathe a massive sigh of relief as I collect another three walnuts as a reward the only item I have left to donate is the fossilized skull I for one look forward to getting it from the 749 golden coconut I crack open in the
Future I spend 10 walnuts to have the island fast travel system unlocked then I return to Pelican town where I cover the farm and pumpkin seeds also one thing I want to mention is that some of the oak trees in the Quarry grew later than the rest which means I don’t get
All of the oak resin on the same day that is not a big deal at all I just like to complain about things that don’t actually matter like I said I watch a movie with Leo in the theater out of all of the villagers Leo and the dwarf are
The ones I’m most worried about the theater will really help us with Leo’s friendship but we can’t invite the dwarf to the theater so I’m pretty much relying on myself to give him two gifts every week and talk to him as often as I can I’m putting a lot of faith in myself
But that is something I’ve grown to be okay with during this last year and I hope that’s something all of you can be okay with too having faith in yourselves betting on yourself believing in yourself I mean this time last year I almost stopped uploading videos to
YouTube I had this idea in my mind that I would post the 100 days of stardy Valley on easy mode video and that would be it fast forward a year and I’m still here making silly videos that people actually seem to enjoy and that’s pretty cool in my opinion I don’t think I’ve
Ever talked about this in a video before so I want to take this opportunity to say this whole experience has been a dream come true for me never in a million years did I ever think I would be in this position this year has easily
Been the best year of my life and I hope it was at least a good year for all of you you too I’m very grateful for everybody that has ever even watched any of my videos it’s still surreal honestly and slightly terrifying too knowing that people watch the stuff I make but it’s
Also an amazing feeling at the same time anyway I’m going to get back into character now so to speak I add just a teeny amount of preserve jars to the road and tunnel and fill them up with pumpkins just in case anybody’s curious the chest at the end of the tunnel
Contains the starting tools I did not think I would come into this tunnel at any point during this playthrough but I have so I wanted to address that just in case anybody was wondering Robin gives us two crafting recipes on day 74 we can now make the flute block and the drum
Block wonderful I buy 10 stacks of wood from Robin that was another half a million gold again I really don’t know why I spent all of this money on wood and coal when I could have just gone through the skull caverns and chopped down trees I think my one brain cell has
Officially gone on vacation I sell starf for pumpkins and starfruit wine to revitalize my bank account I make 57 kegs which I use to fill the remaining spaces in the second keg shed I place the other 30 in the third shed I warp to the desert where I spend the rest of the
Day in the skull Caverns on day 75 I ask the wizard to add the Earth and ocean obelisks to the farm two down two to go I buy a full stack of starfruit seeds show my Casino membership card to the bouncer spend one 100,000 gold and
10,000 key coins and use them to buy the alien rarecrow I make five flute blocks the reason why shall be revealed shortly I harvest the star fruit that has grown on Ginger Island planting more starfruit seeds as I do truth be told it was at this point that I began to grow
Increasingly nervous about having to earn another 12 million gold for the two obelisks and the golden clock but I’m going to remain calm and simply hope for the best I use a rain totem you remember back in summer when I said I would be using a rain totem one more time on this
Island this is that one more time I use the tractor to break rocks at the dig site I collected around 20 or so bones when I was in the skull Cavern so this was enough to get us up to the 100 bone Mark for gther special order I had some
Bones lying in a chest here so I collected those to make sure I would have enough on me to give to gther then I did exactly that day 76 this season is flying by I cannot believe we only have eight more days left I complete Mr Key’s Prismatic range
Order and finally buy every crafting recipe he has for sale I also grab 120 magic bait I use the five flute blocks I made to earn another five golden walnuts and uh yeah that’s that’s it for today on the morning of day 77 I collect a
Walnut from a bush and another from a bush I return home and enter the kitchen where I check how many dishes I can cook basically all I need is a squid a void mayonnaise which is currently being made in a mayonnaise machine and a winter route also the pigs have not found any
Truffles which is weird because they should have done so by now I think it’s because the area in front of the barn is covered with seeds so I take away a few of them I give Robin a birthday present looking back on this I wish i’ had given
Her a plate of sputies instead sputies for anybody who doesn’t know is of course spaghetti bnise which is a fantastic dish I make my way to the volcano dungeon where I spend five golden walnuts to have a bridge constructed after doing so I drink a Monster musk and make my way through the
Area based on the research I have done AKA a complete guess I believe I only need two more walnuts in this area one for breaking open the I I I don’t actually know what they’re called but I’ll point it out when I see it and the
Other can be found in a rare chest I collect the first Walnut from the thingy I was talking about but I was not able to find a rare chest I found normal chests but not the one I needed but I’m happy we’re getting just the one Walnut
Today I give a ticket to Leo on day 78 then I return to the volcano dungeon once again I have much better luck today as I not only find a rare chest but it contains the Walnut I was looking for now all I have to do is donate a
Fossilized skull to the field office to earn six walnuts and obtain one more Walnut from a muscle node on the beach I’m tired of doing the Prismatic range special order and I don’t want to play Juna cart so I’m not going to do either of these sorry Mr key I break quite a
Few muscle nodes but I don’t receive a walnut H we have plenty of time it’s okay I give a mango to Leo get one golden coconut from the island Trader and take a look at the special orders board Clint has decided to do us a massive favor as you may have guessed we
Get a crafting recipe for completing this one so I will gratefully accept it Clint shop is closed so I can’t crack open my golden coconuts I’m going to assume Clint is some sort of Clairvoyant and knows that I won’t get the fossilized skull from either of my
Coconuts today and wanted to save me from being disappointed I am being way too nice to Clint why am I doing that I warp to the desert where I collect some Oak resin buy 10 coconuts from Sandy she sells coconuts on Mondays and collect more Oak
Resin from the Quarry I make 85 Kegs and try to go to the theater but I’m too late I believe that means I have wasted a ticket by giving one to Leo this morning and that is exactly why I bought 30 tickets as soon as the the theater
Was rebuilt I actually planned ahead I know I’m surprised to I placed the kegs I made in the third shed to finish off the day I gave another ticket to Leo on day 79 and I watched the same movie for a third time I believe with him this has
Got to be a really good movie if Leo does not mind watching it this many times sure enough Clint was indeed trying to save us from disappointment yesterday as the golden coconuts yield nothing but pineapple seeds with tears in my eyes I grabbed yet another two golden coconuts from the island Trader I
Search the trees for more coconuts like my life depends on it trade my walnuts for key gems and buy 10 key seasoning and 20 more magic bait I buy a couple of lead Bobbers and trap Bobbers and do a bit of fishing at the beach I was hoping
To catch the fish that appear in the submarine at the night market but I did not get them I think it was because I was standing in the wrong spot though so I’ll come back soon and try again in the meantime I finally obtained the fossilized skull all all right fall is
Now officially a success every other good thing that happened is exactly that good this however is not just good it is very good I’m underselling it this is phenomenal breathtaking Sensational and other adjectives of that nature I use my key seasoning to make two gold star
Seaon puddings these give a plus five to our fishing skill which means we are temporarily level 15 this is good because I need all the help I can get for what I’m about to do and what I am about to do is catch every remaining fish I begin with the glacier
Fish I once considered this fish to be a massive thorn in my side the mere idea of even attempting to catch it send shivers down my spine but now now my spine is shivering for like a different reason it’s like it’s shivering because I’m laughing and I’m like I’m laughing
Because of how easy this fish was to to catch and you know I’m laughing pretty hard in like in fact I’m I’m I’m like doubled over and clutching my stomach that that is how hard I’m look what I’m trying to say here is like this was a
Really easy fish to catch next up is the mutant carp once again the seafoam pudding makes this pretty easy the legend my old rival this one was also a walk in the park if you’re struggling with this fish or any fish really make a gold star seam pudding if you can the
Green bar takes up almost half of the meter it gets a lot easier I swap my magic bait out for a normal bait now as I want to catch a walleye with which I do I equip my magic bait again and use it to catch a squid at the beach
Followed by a blob fish the blob fish is one of the three fish that can be caught in the submarine this has really opened up the door for us to complete the fishing collection before the end of fall I take the sturgeon out of the pond on day 80
And replace it with a tilapia I catch a perch at the river and the forest along with a lingard those are the only two fish I needed in this location I drink a Monster musk then I spend the rest of the day in the mines Clint wants us to
Defeat 50 bats so that is exactly what I do I managed to complete his order at 150 a.m. literally seconds to spare the farm has been painted a lovely shade of orange on day 81 as all of the pumpkin seeds I planted have grown a pig has
Produced a truffle I assume this is because a ton of space was freed up when I harvested the pumpkins a second truffle appears which is exactly what I was hoping for I toss one truffle into an oil maker to make truffle oil and toss the other into
The shipping bin I make 115 preserve jars and I have seemingly managed to get myself trapped in my preserve jars I sadly have to break a couple of them to free myself a necessary sacrifice in my eyes I remove the chest with the starter
Tools as I need all of the space I can get in this tunnel for the placement of preserve jars I toss the starter tools into the chest beside the bee house immortalizing them forever though I did not use them at all during this play through I still see their
Value I place my remaining jars at the bus stop they are absolutely going to get destroyed by the bus in the future I reckon but that is a risk I am willing to take although I will complain about it when it happens I return to the beach
Where I catch a spook fish and a midnight squid the fishing collection has officially been completed that is such a weight off my shoulders and we will get a star drop tomorrow too you know what I’m going to say this in a way I rarely say it in my
Videos I am simply happy sure enough we received the star drob for catching every fish on the morning of day 82 I collect three bananas from a tree that’s good I will need 10 of these when I buy the island Obelisk I donate the fossilized skull completing the field office collection I
Received six of the seven remaining walnuts for doing so I have also decided to set up a little crafting station in the cellar similar to what I did for the cooking recipes I gather all of the items that will be needed for the crafting recipes and toss them into chests beside a
Workbench the workbench allows you to craft items using ingredients stored in a chest beside it I toss a tulip Jazz Poppy and summer spangle into a seed maker to get the seeds associated with each flour I need these for a crafting recipe and at this point I cannot be
Bothered getting enough key gems to buy the missing stock list which would result in the general store selling all of these seeds in any season I know this was a very lazy way to get these seeds but hey it worked the only items I cannot craft right now are the desert
Warp totem and spring summer and winter seeds but I have already made all of those items except for the winter seeds so I’m all right I decide to cook every dish I can on day 83 I got a winter route while I was going through the
Mines and the feating bats so I can cook everything I’ve unlocked up to this point a quick look at the dishes section confirms this if if the color of a dish is faded it means we haven’t cooked it and none of them are like that I do the
Same thing for the crafting recipes except for the winter seeds of course I have to wait until winter to be able to craft those also Clint literally just sent me the recipe for the Bean hot pot so I cooked that too the spirits e Festival is being set up today so
There’s not much I can do so here’s footage of me giving the dwarf a gift I collect the goods from the Quarry do some foraging in the desert and spend most of the day in the Caverns I’m running dangerously low on idium bars and I need 30 for the two
Obelisks so I stay here until I have obtained 150 idium Ora I toss pickled pumpkins starfruit wine and some truffles into the shipping bin then I attend the spars e festival for about 20 seconds I buy a rarecrow and the Jacko Lantern crafting recipe then I leave and
Craft the Jackal Lantern I earn almost 2 million gold from the items I shipped it is day 84 which means means it is also the final day of fall I begin by watching the queen of sauce TV show I cook a fiddlehead risorto collect two bananas and partake in a mini starfruit
Harvesting session I give Leo a mango I probably didn’t have to mention me giving a gift to Leo as often as I have but I have no excuse that was just poor script writing on my part if I’m being honest it honestly makes me so obset watching the footage of me spending
Hundreds of thousands if not millions of gold on wood while I write a script for this video I wish I had not done that I collect two rare crows from the museum by the desert Obelisk make 36 Kegs and toss them into the shed and I’m going to
Call it here for fall I feel like this was the most productive season so far and I’m cautiously optimistic when it comes to Winter and the overall goal of achieving Perfection by the end of it will I be able to do it there’s only one
Way to find out I will see you all in winter day 85 we are officially in the endgame portion now I meet the shadow guy at the bus stop and track him down to the community center I find him in a bush and he gives me the magnifying glass
Like I mentioned previously this allows us to obtain secret notes at the special orders board I’ve received too much of a good thing the wizard and Caroline are both offering special orders each of these gives a crafting recipe as a reward these are two of the final three
Crafting recipes I need to unlock I wish I really wish I could accept both of these right now but I have to make a choice I go with Caroline’s order I hope the wizard will give us that one again before the end of winter he gave us three opportunities to get Prismatic
Jelly so I have faith I think we’ll be okay I head to the sewers and give a gold star pumpkin to kobus as has become somewhat of a bi-weekly tradition I head to Leo’s tree House on Ginger Island and I don’t know how to describe what you seeing right now this has happened
Before in a previous playthrough and I am still just as confused by it I give a theater ticket to Leo along with a mango and harvest star fruit I toss this starfruit into the ceg sheds after grabbing some pineapple seeds I had in a chest I make my way to the Wizard’s
Tower and buy the island Obelisk and with that all four obelisks have been obtained I do a bit of foraging SL digging at the bus stop collect reson from a chest and buy 625 starfruit seeds I plant my pineapple seeds along with the starf fruit seeds I break a few
Muscle nodes on the beach and receive a golden Walnut from one that was the final Walnut I needed to get I watch a movie with Leo these theater trips have been an absolute Lifesaver when it comes to improving my friendship with them I participate in a bit of a scallywag
Activity at the beach in the form of digging up the ground to get some winter forage I take some Crystal fruit out of the smelting chest please ignore the state of it I got lazy and tossed random items into it and make winter seeds I plant these seeds along with some Deluxe
Speed grow I didn’t have to do this at all I really only needed to make the seeds but I might as well plant them I received the crafting recipe for the deluxe Scarecrow on the morning of day 86 now the only two crafting recipes I need are the two crafting recipes from
The special orders I mentioned yesterday I decided to spend the rest of the day in the skull Caverns working on the monster eradication goals on day 87 I exchanged 200 void Essence for the void ghost pendant at the desert Traer I give this to kobis which is basically another
Way of asking him to move in with us and be our roommate I spend the rest of the day in the mines working on the monster eradication goals again I end up getting the skeleton goal completed along with the void Spirit goal this inspired me to go all in on the master eradication
Goals so days 87 through 94 are spent completing almost all of of these goals on day 95 I collect some Oak resin from the desert tree farm and dig up the final artifact I need for the museum I donate it and receive a star drop I would like to personally thank the
Shadow guy for giving us the magnifying glass as that allowed me to obtain the final artifact I needed I spend the rest of the day in the volcano dungeon the final monster eradication goal I need to complete is the magma Sprite goal I was able to do this before the night is over
That is all of the Monster goals taken care of I make 103 kegs on a96 and put them in the third keg shed filling it up to the brim I harvest some pineapples in the greenhouse nice this will help us with Caroline special order which I
Throw into the shipping bin in terms of perfection I have some very good news for the most part anyway all I have to do is buy the golden clock max out a few more friendships get kobus to 12 and a half hearts to obtain the final star
Drop cook two more dishes and craft two more items I am slightly nervous when it comes to buying the golden clock and unlocking the crafting recipe associated with the wizard special order I won’t say any more about this whole Perfection thing because I’m going to get very
Anxious if I do the point is there isn’t much left for me to do so I won’t be able to say as much as I normally do about the remaining days on day 97 I harvest all of the pineapples and starf fruit that have grown I tossed the
Pineapples into the shipping bin and put the star fruit into the three cake sheds it is now cleanup time literally everything I have is getting tossed into the shipping bin the only exceptions to this are the items I need for the last two cooking and crafting recipes star
Fruit star fruit wine pumpkins and pickle pumpkins oh and a few items that can be used as gifts for the villagers everything else from ancient fruit forage items coffee beans and every crop I’ve grown during the previous three seasons to fish gems artifacts oras and Bar is getting shipped today I was
Hoping to earn around 2 million gold from this massive sale which is actually what I ended up getting Caroline sends us the crafting recipe for the solar panel on day 98 I give a gift to the wizard then gifts to Vincent and Kent followed by a gift to Harvey then Lewis
Then Clint then the dwarf yeah this is basically my way of showing whose friendships I still have to work on luckily all of them have like maybe one or two hearts left except for Clint who has three so I’ll keep giving them gifts and we will be good oh and Leo too I
Need to max out his friendship and Sebastian but that’s it I give kobis a pumpkin on day 99 and receive the final star drop in return the special orders board is offering nothing but heartbreak misery and more heartbreak today as I am offered two special orders I do not need
I’m going to accept Pier’s oh I said his name uh I’m going to accept his order just because we have 14 days to do it which means it’s guaranteed to not show up next week considering next week is my final chance to receive the order from
The Wizard I need all the help I can get with this one the rest of the day as well as days 100 through 105 are spent in the skull Caverns this is my insurance policy we’ll call it if I don’t get enough gold to afford the gold clock from selling starfruit wine and
Pickled pumpkins then I’m going to take all of the idium bars I get from the skull Cavern Adventure period and sell those too on day 106 I continue giving pumpkins to kobis I need to max out his friendship too I can’t forget about him it is the Moment of Truth at the special
Orders board will we get a special order from The Wizard yes yes we actually do we just got insanely lucky I am so happy right now I reset my farming skills then I spent some time going through the icy floors in the mines the ectoplasm we
Need to get for the wizard drops from a ghost so I need to defeat them over and over again until one of them drops the item after a few minutes a ghost drops the ectoplasm I deliver it to the wizard completing his special order I choose
The perk that gives a 40% bonus when we sell Artisan Goods like the starfruit wine and pickled pumpkins I received the crafting recipe for the mini Obelisk on day7 I make that along with the solar panel and that is the final two items crafted marvelous I grab the starfruit
Wine from the tree cake sheds along with the Pickled pumpkins and sell them this bumps us up to over 10 million gold not wasting any time I immediately buy the golden clock I harvest a tea leaf toss it into a keg to make green tea and
Spend the rest of the day sitting on a chair outside my house I harvest another Tea Leaf on day 108 collect my green tea and throw both of these items into the shipping bin I spend the rest of the day sitting on a chair outside my house on
Day 109 a notification pops up letting us know we have completed the shipping collection I celebr great by sitting on a chair outside my house Clint’s birthday is on day 110 so I give him an amethyst and I give the dwarf an amethyst too maxing out both of their
Friendships that means I have achieved Max friendship with everybody I celebrate by sitting on a chair outside my house day 111 is spent sitting on a chair outside my house I learn how to make a shrimp cocktail on day 112 aka the final day of our journey I cook it
And unlock the achievement for making every dish in the Walnut Room the Perfection tracker reveals we have reached 100% completion AKA Perfection on the final day of this playthrough we have achieved the one goal we set for it and with that it is time to bid AO to easy mode once
Again and that is the end of the fourth and final playthrough if you’ve made it this far thank you I hope you enjoyed watching my Adventures remember to stay hydrated and as always thank you all so much for watching I hope you enjoyed have a good one
GamerGar’s 100 Days Marathon video, check out his channel!
https://www.youtube.com/@GamerGarYT
TheHaboo’s video ||https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tVrmIdFlHaM&t=188s
My Twitter || https://twitter.com/NeonAriesYT
Mods Used
– Stardew Valley Expanded Playthrough –
Stardew Valley Expanded || https://www.nexusmods.com/stardewvalley/mods/3753
Better Mixed Seeds || https://www.nexusmods.com/stardewvalley/mods/3012
Joja Clearance Bin || https://www.nexusmods.com/stardewvalley/mods/9601
Shop Overhaul || https://www.nexusmods.com/stardewvalley/mods/10598
Seasonal Outfits for Stardew Valley Expanded || https://www.nexusmods.com/stardewvalley/mods/5969
Vibrant Pastoral Recolor for Stardew Valley Expanded || https://www.nexusmods.com/stardewvalley/mods/7213
-Lootboxes Playthrough –
Overworld Chests || https://www.nexusmods.com/stardewvalley/mods/7710
Mail Services Mod || https://www.nexusmods.com/stardewvalley/mods/7842
Part of the Community || https://www.nexusmods.com/stardewvalley/mods/923
Automate || https://www.nexusmods.com/stardewvalley/mods/1063
– Easy Mode Playthrough –
CJB Items Spawner (Iridium tools, iridium fishing rod, and Elliot’s pencil) || https://www.nexusmods.com/stardewvalley/mods/93
CJB Cheats Menu (Get gold for 2 backpack upgrades and set the date to Winter 28, Year 1) || https://www.nexusmods.com/stardewvalley/mods/4
Tractor || https://www.nexusmods.com/stardewvalley/mods/1401
– Quality of Life Mods –
Seasonal Outfits || https://www.nexusmods.com/stardewvalley/mods/5450
Vibrant Pastoral Recolor || https://www.nexusmods.com/stardewvalley/mods/6367
Generic Mod Config Menu || https://www.nexusmods.com/stardewvalley/mods/5098
Lookup Anything || https://www.nexusmods.com/stardewvalley/mods/541
Music Used (In Order of Appearance)
– The majority of the songs used are from the Stardew Valley soundtrack –
– Vanilla Playthrough –
Bully – Final Showdown
Terraria – Town Night
Terraria – Town Day
– Stardew Valley Expanded Playthrough –
Terraria – Town Night
Terraria – Town Day
GTA Vice City – Ending Song
Goal Complete – GTA 3 Mission Complete Theme
Goal Failed – GTA IV Mission Complete Theme (There’s like 20+ different mission passed themes in GTA IV and I couldn’t find the official name for the one I used so it’s number 21 in this video) || https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=19bSBWJpgiE&t=34s
– Lootboxes Playthrough –
Call of Duty Black Ops – OP 40 Theme
– Easy Mode Playthrough –
Borderlands 2 – The Raid On Digistruct Peak
Thank you for watching!
Intro 00:00
Vanilla Playthrough 01:53
Expanded Intro 2:46:55
Expanded Playthrough 2:48:14
Lootboxes Intro 5:49:28
Lootboxes Playthrough 5:51:43
Easy Mode Intro 8:26:42
Easy Mode Playthrough 8:29:07
Outro 10:47:50
11 Comments
hi
I've began working on episode 2 of the Super Expanded & Modded playthrough (that name doesn't quite roll off the tongue, if anyone has any ideas for a better name I would love to hear them).
In the meantime, here is a massive "mega movie series" type of video containing 4 of the playthroughs I did on this channel during 2023.
Feel free to use it as background noise while you work or study or play a game, I tend to listen to videos like this when I play Stardew Valley.
I noticed while in the process of making this video that GamerGar has done something similar and made a video with several 100 Days videos he has made. That video and his channel are linked in the description, feel free to check his channel out!
I hope you enjoy this one, and I will see you all in episode 2 of the Modded series.
Have a good one!
We are blessed with this video
there is nothing better when you’re sick in bed with the flu than a 10 hour long stardew video
The blessed Quartology 🙌🏼
nap time finna go hard
this is honestly clutch, exam week studying is going to go so well now
Amazing. I love all your videos and have seen all of these more than once. But here I go, see everyone in 10 hours
I just had to get an emergency surgery and can’t do much or talk so I know what I’m doing with my time for the next good while😂😂
Supercut time ❤ ive got exams to study for so this will come in handy for some focus time
Where u from ¿
HESSSSSSSSS BACCCKKKKKKKKK